TITLE 35: ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
SUBTITLE B: AIR POLLUTION CHAPTER I: POLLUTION CONTROL BOARD SUBCHAPTER c: EMISSIONS STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS FOR STATIONARY SOURCES
PART 219
ORGANIC MATERIAL EMISSION STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS
FOR THE METRO EAST AREA
SECTION 219.100 INTRODUCTION
Section 219.100 Introduction
a) This Part contains standards and limitations for emissions of
organic material and volatile organic material from stationary sources located
in the Metro East Area, which is comprised of Madison, Monroe, and St. Clair
Counties.
b) Sources subject to this Part may be subject to the following:
1) Permits required under 35 Ill. Adm. Code 201 and
2) Air quality standards under 35 Ill. Adm. Code 243.
c) This part is divided into Subparts which are grouped as
follows:
1) Subpart A: General Provisions;
2) Subparts B-F: Emissions from equipment and operations in
common to more than one industry;
3) Subpart G: Emissions from use of organic material;
4) Subparts H- RR: Rules for various industry groups.
5) Subpart TT: Rules for emission units not otherwise addressed.
6) Subpart UU: Recordkeeping and reporting for equipment and
operation addressed by Subparts PP, OO, RR and TT.
(Source: Amended at 17 Ill. Reg. 16918, effective September 27, 1993)
 | TITLE 35: ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
SUBTITLE B: AIR POLLUTION CHAPTER I: POLLUTION CONTROL BOARD SUBCHAPTER c: EMISSIONS STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS FOR STATIONARY SOURCES
PART 219
ORGANIC MATERIAL EMISSION STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS
FOR THE METRO EAST AREA
SECTION 219.101 SAVINGS CLAUSE
Section 219.101 Savings
Clause
a) Every owner or operator of an emission unit formerly subject
to 35 Ill. Adm. Code 215 shall have complied with its standards and limitations
by the dates and schedules applicable to the emission unit in accordance with
Part 215 or upon initial start-up. All compliance dates or schedules found in
Part 215 are not superseded by this Part and remain in full force and effect.
b) Nothing in this Part as it is amended from time to time shall
relieve the owner or operator of a source subject to the requirements of this
Part of the obligation to have complied with applicable requirements by the
compliance dates set forth in Section 219.106 of this Subpart or in specific
Subparts of this Part even though those compliance dates have been superseded
by subsequent amendments.
(Source: Amended at 18 Ill. Reg. 16415, effective Ocotber 25, 1994)
 | TITLE 35: ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
SUBTITLE B: AIR POLLUTION CHAPTER I: POLLUTION CONTROL BOARD SUBCHAPTER c: EMISSIONS STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS FOR STATIONARY SOURCES
PART 219
ORGANIC MATERIAL EMISSION STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS
FOR THE METRO EAST AREA
SECTION 219.102 ABBREVIATIONS AND CONVERSION FACTORS
Section 219.102
Abbreviations and Conversion Factors
The abbreviations and conversion factors of 35 Ill. Adm. Code 211 apply
to this Part.
(Source: Amended at 17 Ill. Reg. 16918, effective September 27, 1993)
 | TITLE 35: ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
SUBTITLE B: AIR POLLUTION CHAPTER I: POLLUTION CONTROL BOARD SUBCHAPTER c: EMISSIONS STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS FOR STATIONARY SOURCES
PART 219
ORGANIC MATERIAL EMISSION STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS
FOR THE METRO EAST AREA
SECTION 219.103 APPLICABILITY
Section 219.103
Applicability
The provisions of this Part
shall apply to all sources located in Madison, Monroe, and St. Clair Counties.
 | TITLE 35: ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
SUBTITLE B: AIR POLLUTION CHAPTER I: POLLUTION CONTROL BOARD SUBCHAPTER c: EMISSIONS STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS FOR STATIONARY SOURCES
PART 219
ORGANIC MATERIAL EMISSION STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS
FOR THE METRO EAST AREA
SECTION 219.104 DEFINITIONS
Section 219.104 Definitions
The definitions of 35 Ill. Adm.
Code 211 apply to this Part.
(Source: Amended at 17 Ill. Reg. 16918, effective September 27, 1993)
 | TITLE 35: ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
SUBTITLE B: AIR POLLUTION CHAPTER I: POLLUTION CONTROL BOARD SUBCHAPTER c: EMISSIONS STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS FOR STATIONARY SOURCES
PART 219
ORGANIC MATERIAL EMISSION STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS
FOR THE METRO EAST AREA
SECTION 219.105 TEST METHODS AND PROCEDURES
Section 219.105 Test Methods
and Procedures
a) Coatings, Inks and Fountain Solutions
The following
test methods and procedures must be used to determine compliance of as applied
coatings, inks, and fountain solutions with the limitations set forth in this
Part.
1) Sampling: Samples collected for analyses must be one-liter
taken into a one-liter container at a location and time such that the sample
will be representative of the coating as applied (i.e., the sample must include
any dilution solvent or other VOM added during the manufacturing process). The
container must be tightly sealed immediately after the sample is taken. Any
solvent or other VOM added after the sample is taken must be measured and
accounted for in the calculations in subsection (a)(3). For multiple package
coatings, separate samples of each component must be obtained. A mixed sample must
not be obtained as it will cure in the container. Sampling procedures must
follow the guidelines presented in:
A) ASTM D 3925-81 (1985) standard practice for sampling liquid
paints and related pigment coating. This practice is incorporated by reference
in Section 219.112.
B) ASTM E 300-86 standard practice for sampling industrial
chemicals. This practice is incorporated by reference in Section 219.112.
2) Analyses: The applicable analytical methods specified in this
subsection (a)(2) must be used to determine the composition of coatings, inks,
or fountain solutions as applied.
A) Method 24 of 40 CFR 60, appendix A, incorporated by reference
in Section 219.112, must be used to determine the VOM content and density of
coatings. If it is demonstrated to the satisfaction of the Agency and the USEPA
that plant coating formulation data are equivalent to Method 24 results,
formulation data may be used. In the event of any inconsistency between a Method
24 test and a facility's formulation data, the Method 24 test will govern.
B) Method 24A of 40 CFR 60, appendix A, incorporated by reference
in Section 219.112, must be used to determine the VOM content and density of
rotogravure printing inks and related coatings. If it is demonstrated to the
satisfaction of the Agency and USEPA that the plant coating formulation data
are equivalent to Method 24A results, formulation data may be used. In the
event of any inconsistency between a Method 24A test and formulation data, the
Method 24A test will govern.
C) The following ASTM methods are the analytical procedures for
determining VOM:
i) ASTM D 1475-85: Standard test method for density of paint,
varnish, lacquer and related products. This test method is incorporated by
reference in Section 219.112.
ii) ASTM D 2369-87: Standard test method for volatile content of
a coating. This test method is incorporated by reference in Section 219.112.
iii) ASTM D 3792-86: Standard test method for water content of
water-reducible paints by direct injection into a gas chromatograph. This test
method is incorporated by reference in Section 219.112.
iv) ASTM D 4017-81 (1987): Standard test method for water content
in paints and paint materials by the Karl Fischer method. This test method is
incorporated by reference in Section 219.112.
v) ASTM D 4457-85: Standard test method for determination of
dichloromethane and 1,1,1, trichloroethane in paints and coatings by direct
injection into a gas chromatograph. (The procedure delineated above can be
used to develop protocols for any compounds specifically exempted from the
definition of VOM.) This test method is incorporated by reference in Section
219.112.
vi) ASTM D 2697-86: Standard test method for volume non-volatile
matter in clear or pigmented coatings. This test method is incorporated by
reference in Section 219.112.
vii) ASTM D 3980-87: Standard practice for interlaboratory testing
of paint and related materials. This practice is incorporated by reference in
Section 219.112.
viii) ASTM E 180-85: Standard practice for determining the
precision of ASTM methods for analysis of and testing of industrial chemicals.
This practice is incorporated by reference in Section 219.112.
ix) ASTM D 2372-85: Standard method of separation of vehicle from
solvent-reducible paints. This method is incorporated by reference in Section
219.112.
D) Use of an adaptation to any of the analytical methods specified
in subsections (a)(2)(A), (B), and (C) may not be used unless approved by the
Agency and USEPA. An owner or operator must submit sufficient documentation
for the Agency and USEPA to find that the analytical methods specified in
subsections (a)(2)(A), (B), and (C) will yield inaccurate results and that the
proposed adaptation is appropriate.
3) Calculations: Calculations for determining the VOM content,
water content and the content of any compounds which are specifically exempted
from the definition of VOM of coatings, inks and fountain solutions as applied must
follow the guidance provided in the following documents:
A) "A Guide for Surface Coating Calculation",
EPA-340/1-86-016, incorporated by reference in Section 219.112.
B) "Procedures for Certifying Quantity of Volatile Organic
Compounds Emitted by Paint, Ink and Other Coatings" (revised June 1986),
EPA-450/3-84-019, incorporated by reference in Section 219.112.
C) "A Guide for Graphic Arts Calculations", August 1988,
EPA-340/1-88-003, incorporated by reference in Section 219.112.
b) Automobile or Light-Duty Truck Test Protocol
1) The protocol for testing, including determining the transfer
efficiency of coating applicators, at primer surfacer operations and topcoat
operations at an automobile or light-duty truck assembly source must follow the
procedures in the following:
A) Prior to May 1, 2012: "Protocol for Determining the Daily
Volatile Organic Compound Emission Rate of Automobile and Light-Duty Truck
Topcoat Operations" ("topcoat protocol"), December 1988,
EPA-450/3-88-018, incorporated by reference in Section 219.112.
B) On and
after May 1, 2012: "Protocol for Determining the Daily Volatile Organic
Compound Emission Rate of Automobile and Light-Duty Truck Primer-Surfacer and
Topcoat Operations" (topcoat protocol), September 2008, EPA-453/R-08-002,
incorporated by reference in Section 219.112.
2) Prior to testing pursuant to the applicable topcoat protocol,
the owner or operator of a coating operation subject to the topcoat or primer
surfacer limit in Section 219.204(a)(1)(B), (a)(1)(C), (a)(2)(B), (a)(2)(C), or
(a)(2)(E) must submit a detailed testing proposal specifying the method by
which testing will be conducted and how compliance will be demonstrated
consistent with the applicable topcoat protocol. The proposal must include, at
a minimum, a comprehensive plan (including a rationale) for determining the
transfer efficiency at each booth through the use of in-plant or pilot testing,
the selection of coatings to be tested (for the purpose of determining transfer
efficiency) including the rationale for coating groupings, the method for
determining the analytic VOM content of as applied coatings and the formulation
solvent content of as applied coatings, and a description of the records of
coating VOM content as applied and coating's usage that will be kept to
demonstrate compliance. Upon approval of the proposal by the Agency and USEPA,
the compliance demonstration for a coating line may proceed.
c) Capture System Efficiency Test Protocols
1) Applicability
The
requirements of subsection (c)(2) must apply to all VOM emitting process
emission units employing capture equipment (e.g., hoods, ducts), except those
cases noted in this subsection (c)(1).
A) If an emission unit is equipped with (or uses) a permanent
total enclosure (PTE) that meets Agency and USEPA specifications, and which
directs all VOM to a control device, then the emission unit is exempted from
the requirements described in subsection (c)(2). The Agency and USEPA
specifications to determine whether a structure is considered a PTE are given
in Method 204 of appendix M of 40 CFR 51, incorporated by reference in Section
219.112. In this instance, the capture efficiency is assumed to be 100 percent
and the emission unit is still required to measure control efficiency using
appropriate test methods as specified in subsection (d).
B) If an emission unit is equipped with (or uses) a control device
designed to collect and recover VOM (e.g., carbon adsorber), an explicit
measurement of capture efficiency is not necessary provided that the conditions
given below are met. The overall control of the system can be determined by
directly comparing the input liquid VOM to the recovered liquid VOM. The
general procedure for use in this situation is given in 40 CFR 60.433,
incorporated by reference in Section 219.112, with the following additional
restrictions:
i) The source owner or operator must obtain data each operating
day for the solvent usage and solvent recovery to permit the determination of
the solvent recovery efficiency of the system each operating day using a 7-day
rolling period. The recovery efficiency for each operating day is computed as
the ratio of the total recovered solvent for that day and the most recent prior
6 operating days to the total solvent usage for the same 7-day period used for
the recovered solvent, rather than a 30-day weighted average as given in 40 CFR
60.433 incorporated by reference in Section 219.112. This ratio must be
expressed as a percentage. The ratio must be computed within 72 hours
following each 7-day period. A source that believes that the 7-day rolling
period is not appropriate may use an alternative multi-day rolling period not
to exceed 30 days, with the approval of the Agency and USEPA. In addition, the
criteria in subsection (c)(1)(B)(ii) or (c)(1)(B)(iii) must be met.
ii) The solvent recovery system (i.e., capture and control system)
must be dedicated to a single coating line, printing line, or other discrete
activity that by itself is subject to an applicable VOM emission standard.
iii) However if the solvent recovery system controls more than one
coating line, printing line or other discrete activity that by itself is
subject to an applicable VOM emission standard, the overall control (i.e., the
total recovered VOM divided by the sum of liquid VOM input from all lines and
other activities venting to the control system) must meet or exceed the most
stringent standard applicable to any line or other discrete activity venting to
the control system.
2) Capture Efficiency Protocols
The capture
efficiency of an emission unit must be measured using one of the protocols
given below. Appropriate test methods to be utilized in each of the capture
efficiency protocols are described in appendix M of 40 CFR 51, incorporated by
reference in Section 219.112. Any error margin associated with a test method
or protocol may not be incorporated into the results of a capture efficiency
test. If these techniques are not suitable for a particular process, then an
alternative capture efficiency protocol may be used, pursuant to the provisions
of Section 219.108(b).
A) Gas/gas method using temporary total enclosure (TTE). The
Agency and USEPA specifications to determine whether a temporary enclosure is
considered a TTE are given in Method 204 of appendix M of 40 CFR 51,
incorporated by reference in Section 219.112. The capture efficiency equation
to be used for this protocol is:

where:
|
CE
|
=
|
capture efficiency, decimal
fraction;
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gw
|
=
|
mass of VOM captured and
delivered to control device using a TTE;
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fw
|
=
|
mass of uncaptured VOM that
escapes from a TTE.
|
Method 204B or
204C contained in appendix M of 40 CFR 51, incorporated by reference in Section
219.112, is used to obtain Gw. Method 204D in appendix M of 40 CFR 51,
incorporated by reference in Section 219.112, is used to obtain Fw.
B) Liquid/gas method using TTE. The Agency and USEPA
specifications to determine whether a temporary enclosure is considered a TTE
are given in Method 204 of appendix M of 40 CFR 51, incorporated by reference
in Section 219.112. The capture efficiency equation to be used for this
protocol is:

where:
|
CE
|
=
|
capture efficiency, decimal
fraction;
|
|
|
|
|
|
L
|
=
|
mass of liquid VOM input to
process emission unit;
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fw
|
=
|
mass of uncaptured VOM that
escapes from a TTE.
|
Method 204A or
204F contained in appendix M of 40 CFR 51, incorporated by reference in Section
219.112, is used to obtain L. Method 204 in appendix M of 40 CFR 51,
incorporated by reference in Section 219.112, is used to obtain Fw.
C) Gas/gas method using the building or room (building or room
enclosure), in which the affected coating line, printing line or other emission
unit is located, as the enclosure, as determined by Method 204 of appendix M of
40 CFR 51, incorporated by reference in Section 219.112, and in which "FB"
and "G" are measured while operating only the affected line or
emission unit. All fans and blowers in the building or room must be operated
as they would under normal production. The capture efficiency equation to be
used for this protocol is:

where:
|
CE
|
=
|
capture efficiency, decimal
fraction;
|
|
|
|
|
|
G
|
=
|
mass of
VOM captured and delivered to control device;
|
|
|
|
|
|
FB
|
=
|
mass of uncaptured
VOM that escapes from building enclosure.
|
Method 204B or
204C contained in appendix M of 40 CFR 51, incorporated by reference in Section
219.112, is used to obtain G. Method 204E in appendix M of 40 CFR 51,
incorporated by reference in Section 219.112, is used to obtain FB.
D) Liquid/gas method using the building or room (building or room
enclosure), in which the affected coating line, printing line or other emission
unit is located, as the enclosure as determined by Method 204 of appendix M of
40 CFR 51, incorporated by reference in Section 219.112, and in which "FB"
and "L" are measured while operating only the affected line emission
unit. All fans and blowers in the building or room must be operated as they
would under normal production. The capture efficiency equation to be used for
this protocol is:

where:
|
CE
|
=
|
capture
efficiency, decimal fraction;
|
|
|
|
|
|
L
|
=
|
mass of
liquid VOM input to process emission unit;
|
|
|
|
|
|
FB
|
=
|
mass of uncaptured
VOM that escapes from building enclosure.
|
Method 204A or
204F contained in appendix M of 40 CFR 51, incorporated by reference in Section
219.112, is used to obtain L. Method 204E in appendix M of 40 CFR 51,
incorporated by reference in Section 219.112, is used to obtain FB.
E) Mass
balance using Data Quality Objective (DQO) or Lower Confidence Limit (LCL)
protocol. For a liquid/gas input where an owner or operator is using the
DQO/LCL protocol and not using an enclosure as described in Method 204 of appendix
M of 40 CFR 51, incorporated by reference in Section 219.112, the VOM content
of the liquid input (L) must be determined using Method 204A or 204F in appendix
M of 40 CFR 51, incorporated by reference in Section 219.112. The VOM content
of the captured gas stream (G) to the control device must be determined using
Method 204B or 204C in appendix M of 40 CFR 51, incorporated by reference in
Section 219.112. The results of capture efficiency calculations (G/L) must
satisfy the DQO or LCL statistical analysis methodology as described in Section
3 of USEPA's "Guidelines for Determining Capture Efficiency",
incorporated by reference at Section 219.112 of this Part. Where capture
efficiency testing is done to determine emission reductions for the purpose of
establishing emission credits for offsets, shutdowns, and trading, the LCL
protocol cannot be used for these applications. In enforcement cases, the LCL
protocol cannot confirm non-compliance; capture efficiency must be determined
using a protocol under subsection (c)(2)(A), (B), (C) or (D), the DQO protocol
of this subsection (c)(2)(E), or an alternative protocol pursuant to Section 219.108(b).
BOARD NOTE: Where LCL was used in
testing emission units that are the subject of later requests for establishing
emission credits for offsets, shutdowns, and trading, prior LCL results may not
be relied upon to determine the appropriate amount of credits. Instead, to
establish the appropriate amount of credits, additional testing may be required
that would satisfy the protocol of Section 219.105(c)(2)(A), (B), (C) or (D),
the DQO protocol of Section 219.105(c)(2)(E), or an alternative protocol
pursuant to Section 219.108(b).
3) Simultaneous
testing of multiple lines or emission units with a common control device. If
an owner or operator has multiple lines sharing a common control device, the
capture efficiency of the lines may be tested simultaneously, subject to the
following provisions:
A) Multiple
line testing must meet the criteria of Section 4 of USEPA's "Guidelines
for Determining Capture Efficiency", incorporated by reference at Section
219.112;
B) The
most stringent capture efficiency required for any individual line or unit must
be met by the aggregate of lines or units; and
C) Testing
of all the lines of emission units must be performed with the same capture
efficiency test protocol.
4) Recordkeeping and Reporting
A) All owners or operators affected by this subsection must
maintain a copy of the capture efficiency protocol submitted to the Agency and
the USEPA on file. All results of the appropriate test methods and capture
efficiency protocols must be reported to the Agency within 60 days after the
test date. A copy of the results must be kept on file with the source for a
period of 3 years.
B) If any changes are made to capture or control equipment, then
the source is required to notify the Agency and the USEPA of these changes and
a new test may be required by the Agency or the USEPA.
C) The
source must notify the Agency 30 days prior to performing any capture
efficiency or control test. At that time, the source must notify the Agency
which capture efficiency protocol and control device test methods will be used.
Notification of the actual date and expected time of testing must be submitted
a minimum of 5 working days prior to the actual date of the test. The Agency
may at its discretion accept notification with shorter advance notice provided
that such arrangements do not interfere with the Agency's ability to review the
protocol and/or observe testing.
D) Sources utilizing a PTE must demonstrate that this enclosure
meets the requirement given in Method 204 in appendix M of 40 CFR 51,
incorporated by reference in Section 219.112, for a PTE during any testing of
their control device.
E) Sources utilizing a TTE must demonstrate that their TTE meets
the requirements given in Method 204 in appendix M or 40 CFR 51, incorporated
by reference in Section 219.112, for a TTE during any testing of their control
device. The source must also provide documentation that the quality assurance
criteria for a TTE have been achieved.
F) Any
source utilizing the DQO or LCL protocol must submit the following information
to the Agency with each test report:
i) A
copy of all test methods, Quality Assurance/Quality Control procedures, and
calibration procedures to be used from those described in appendix M of 40 CFR
51, incorporated by reference in Section 219.112;
ii) A
table with information on each sample taken, including the sample
identification and the VOM content of the sample;
iii) The
quantity of material used for each test run;
iv) The quantity of
captured VOM for each test run;
v) The
capture efficiency calculations and results for each test run;
vi) The DQO and/or LCL
calculations and results; and
vii) The
Quality Assurance/Quality Control results, including how often the instruments
were calibrated, the calibration results, and the calibration gases used.
d) Control Device Efficiency Testing and Monitoring
1) The control device efficiency must be determined by
simultaneously measuring the inlet and outlet gas phase VOM concentrations and
gas volumetric flow rates in accordance with the gas phase test methods
specified in subsection (f).
2) An owner or operator:
A) That uses an afterburner or carbon adsorber to comply with any
Section of this Part must use Agency and USEPA approved continuous monitoring
equipment which is installed, calibrated, maintained, and operated according to
vendor specifications at all times the control device is in use except as
provided in subsection (d)(3). The continuous monitoring equipment must
monitor the following parameters:
i) For each afterburner which does not have a catalyst bed, the
combustion chamber temperature of each afterburner.
ii) For each afterburner which has a catalyst bed, commonly known
as a catalytic afterburner, the temperature rise across each catalytic
afterburner bed or VOM concentration of exhaust.
iii) For each carbon adsorber, the VOM concentration of each
carbon adsorption bed exhaust or the exhaust of the bed next in sequence to be
desorbed.
B) Must
install, calibrate, operate and maintain, in accordance with manufacturer's
specifications, a continuous recorder on the temperature monitoring device,
such as a strip chart, recorder or computer, having an accuracy of ± 1 percent
of the temperature measured, expressed in degrees Celsius or ± 0.5° C,
whichever is greater.
C) Of an automobile or light-duty truck primer surfacer operation
or topcoat operation subject to subsection (d)(2)(A) must keep a separate
record of the following data for the control devices, unless alternative
provisions are stated in a permit pursuant to Title V of the Clean Air Act:
i) For thermal afterburners for which combustion chamber
temperature is monitored, all 3-hour periods of operation in which the average
combustion temperature was more than 28 °C (50 °F) below the average combustion
temperature measured during the most recent performance test that demonstrated
that the operation was in compliance.
ii) For catalytic afterburners for which temperature rise is
monitored, all 3-hour periods of operation in which the average gas temperature
before the catalyst bed is more than 28 °C (50 °F) below the average gas
temperature immediately before the catalyst bed measured during the most recent
performance test that demonstrated that the operation was in compliance.
iii) For catalytic afterburners and carbon adsorbers for which VOM
concentration is monitored, all 3-hour periods of operation during which the
average VOM concentration or the reading of organics in the exhaust gases is
more than 20 percent greater than the average exhaust gas concentration or
reading measured by the organic monitoring device during the most recent
determination of the recovery efficiency of a carbon adsorber or performance
test for a catalytic afterburner, which determination or test that demonstrated
that the operation was in compliance.
3) An owner or operator that uses a carbon adsorber to comply
with Section 219.401 may operate the adsorber during periods of monitoring
equipment malfunction, provided that:
A) The owner or operator notifies in writing the Agency and USEPA,
within 10 days after the conclusion of any 72 hour period during which the
adsorber is operated and the associated monitoring equipment is not
operational, of such monitoring equipment failure and provides the duration of
the malfunction, a description of the repairs made to the equipment, and the
total to date of all hours in the calendar year during which the adsorber was
operated and the associated monitoring equipment was not operational;
B) During such period of malfunction the adsorber is operated
using timed sequences as the basis for periodic regeneration of the adsorber;
C) The period of such adsorber operation does not exceed 360 hours
in any calendar year without the approval of the Agency and USEPA; and
D) The total of all hours in the calendar year during which the
adsorber was operated and the associated monitoring equipment was not
operational must be reported, in writing, to the Agency and USEPA by January 31
of the following calendar year.
e) Overall Efficiency
1) The overall efficiency of the emission control system must be
determined as the product of the capture system efficiency and the control
device efficiency or by the liquid/liquid test protocol as specified in 40 CFR
60.433, incorporated by reference in Section 219.112, (and revised by
subsection (c)(1)(B)) for each solvent recovery system. In those cases in
which the overall efficiency is being determined for an entire line, the
capture efficiency used to calculate the product of the capture and control
efficiency is the total capture efficiency over the entire line.
2) For coating lines which are both chosen by the owner or
operator to comply with Section 219.207(a), (d), (e), (f), (g), (l), (m), or
(n) by the alternative in Section 219.207(b)(2) and meet the criteria allowing
them to comply with Section 219.207 instead of Section 219.204, the overall
efficiency of the capture system and control device, as determined by the test
methods and procedures specified in subsections (c), (d) and (e)(1), must be no
less than the equivalent overall efficiency that must be calculated by the
following equation:

where:
|
E
|
=
|
Equivalent overall efficiency
of the capture system and control device as a percentage;
|
|
|
|
|
|
VOMa
|
=
|
Actual VOM content of a
coating, or the daily-weighted average VOM content of two or more coatings
(if more than one coating is used), as applied to the subject coating line as
determined by the applicable test methods and procedures specified in subsection
(a)(4)(i) of this Part in units of kg VOM/1 (lb VOM/gal) of coating solids as
applied;
|
|
|
|
|
|
VOM1
|
=
|
The VOM emission limit
specified in Sections 219.204 or 219.205 of this Part in units of kg VOM/1
(lb VOM/gal) of coating solids as applied.
|
|
|
|
|
f) Volatile Organic Material Gas Phase Source Test Methods
The methods in
40 CFR 60, appendix A, incorporated by reference in Section 219.112 of this
Part delineated in this subsection (f) must be used to determine control device
efficiencies.
1) 40 CFR 60, appendix A, Method 18, 25 or 25A, incorporated by
reference in Section 219.112 as appropriate to the conditions at the site, must
be used to determine VOM concentration. Method selection must be based on
consideration of the diversity of organic species present and their total
concentration and on consideration of the potential presence of interfering
gases. Except as indicated in subsections (f)(1)(A) and (B) below, the test must
consist of three separate runs, each lasting a minimum of 60 min, unless the
Agency and the USEPA determine that process variables dictate shorter sampling
times.
A) When the method is to be used to determine the efficiency of a
carbon adsorption system with a common exhaust stack for all the individual
adsorber vessels, the test must consist of three separate runs, each coinciding
with one or more complete sequences through the adsorption cycles of all the
individual adsorber vessels.
B) When the method is to be used to determine the efficiency of a
carbon adsorption system with individual exhaust stacks for each adsorber
vessel, each adsorber vessel must be tested individually. The test for each
adsorber vessel must consist of three separate runs. Each run must coincide
with one or more complete adsorption cycles.
2) 40 CFR 60, appendix A, Method 1 or 1A, incorporated by
reference in Section 219.112, must be used for sample and velocity traverses.
3) 40 CFR 60, appendix A, Method 2, 2A, 2C or 2D, incorporated by
reference in Section 219.112, must be used for velocity and volumetric flow
rates.
4) 40 CFR 60, appendix A, Method 3, incorporated by reference in
Section 219.112, must be used for gas analysis.
5) 40 CFR 60, appendix A, Method 4, incorporated by reference in
Section 219.112, must be used for stack gas moisture.
6) 40 CFR 60, appendix A, Methods 2, 2A, 2C, 2D, 3 and 4,
incorporated by reference in Section 219.112, must be performed, as applicable,
at least twice during each test run.
7) Use of an adaptation to any of the test methods specified in
subsections (f)(1), (2), (3), (4), (5) and (6) may not be used unless approved
by the Agency and the USEPA on a case by case basis. An owner or operator must
submit sufficient documentation for the Agency and the USEPA to find that the
test methods specified in subsections (f)(1), (2), (3), (4), (5) and (6) will
yield inaccurate results and that the proposed adaptation is appropriate.
g) Leak Detection Methods for Volatile Organic Material
Owners or
operators required by this Part to carry out a leak detection monitoring
program must comply with the following requirements:
1) Leak Detection Monitoring
A) Monitoring must comply with 40 CFR 60, appendix A, Method 21,
incorporated by reference in Section 219.112.
B) The detection instrument must meet the performance criteria of
Method 21.
C) The instrument must be calibrated before use on each day of its
use by the methods specified in Method 21.
D) Calibration gases must be:
i) Zero air (less than 10 ppm of hydrocarbon in air); and
ii) A mixture of methane or n-hexane and air at a concentration
of approximately, but no less than, 10,000 ppm methane or n-hexane.
E) The instrument probe must be traversed around all potential
leak interfaces as close to the interface as possible as described in Method
21.
2) When equipment is tested for compliance with no detectable
emissions as required, the test must comply with the following requirements:
A) The requirements of subsections (g)(1)(A) through (g)(1)(E) must
apply.
B) The background level must be determined as stated in Method 21.
3) Leak detection tests must be performed consistent with:
A) "APTI Course SI 417 controlling Volatile Organic Compound
Emissions from Leaking Process Equipment", EPA-450/2-82-015, incorporated
by reference in Section 219.112.
B) "Portable Instrument User's Manual for Monitoring VOM
Sources", EPA-340/1-86-015, incorporated by reference in Section 219.112.
C) "Protocols for Generating Unit-Specific Emission Estimates
for Equipment Leaks of VOM and VHAP", EPA-450/3-88-010, incorporated by
reference in Section 219.112.
D) "Petroleum Refinery Enforcement Manual", EPA-340/1-80-008,
incorporated by reference in Section 219.112.
h) Bulk Gasoline Delivery System Test Protocol
1) The method for determining the emissions of gasoline from a
vapor recovery system are delineated in 40 CFR 60, subpart XX, section 60.503,
incorporated by reference in Section 219.112.
2) Other tests must be performed consistent with:
A) "Inspection Manual for Control of Volatile Organic
Emissions from Gasoline Marketing Operations: Appendix D",
EPA-340/1-80-012, incorporated by reference in Section 219.112.
B) "Control of Hydrocarbons from Tank Truck Gasoline Loading
Terminals: Appendix A", EPA-450/2-77-026, incorporated by reference in
Section 219.112.
i) Notwithstanding other requirements of this Part, upon request
of the Agency where it is necessary to demonstrate compliance, an owner or
operator of an emission unit which is subject to this Part must, at his own
expense, conduct tests in accordance with the applicable test methods and
procedures specific in this Part. Nothing in this Section limits the authority
of the USEPA under the Clean Air Act, as amended, to require testing.
j) Cleaning
Solvents Subject to Section 219.219(g)
1) For
aqueous and semiaqueous cleaning solvents, manufacturers' supplied data must be
used to determine the water content.
2) For
hand-wipe cleaning solvents required in Section 219.219(g)(2), manufacturers'
supplied data or standard engineering reference texts or other equivalent
methods must be used to determine the vapor pressure or VOM composite vapor
pressure for blended cleaning solvents.
(Source: Amended at 45 Ill.
Reg. 3553, effective March 4, 2021)
 | TITLE 35: ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
SUBTITLE B: AIR POLLUTION CHAPTER I: POLLUTION CONTROL BOARD SUBCHAPTER c: EMISSIONS STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS FOR STATIONARY SOURCES
PART 219
ORGANIC MATERIAL EMISSION STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS
FOR THE METRO EAST AREA
SECTION 219.106 COMPLIANCE DATES
Section 219.106 Compliance
Dates
a) Except as provided in subsection (b), (c), (d), (e), or (f), compliance
with the requirements of this Part is required by May 15, 1992, consistent with
the provisions of Section 219.103.
b) As this Part is amended from time to time, compliance dates
included in the specific Subparts supersede the requirements of this Section,
except as limited by Section 219.101(b).
c) Any
owner or operator of a source subject to the requirements of Section
219.204(c)(2), 219.204(g)(2), or 219.204(h)(2) must comply with the applicable
requirements in the applicable subsections, as well as all applicable
requirements in Sections 219.205 through 219.214 and 219.218, by May 1, 2012.
d) Any owner or operator of a source subject to the requirements
of Section 219.204(o) must comply with the requirements in Section 219.204(o),
as well as all applicable requirements in Sections 219.205 through 219.211,
219.214, and 219.217 by August 1, 2010.
e) Any
owner or operator of a source subject to the requirements of Section
219.204(a)(2) or 219.204(q) must comply with the applicable requirements in those
Sections, as well as all applicable requirements in Sections 219.205 through
219.214 and 219.219, by May 1, 2011.
f) Any
owner or operator of a source subject to the requirements of Section 219.204(r)
must comply with the requirements in Section 219.204(r), as well as all
applicable requirements in Sections 219.205, 219.207, 219.208, 219.211, and
219.219 by July 1, 2021.
(Source: Amended at 45 Ill.
Reg. 3553, effective March 4, 2021)
 | TITLE 35: ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
SUBTITLE B: AIR POLLUTION CHAPTER I: POLLUTION CONTROL BOARD SUBCHAPTER c: EMISSIONS STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS FOR STATIONARY SOURCES
PART 219
ORGANIC MATERIAL EMISSION STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS
FOR THE METRO EAST AREA
SECTION 219.107 OPERATION OF AFTERBURNERS
Section 219.107 Operation of
Afterburners
The operation of any natural gas
fired afterburner and capture system used to comply with this Part is not
required during the period of November 1 of any year to April 1 of the
following year provided that the operation of such devices is not required for
purposes of occupational safety or health, or for the control of toxic
substances, odor nuisances, or other regulated pollutants.
(Source: Amended at 17 Ill. Reg. 16918, effective September 27, 1993)
 | TITLE 35: ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
SUBTITLE B: AIR POLLUTION CHAPTER I: POLLUTION CONTROL BOARD SUBCHAPTER c: EMISSIONS STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS FOR STATIONARY SOURCES
PART 219
ORGANIC MATERIAL EMISSION STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS
FOR THE METRO EAST AREA
SECTION 219.108 EXEMPTIONS, VARIATIONS, AND ALTERNATIVE MEANS OF CONTROL OR COMPLIANCE DETERMINATIONS
Section 219.108 Exemptions,
Variations, and Alternative Means of Control or Compliance Determinations
Notwithstanding the provisions
of any other Sections of this Part:
a) Any exemptions, variations or alternatives to the control
requirements, emission limitations, or test methods set forth in this Part
shall be effective only when approved by the Agency and approved by the USEPA
as a SIP revision.
b) Any equivalent alternative control plans, equivalent device,
or other equivalent practice authorized by the Agency where this Part provides
for such alternative or equivalent practice or equivalent variations or
alterations to test methods approved by the Agency shall be effective only when
included in a federally enforceable permit or approved as a SIP revision.
(Source: Amended at 20 Ill. Reg. 14462, effective October 28, 1996)
 | TITLE 35: ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
SUBTITLE B: AIR POLLUTION CHAPTER I: POLLUTION CONTROL BOARD SUBCHAPTER c: EMISSIONS STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS FOR STATIONARY SOURCES
PART 219
ORGANIC MATERIAL EMISSION STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS
FOR THE METRO EAST AREA
SECTION 219.109 VAPOR PRESSURE OF VOLATILE ORGANIC LIQUIDS
Section 219.109 Vapor
Pressure of Volatile Organic Liquids
a) If the VOL consists of only a single compound, the vapor
pressure shall be determined by ASTM Method D2879-86 (incorporated by reference
in Section 219.112 of this Part) or the vapor pressure may be obtained from a
publication such as: Boublik, T., V. Fried and E. Hala, "The Vapor
Pressure of Pure Substances," Elsevier Scientific Publishing Co., New York
(1973); Perry's Chemical Engineer's Handbook, McGraw-Hill Book Company (1984);
CRC Handbook of Chemistry and Physics, Chemical Rubber Publishing Company (1986-87);
and Lange's Handbook of Chemistry, John A. Dean, editor, McGraw-Hill Book
Company (1985).
b) If the VOL is a mixture, the vapor pressure shall be
determined by ASTM Method D2879-86 (incorporated by reference in Section
219.112 of this Part) or by the following equation:

where:
|
Pvol
|
=
|
Total vapor pressure of the
mixture;
|
|
|
|
|
|
n
|
=
|
Number of components in the
mixture;
|
|
|
|
|
|
i
|
=
|
Subscript denoting an
individual component;
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pi
|
=
|
Vapor pressure of a component determined
in accordance with subsection (a) of this Section;
|
|
|
|
|
|
xi
|
=
|
Mole fraction of the component
in the total mixture.
|
(Source: Amended at 17 Ill. Reg. 16918, effective September 27, 1993)
 | TITLE 35: ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
SUBTITLE B: AIR POLLUTION CHAPTER I: POLLUTION CONTROL BOARD SUBCHAPTER c: EMISSIONS STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS FOR STATIONARY SOURCES
PART 219
ORGANIC MATERIAL EMISSION STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS
FOR THE METRO EAST AREA
SECTION 219.110 VAPOR PRESSURE OF ORGANIC MATERIAL OR SOLVENT
Section 219.110 Vapor
Pressure of Organic Material or Solvent
a) If the organic material or solvent consists of only a single
compound, the vapor pressure must be determined by ASTM Method D2879-86
(incorporated by reference in Section 219.112 of this Part) or the vapor
pressure may be obtained from a publication such as: Boublik, T., V. Fried and
E. Hala, "The Vapor Pressure of Pure Substances," Elsevier Scientific
Publishing Co., New York (1973); Perry's Chemical Engineer's Handbook,
McGraw-Hill Book Company (1984); CRC Handbook of Chemistry and Physics,
Chemical Rubber Publishing Company (1986-87); and Lange's Handbook of
Chemistry, John A. Dean, editor, McGraw-Hill Book Company (1985).
b) Except as provided in subsection (d), if the organic material
or solvent is in a mixture made up of both organic material compounds and
compounds which are not organic material, the vapor pressure must be determined
by the following equation:

where:
|
Pom
|
=
|
Total vapor pressure of the
portion of the mixture which is composed of organic material;
|
|
|
|
|
|
n
|
=
|
Number of organic material
components in the mixture;
|
|
|
|
|
|
i
|
=
|
Subscript denoting an individual
component;
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pi
|
=
|
Vapor pressure of an organic
material component determined in accordance with subsection (a);
|
|
|
|
|
|
Xi
|
=
|
Mole fraction of the organic
material component of the total organic mixture.
|
c) If the organic material or solvent is in a mixture made up
only of organic material compounds, the vapor pressure must be determined by
ASTM Method D2879-86 (incorporated by reference in Section 219.112) or by the
above equation.
d) For hand-wipe cleaning solvents used at aerospace facilities
subject to Section 219.219(g)(2), the composite vapor pressure of a cleaning
solvent consisting of multiple components must be determined by the following
equation:

where:
|
PPc
|
=
|
Composite vapor pressure of
the cleaning solvent in mmHg at 20 °C;
|
|
|
|
|
|
n
|
=
|
Number of components in the
cleaning solvent;
|
|
|
|
|
|
i
|
=
|
Subscript denoting an
individual VOM-containing component;
|
|
|
|
|
|
j
|
=
|
Subscript denoting an
individual non-VOM component;
|
|
|
|
|
|
Wi
|
=
|
Weight of a VOM-containing
component in grams;
|
|
|
|
|
|
Wj
|
=
|
Weight of a non-VOM component
in grams;
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ww
|
=
|
Weight of water in grams;
|
|
|
|
|
|
MWi
|
=
|
Molecular weight a VOM-containing
component in grams per gram-mole;
|
|
|
|
|
|
MWj
|
=
|
Molecular weight of a non-VOM
component in grams per gram-mole
|
|
|
|
|
|
MWw
|
=
|
Molecular weight of water in
grams per gram-mole;
|
|
|
|
|
|
VPi
|
=
|
Vapor pressure of a
VOM-containing component in mmHg at 20 °C.
|
(Source: Amended at 45 Ill. Reg. 3553, effective March 4, 2021)
 | TITLE 35: ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
SUBTITLE B: AIR POLLUTION CHAPTER I: POLLUTION CONTROL BOARD SUBCHAPTER c: EMISSIONS STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS FOR STATIONARY SOURCES
PART 219
ORGANIC MATERIAL EMISSION STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS
FOR THE METRO EAST AREA
SECTION 219.111 VAPOR PRESSURE OF VOLATILE ORGANIC MATERIAL
Section 219.111 Vapor
Pressure of Volatile Organic Material
a) If the VOM consists of only a single compound, the vapor
pressure shall be determined by ASTM Method D2879-86 (incorporated by reference
in Section 219.112 of this Part) or the vapor pressure may be obtained from a
publication such as: Boublik, T., B. Fried and E. Hala, "The Vapor
Pressure of Pure Substances," Elsevier Scientific Publishing Co., New York
(1973); Perry's Chemical Engineer's Handbook, McGraw-Hill Book Company (1984);
CRC Handbook of Chemistry and Physics, Chemical Rubber Publishing Company (1986-87);
and Lange's Handbook of Chemistry, John A. Dean, editor, McGraw-Hill Book
Company (1985).
b) If the VOM is in a mixture made up of both VOM compounds and
compounds which are not VOM, the vapor pressure shall be determined by the
following equation:

where:
|
Pvom
|
=
|
Total vapor pressure of the
portion of the mixture which is composed of VOM;
|
|
|
|
|
|
n
|
=
|
Number of VOM components in
the mixture;
|
|
|
|
|
|
i
|
=
|
Subscript denoting an
individual component;
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pi
|
=
|
Vapor pressure of a VOM
component determined in accordance with subsection (a) of this Section;
|
|
|
|
|
|
Xi
|
=
|
Mole fraction of the VOM
component of the total organic mixture.
|
c) If the VOM is in a mixture made up on only VOM compounds, the
vapor pressure shall be determined by ASTM Method D2879-86 (incorporated by
reference in Section 219.112 of this Part) or by the above equation.
(Source: Amended at 20 Ill. Reg. 14462, effective October 28, 1996)
 | TITLE 35: ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
SUBTITLE B: AIR POLLUTION CHAPTER I: POLLUTION CONTROL BOARD SUBCHAPTER c: EMISSIONS STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS FOR STATIONARY SOURCES
PART 219
ORGANIC MATERIAL EMISSION STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS
FOR THE METRO EAST AREA
SECTION 219.112 INCORPORATIONS BY REFERENCE
Section 219.112
Incorporations by Reference
The following materials are
incorporated by reference and do not contain any subsequent additions or
amendments:
a) American Society for Testing and Materials, 100 Barr Harbor
Drive, West Conshohocken PA 19428-9555
1) ASTM
D 2879-86
2) ASTM
D 323-08
3) ASTM
D 86-82
4) ASTM
D 369-69 (1971)
5) ASTM
D 396-69
6) ASTM
D 2880-71
7) ASTM
D 975-68
8) ASTM
D 3925-81 (1985)
9) ASTM
E 300-86
10) ASTM
D 1475-85
11) ASTM
D 2369-87
12) ASTM
D 3792-86
13) ASTM
D 4017-81 (1987)
14) ASTM
D 4457-85
15) ASTM
D 2697-86
16) ASTM
D 3980-87
17) ASTM
E 180-85
18) ASTM
D 2372-85
19) ASTM
D 97-66
20) ASTM
E 168-87 (1977)
21) ASTM
E 169-87
22) ASTM
E 260-91
23) ASTM
D 2504-83
24) ASTM
D 2382-83
b) Standard Industrial Classification Manual, published by
Executive Office of the President, Office of Management and Budget, Washington,
D.C., 1987.
c) American Petroleum Institute Bulletin 2517, "Evaporation
Loss From Floating Roof Tanks", Second ed., February 1980.
d) 40 CFR 60 (July 1, 1991).
e) 40 CFR 61 (July 1, 1991).
f) 40 CFR 50 (July 1, 1991).
g) 40 CFR 51 (July 1, 1991) and 40 CFR 51, appendix M, Methods
204-204F (July 1, 1999).
h) 40 CFR 52 (July 1, 1991).
i) "A Guide for Surface Coating Calculation", July
1986, United States Environmental Protection Agency, Washington, D.C.,
EPA-340/1-86-016.
j) "Procedures for Certifying Quantity of Volatile Organic
Compounds Emitted by Paint, Ink and Other Coating" (revised June 1986),
United States Environmental Protection Agency, Washington D.C.,
EPA-450/3-84-019.
k) "A Guide for Graphic Arts Calculations", August
1988, United States Environmental Protection Agency, Washington D.C.,
EPA-340/1-88-003.
l) "Protocol for Determining the Daily Volatile Organic
Compound Emission Rate of Automobile and Light-Duty Truck Topcoat
Operations", December 1988, United States Environmental Protection Agency,
Washington D.C., EPA-450/3-88-018.
m) "Control of Volatile Organic Emissions from Manufacturing
of Synthesized Pharmaceutical Products", December 1978, United States
Environmental Protection Agency, Washington, D.C., EPA-450/2-78-029.
n) "Control of Volatile Organic Compound Leaks from Gasoline
Tank Trucks and Vapor Collection Systems", December 1978, Appendix B,
United States Environmental Protection Agency, Washington, D.C.,
EPA-450/2-78-051.
o) "Control of Volatile Organic Compound Emissions from
Large Petroleum Dry Cleaners", September 1982, United States Environmental
Protection Agency, Washington, D.C., EPA-450/3-82-009.
p) "APTI Course SI417 Controlling Volatile Organic Compound
Emissions from Leaking Process Equipment", 1982, United States
Environmental Protection Agency, Washington, D.C., EPA-450/2-82-015.
q) "Portable Instrument User's Manual for Monitoring VOM
Sources", June 1986, United States Environmental Protection Agency,
Washington, D.C., EPA-340/1-86-015.
r) "Protocols for Generating Unit-Specific Emission
Estimates for Equipment Leaks of VOM and VHAP", October 1988, United
States Environmental Protection Agency, Washington, D.C., EPA-450/3-88-010.
s) "Petroleum Refinery Enforcement Manual", March 1980,
United States Environmental Protection Agency, Washington, D.C.,
EPA-340/1-80-008.
t) "Inspection Manual for Control of Volatile Organic
Emissions from Gasoline Marketing Operations: Appendix D", 1980, United
States Environmental Protection Agency, Washington, D.C., EPA-340/1-80-012.
u) "Control of Hydrocarbons from Tank Truck Gasoline Loading
Terminals: Appendix A", December 1977, United States Environmental
Protection Agency, Washington, D.C., EPA-450/2-77-026.
v) California Air Resources Board, Compliance Division.
Compliance Assistance Program: Gasoline Marketing and Distribution: Gasoline
Facilities Phase I & II (October 1988, rev. November 1993) (CARB Manual).
w) "Guidelines
for Determining Capture Efficiency", January 1995, Office of Air Quality
Planning and Standards, United States Environmental Protection Agency, Research
Triangle Park NC.
x) Memorandum
"Revised Capture Efficiency Guidance for Control of Volatile Organic
Compound Emissions", February 1995, John S. Seitz, Director, Office of Air
Quality Planning and Standards, United States Environmental Protection Agency.
y) "Protocol for
Determining the Daily Volatile Organic Compound Emission Rate of Automobile and
Light-Duty Truck Primer-Surfacer and Topcoat Operations", September 2008,
United States Environmental Protection Agency, Washington, D.C.,
EPA-453/R-08-002.
z) 40 CFR 63 subpart PPPP, appendix
A (2008).
aa) 46 CFR subchapter Q
(2007).
bb) 46 CFR subchapter T
(2008).
cc) 40 CFR 82.4 (2020).
(Source: Amended at 45 Ill.
Reg. 3553, effective March 4, 2021)
 | TITLE 35: ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
SUBTITLE B: AIR POLLUTION CHAPTER I: POLLUTION CONTROL BOARD SUBCHAPTER c: EMISSIONS STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS FOR STATIONARY SOURCES
PART 219
ORGANIC MATERIAL EMISSION STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS
FOR THE METRO EAST AREA
SECTION 219.113 MONITORING FOR NEGLIGIBLY-REACTIVE COMPOUNDS
Section 219.113 Monitoring
for Negligibly-Reactive Compounds
The requirements of 35 Ill. Adm.
Code 215.109, which allows the Agency to require testing and monitoring for
negligibly-reactive compound as a precondition to their exemption from the
definition of "volatile organic compound", shall apply to owners and
operators of sources subject to this Part.
(Source: Added at 16 Ill. Reg. 13597, effective August 24, 1992)
SUBPART B: ORGANIC EMISSIONS FROM STORAGE AND LOADING OPERATIONS
 | TITLE 35: ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
SUBTITLE B: AIR POLLUTION CHAPTER I: POLLUTION CONTROL BOARD SUBCHAPTER c: EMISSIONS STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS FOR STATIONARY SOURCES
PART 219
ORGANIC MATERIAL EMISSION STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS
FOR THE METRO EAST AREA
SECTION 219.119 APPLICABILITY FOR VOL
Section 219.119
Applicability for VOL
The limitations of Section
219.120 of this Subpart shall apply to all storage containers of volatile
organic liquid (VOL) with a maximum true vapor pressure of 0.5 psia or greater
in any stationary tank, reservoir, or other container of 151 cubic meters (40,000
gal) capacity or greater, except to vessels as provided below:
a) Vessels with a capacity greater than or equal to 40,000
gallons storing a liquid with a maximum true pressure of less than 0.5 psia;
b) Vessels of coke oven by-product plants;
c) Pressure vessels designed to operate in excess of 29.4 psia
and without emissions to the atmosphere;
d) Vessels permanently attached to mobile vehicles such as
trucks, rail cars, barges, or ships;
e) Vessels storing petroleum liquids; or
f) Vessels used to store beverage alcohol.
g) Vessels with storage capacity less than 40,000 gallons must
comply with Section 218.129(f).
(Source: Added at 18 Ill. Reg. 16980, effective November 15, 1994)
 | TITLE 35: ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
SUBTITLE B: AIR POLLUTION CHAPTER I: POLLUTION CONTROL BOARD SUBCHAPTER c: EMISSIONS STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS FOR STATIONARY SOURCES
PART 219
ORGANIC MATERIAL EMISSION STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS
FOR THE METRO EAST AREA
SECTION 219.120 CONTROL REQUIREMENTS FOR STORAGE CONTAINERS OF VOL
Section 219.120 Control
Requirements for Storage Containers of VOL
a) Every owner or operator storing VOL in a vessel of 40,000
gallons or greater with a maximum true vapor pressure equal to 0.75 psia but
less than 11.1 psia shall reduce VOM emissions from storage tanks, reservoirs,
or other containers as follows:
1) Each fixed roof tank shall be equipped with an internal
floating roof that meets the following specifications or that is equipped with
a vapor control system that meets the specifications contained in subsection
(a)(4) below:
A) The internal floating roof shall rest or float on the liquid
surface (but not necessarily in complete contact with it) inside a storage
vessel that has a fixed roof. The internal floating roof shall be floating on
the liquid surface at all times, except during initial fill and during those
intervals when the storage vessel is completely emptied and subsequently
refilled. When the roof is resting on the leg supports, the process of
filling, emptying, or refilling shall be continuous and shall be accomplished
as rapidly as possible.
B) Each internal floating roof shall be equipped with one of the
following closure devices between the wall of the storage vessel and the edge
of the internal floating roof:
i) A foam- or liquid-filled seal mounted in contact with the
liquid (liquid-mounted seal). A liquid-mounted seal means a foam- or
liquid-filled seal mounted in contact with the liquid between the wall of the
storage vessel and the floating roof continuously around the circumference of
the tank;
ii) Two seals mounted one above the other so that each forms a
continuous closure that completely covers the space between the wall of the
storage vessel and the edge of the internal floating roof. The lower seal may
be vapor-mounted, but both must be continuous; or
iii) A mechanical shoe seal, which is a metal sheet held
vertically against the wall of the storage vessel by springs or weighted levers
and is connected by braces to the floating roof. A flexible coated fabric
(envelope) spans the annular space between the metal sheet and the floating
roof.
C) Each opening in a noncontact internal floating roof except for
automatic bleeder vents (vacuum breaker vents) and the rim space vents is to
provide a projection below the liquid surface.
D) Each opening in the internal floating roof except for leg
sleeves, automatic bleeder vents, rim space vents, column wells, ladder wells,
sample wells, and stub drains is to be equipped with a cover or lid which is to
be maintained in a closed position at all times (i.e., no visible gap) except
when the device is in actual use. The cover or lid shall be equipped with a
gasket. Covers on each access hatch and automatic gauge float well shall be
bolted except when they are in use.
E) Automatic bleeder vents shall be equipped with a gasket and are
to be closed at all times when the roof is floating except when the roof is
being floated off or is being landed on the roof leg supports.
F) Rim space vents shall be equipped with a gasket and are to be
set to open only when the internal floating roof is not floating or at the
manufacturer's recommended setting.
G) Each penetration of the internal floating roof for the purpose
of sampling shall be a sample well. The sample well shall have a slit fabric
cover that covers at least 90 percent of the opening.
H) Each penetration of the internal floating roof that allows for
passage of a ladder shall have a gasketed sliding cover.
2) During the next scheduled tank cleaning or before March 15,
2004, whichever comes first, each internal floating roof tank shall meet the
specifications set forth in subsections (a)(1)(A) through (H) above.
3) Each external floating roof tank shall meet the following
specifications:
A) Each external floating roof shall be equipped with a closure
device between the wall of the storage vessel and the roof edge. The closure
device is to consist of two seals, one above the other. The lower seal is
referred to as the primary seal, and the upper seal is referred to as the
secondary seal.
i) Except as provided in Section 219.127(b)(4) of this Subpart,
the primary seal shall completely cover the annular space between the edge of
the floating roof and tank wall and shall be either a liquid mounted seal or a
shoe seal.
ii) The secondary seal shall completely cover the annular space
between the external floating roof and the wall of the storage vessel in a
continuous fashion except as allowed in Section 219.127(b)(4) of this Subpart.
iii) The tank shall be equipped with the closure device after the
next scheduled tank cleaning, but no later than March 15, 2004.
B) Except for automatic bleeder vents and rim space vents, each
opening in a noncontact external floating roof shall provide a projection below
the liquid surface. Except for automatic bleeder vents, rim space vents, roof
drains, and leg sleeves, each opening in the roof is to be equipped with a
gasketed cover, seal, or lid that is to be maintained in a closed position at
all times (i.e, no visible gap) except when the device is in actual use.
Automatic bleeder vents are to be closed at all times when the roof is floating
except when the roof is being floated off or is being landed on the roof leg
supports. Rim vents are to be set open when the roof is being floated off the
roof leg supports or at the manufacturer's recommended setting. Automotive
bleeder vents and rim space vents are to be gasketed. Each emergency roof
drain is to be provided with a slotted membrane fabric cover that covers at
least 90 percent of the area of the opening.
C) The roof shall be floating on the liquid at all times (i.e.,
off the roof leg supports) except when the tank is completely emptied and
subsequently refilled. The process of filling, emptying, or refilling when the
roof is resting on the leg supports shall be continuous and shall be
accomplished as rapidly as possible.
4) A closed vent system and control device respectively shall
meet the following specifications:
A) The closed vent system shall be designed to collect all VOM
vapors and gases discharged from the storage vessel and operated with no
detectable emissions as indicated by an instrument reading of less than 500 ppm
above background and visual inspections, as determined by the methods specified
in 40 CFR 60.485(c), incorporated by reference at Section 219.112(d) of this
Part.
B) The control device shall be designed and operated to reduce
inlet VOM emissions by 95 percent or greater. If a flare is used as the
control device, it shall meet the specifications described in the general
control device requirements of 40 CFR 60.18, incorporated by reference at
Section 219.112(d) of this Part.
5) An alternative emission control plan equivalent to the
requirements of subsection (a)(1), (a)(2), (a)(3), or (a)(4) above that has
been approved by the Agency and the USEPA in a federally enforceable permit or
as a SIP revision.
b) The owner or operator of each storage vessel with a design
capacity equal to or greater than 40,000 gallons which contains VOL that, as
stored, has a maximum true vapor pressure greater than or equal to 11.1 psia
shall equip each storage vessel with a closed vent system and control device as
specified in subsection (a)(4) above.
c) Notwithstanding subsection (b) of this Section, where an owner
or operator can demonstrate that the control device installed on a storage
vessel on or before December 31, 1992, was designed to reduce inlet VOM
emissions by greater than or equal to 90 percent but less than 95 percent, the
control device shall be operated to reduce inlet VOM emission by 90 percent or
greater.
(Source: Added at 18 Ill. Reg. 16980, effective November 15, 1994)
 | TITLE 35: ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
SUBTITLE B: AIR POLLUTION CHAPTER I: POLLUTION CONTROL BOARD SUBCHAPTER c: EMISSIONS STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS FOR STATIONARY SOURCES
PART 219
ORGANIC MATERIAL EMISSION STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS
FOR THE METRO EAST AREA
SECTION 219.121 STORAGE CONTAINERS OF VPL
Section 219.121 Storage
Containers of VPL
No person shall cause or allow
the storage of any volatile petroleum liquid (VPL) with a vapor pressure of
10.34 kPa (1.5 psia) or greater at 294.3° K (70°F) or any gaseous organic
material in any stationary tank, reservoir or other container of more than 151
cubic meters (40,000 gal.) capacity unless such tank, reservoir or other
container:
a) Is a pressure tank capable of withstanding the vapor pressure
of such liquid or the pressure of the gas, so as to prevent vapor or gas loss
to the atmosphere at all times; or
b) Is designed and equipped with one of the following vapor loss
control devices:
1) A floating roof which rests on the surface of the VPL and is
equipped with a closure seal or seals between the roof edge and the tank wall.
Such floating roof shall not be permitted if the VPL has a vapor pressure of
86.19 kPa (12.5 psia) or greater at 294.3° K (70° F). No person shall cause or
allow the emission of air contaminants into the atmosphere from any gauging or
sampling devices attached to such tanks, except during sampling or maintenance
operations.
2) A vapor recovery system consisting of:
A) A vapor gathering system capable of collecting 85% or more of
the uncontrolled VOM that would be otherwise emitted to the atmosphere; and
B) A vapor disposal system capable of processing such VOM so as to
prevent its emission to the atmosphere. No person shall cause or allow the
emission of a air contaminants into the atmosphere from any gauging or sampling
devices attached to such tank, reservoir or other container except during
sampling.
3) Other equipment or means of equal efficiency approved by the
Agency according to the provisions of 35 Ill. Adm. Code 201, and further
processed consistent with Section 219.108 of this Part.
(Source: Amended at 18 Ill. Reg. 16980, effective November 15, 1994)
 | TITLE 35: ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
SUBTITLE B: AIR POLLUTION CHAPTER I: POLLUTION CONTROL BOARD SUBCHAPTER c: EMISSIONS STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS FOR STATIONARY SOURCES
PART 219
ORGANIC MATERIAL EMISSION STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS
FOR THE METRO EAST AREA
SECTION 219.122 LOADING OPERATIONS
Section 219.122 Loading
Operations
a) No person shall cause or allow the discharge of more than 3.6
kg/hr (8lbs/hr) of organic material into the atmosphere during the loading of
any organic material from the aggregate loading pipes of any loading area
having through-put of greater than 151 cubic meters per day (40,000 gal/day)
into any railroad tank car, tank truck or trailer, unless such loading area is
equipped with submerged loading pipes or a device that is equally effective in
controlling emissions and is approved by the Agency according to the provisions
of 35 Ill. Adm. Code 201, and further processed consistent with Section 219.108
of this Part.
b) No person shall cause or allow the loading of any organic
material into any stationary tank having a storage capacity of greater than 946
1 (250 gal), unless such tank is equipped with a permanent submerged loading
pipe or an equivalent device approved by the Agency according to the provisions
of 35 Ill. Adm. Code 201, and further processed consistent with Section 219.108
of this Part, or unless such tank is a pressure tank as described in Section
219.121(a) of this Part or is fitted with a recovery system as described in
Section 219.121(b)(2) of this Part.
c) Exception: If no odor nuisance exists the limitations of this
Section shall only apply to the loading of VOL with a vapor pressure of 17.24
kPa (2.5 psia) or greater at 294.3° K (70° F).
(Source: Amended at 17 Ill. Reg. 16918, effective September 27, 1993)
 | TITLE 35: ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
SUBTITLE B: AIR POLLUTION CHAPTER I: POLLUTION CONTROL BOARD SUBCHAPTER c: EMISSIONS STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS FOR STATIONARY SOURCES
PART 219
ORGANIC MATERIAL EMISSION STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS
FOR THE METRO EAST AREA
SECTION 219.123 PETROLEUM LIQUID STORAGE TANKS
Section 219.123 Petroleum
Liquid Storage Tanks
a) The requirements of subsection (b) of this Section shall not
apply to any stationary storage tank:
1) Equipped before January 1, 1979 with one of the vapor loss
control devices specified in Section 219.121(b) of this Part, except Section
219.121(b)(1) of this Part;
2) With a capacity of less than 151.42 cubic meters (40,000 gal);
3) With a capacity of less than 1,600 cubic meters (422,400 gal)
and used to store produced crude oil and condensate prior to custody transfer;
4) With a capacity of less than 1,430 cubic meters (378,000 gal)
and used to store produced oil or condensate in crude oil gathering;
5) Subject to new source performance standards for storage
vessels of petroleum liquid, 40 CFR 60, as regulations promulgated by the U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency under Section 111 of the Clean Air Act (42 USC
7411), as amended. The provisions of Section 111 of the Clean Air Act ...
are applicable in this State and are enforceable under the Environmental
Protection Act (Ill. Rev. Stat. 1991, ch. 111½, par. 1009.1(b)) [415 ILCS
5/9.1(b)];
6) In which volatile petroleum liquid is not stored; or
7) Which is a pressure tank as described in Section 219.121(a) of
this Part.
b) Subject to subsection (a) of this Section no owner or operator
of a stationary storage tank shall cause or allow the storage of any VOL in the
tank unless:
1) The tank is equipped with one of the vapor loss control
devices specified in Section 219.121(b) of this Part;
2) There are no visible holes, tears or other defects in the seal
or any seal fabric or material of any floating roof;
3) All openings of any floating roof deck, except stub drains,
are equipped with covers, lids or seals such that:
A) The cover, lid or seal is in the closed position at all times
except when petroleum liquid is transferred to or from the tank;
B) Automatic bleeder vents are closed at all times except when the
roof is floated off or landed on the roof leg supports; and
C) Rim vents, if provided, are set to open when the roof is being
floated off the roof leg supports or at the manufacturer's recommended setting;
4) Routine inspections of floating roof seals are conducted
through roof hatches once every six months;
5) A complete inspection of the cover and seal of any floating
roof tank is made whenever the tank is emptied for reasons other than the transfer
of petroleum liquid during the normal operation of the tank, or whenever
repairs are make as a result of any semi-annual inspection or incidence of roof
damage or defect; and
6) A record of the results of each inspection conducted under
subsection (b)(4) or (b)(5) of this Section is maintained.
(Source: Amended at 17 Ill. Reg. 16918, effective September 27, 1993)
 | TITLE 35: ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
SUBTITLE B: AIR POLLUTION CHAPTER I: POLLUTION CONTROL BOARD SUBCHAPTER c: EMISSIONS STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS FOR STATIONARY SOURCES
PART 219
ORGANIC MATERIAL EMISSION STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS
FOR THE METRO EAST AREA
SECTION 219.124 EXTERNAL FLOATING ROOFS
Section 219.124 External
Floating Roofs
a) In addition to meeting the requirements of Section 219.123(b)
of this Part, no owner or operator of a stationary storage tank equipped with
an external floating roof shall cause or allow the storage of any volatile
petroleum liquid in the tank unless:
1) The tank has been fitted:
A) With a continuous secondary seal extending from the floating
roof to the tank wall (rim mounted secondary seal), or
B) With any other equipment or means of equal efficiency approved
by the Agency according to the provisions of 35 Ill. Adm. Code 201, and further
processed consistent with Section 219.108 of this Part.
2) Each seal closure device meets the following requirements:
A) The seal is intact and uniformly in place around the
circumference of the floating roof between the floating roof and tank wall; and
B) The accumulated area of gaps exceeding 0.32 centimeter (1/8
inch) in width between the secondary seal and the tank wall shall not exceed
21.2 square centimeters per meter of tank diameter (1.0 square inches per foot
of tank diameter). Compliance with this requirement shall be determined by:
i) Physically measuring the length and width of all gaps around
the entire circumference of the secondary seal in each place where a 0.32 cm
(0.125 in.) uniform diameter probe passes freely (without forcing or binding
against the seal) between the seal and the tank wall; and
ii) Summing the area of the individual gaps.
3) Emergency roof drains are provided with slotted membrane
fabric covers or equivalent covers across at least 90 percent of the area of
the opening;
4) Openings are equipped with projections into the tank which
remain below the liquid surface at all times;
5) Inspections are conducted prior to May 1 of each year to
insure compliance with subsection (a) of this Section;
6) The secondary seal gap is measured prior to May 1 of each year
and within 30 days of a written request to demonstrate compliance with
subsection (2)(B) of this Section;
7) Records of the types of volatile petroleum liquid stored, the
maximum true vapor pressure of the liquid as stored, the results of the
inspections and the results of the secondary seal gap measurements are
maintained and available for the Agency, upon verbal or written request, at any
reasonable time for a minimum of two years after the date on which the record
was made.
b) Subsection (a) above does not apply to any stationary storage
tank equipped with an external floating roof:
1) Exempted under Section 219.123(a)(2) through 219.123(a)(6) of
this Part;
2) Of welded construction equipped with a metallic type shoe seal
having a secondary seal from the top of the shoe seal to the tank wall
(shoe-mounted secondary seal);
3) Of welded construction equipped with a metallic type shoe
seal, a liquid-mounted foam seal, a liquid-mounted liquid-filled-type seal, or
other closure device of equivalent control efficiency approved by the Agency in
which a petroleum liquid with a true vapor pressure less than 27.6 kPa (4.0
psia) at 294.3° K (70° F) is stored; or
4) Used to store crude oil with a pour point of 50~ F or higher
as determined by ASTM Standard D97-66 incorporated by reference in Section
219.112 of this Part.
(Source: Amended at 17 Ill. Reg. 16918, effective September 27, 1993)
 | TITLE 35: ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
SUBTITLE B: AIR POLLUTION CHAPTER I: POLLUTION CONTROL BOARD SUBCHAPTER c: EMISSIONS STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS FOR STATIONARY SOURCES
PART 219
ORGANIC MATERIAL EMISSION STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS
FOR THE METRO EAST AREA
SECTION 219.125 COMPLIANCE DATES
Section 219.125 Compliance
Dates
Every owner or operator of a VOL
or VPL storage vessel subject to the requirements of this Subpart shall comply
with the requirements of this Subpart in accordance with the compliance
schedule specified in the applicable subsection below:
a) Every owner or operator of a VPL storage vessel of the type
included in Sections 219.121, 219.123 and 219.124 of this Subpart shall have
complied with the requirements of Sections 219.121, 219.123 and 219.124 by the
date set forth in Section 219.106(a) or (b) of this Part.
b) Every owner or operator of a VOL storage vessel of the type
identified in Section 219.119 of this Subpart shall comply with the
requirements of Section 219.120 of this Subpart as follows:
1) For fixed roof tanks (Section 219.120(a)(1) of this Subpart),
by March 15, 1996.
2) For internal floating roof tanks (Section 219.120(a)(2) of
this Subpart), either during the next scheduled tank cleaning or by March 15,
2004, whichever comes first;
3) For external floating roof tanks (Section 219.120(a)(3) of
this Subpart), either during the next scheduled tank cleaning or by March 15,
2004, whichever comes first; and
4) For closed vent system and control device equipped tanks
(Section 219.120(a)(4) of this Subpart), by March 15, 1996.
(Source: Added at 18 Ill. Reg. 16980, effective November 15, 1994)
 | TITLE 35: ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
SUBTITLE B: AIR POLLUTION CHAPTER I: POLLUTION CONTROL BOARD SUBCHAPTER c: EMISSIONS STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS FOR STATIONARY SOURCES
PART 219
ORGANIC MATERIAL EMISSION STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS
FOR THE METRO EAST AREA
SECTION 219.126 COMPLIANCE PLAN (REPEALED)
Section 219.126 Compliance
Plan (Repealed)
(Source: Repealed at 17 Ill. Reg. 16918, effective September 27, 1993)
 | TITLE 35: ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
SUBTITLE B: AIR POLLUTION CHAPTER I: POLLUTION CONTROL BOARD SUBCHAPTER c: EMISSIONS STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS FOR STATIONARY SOURCES
PART 219
ORGANIC MATERIAL EMISSION STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS
FOR THE METRO EAST AREA
SECTION 219.127 TESTING VOL OPERATIONS
Section 219.127 Testing VOL
Operations
The owner or operator of each
storage vessel specified in Section 219.119 of this Subpart shall comply with
the requirements of subsection (a), (b), or (c) below. The applicable
subsection for a particular storage vessel depends on the control equipment installed
to meet the requirements of this Subpart.
a) After installing the control equipment necessary for the
source to comply with the requirements of Section 219.120(a)(1) or (2) of this
Subpart (permanently affixed roof and internal floating roof), each owner or
operator shall:
1) Visually inspect the internal floating roof, the primary seal,
and the secondary seal (if one is in service) prior to filling the storage
vessel with VOL. If there are holes, tears, or other openings in the primary
seal, the secondary seal, or the seal fabric or defects in the internal
floating roof, or both, the owner or operator shall repair the items before
filling the storage vessel.
2) For vessels equipped with a liquid-mounted or mechanical shoe
primary seal, visually inspect the internal floating roof and the primary seal
or the secondary seal (if one is in service) through manholes and roof hatches
on the fixed roof at least once every 12 months after initial fill. If the
internal floating roof is not resting on the surface of the VOL inside the
storage vessel, or if there is liquid accumulated on the roof, or if the seal
is detached, or if there are holes or tears in the seal fabric, the owner or
operator shall repair the items or empty and remove the storage vessel from
service within 45 days. If a failure that is detected during inspections
required in this subsection cannot be repaired within 45 days and if the vessel
cannot be emptied within 45 days, the owner or operator may request a 30-day
extension from the Agency in the inspection report required in Section
219.129(a)(3) of this Subpart. Such a request for an extension must document
that alternate storage capacity is unavailable and specify a schedule of
actions the owner or operator will take that will assure that the control
equipment will be repaired or the vessel will be emptied within 30 days.
3) For vessels equipped with both primary and secondary seals:
A) Visually inspect the vessel as specified in subsection (a)(4)
below at least every 5 years; or
B) Visually inspect the vessel as specified in subsection (a)(2)
above.
4) Visually inspect the internal floating roof, the primary seal,
the secondary seal (if one is in service), gaskets, slotted membranes, and
sleeve seals (if any) each time the storage vessel is emptied and degassed. If
the internal floating roof has defects, the primary seal has holes, tears, or
other openings in the seal, or if the seal fabric or the secondary seal has
holes, tears, or other openings in the seal, or if the seal fabric or the
gaskets no longer close off the liquid surfaces from the atmosphere, or if the
slotted membrane has more than 10 percent open area, the owner or operator
shall repair the items as necessary so that none of the conditions specified in
this subsection exist before refilling the storage vessel with VOL. In no
event shall inspections conducted in accordance with this provision occur at
intervals greater than 10 years in the case of vessels subject to the annual
visual inspection as specified in subsections (a)(2) and (a)(3)(B) above and at
intervals no greater than 5 years in the case of vessels specified in
subsection (a)(3)(A) above.
5) Notify the Agency in writing at least 30 days prior to the
filling or refilling of each storage vessel for which an inspection is required
by subsections (a)(1) and (a)(4) above to afford the Agency the opportunity to
have an observer present. If the inspection required by subsection (a)(4) above
is not planned and the owner or operator could not have known about the
inspection 30 days in advance of refilling the tank, the owner or operator
shall notify the Agency at least 7 days prior to the refilling of the storage
vessel. Notification shall be made by telephone immediately followed by
written documentation demonstrating why the inspection was unplanned.
Alternatively, this notification including the written documentation may be
made in writing and sent by express mail so that it is received by the Agency
at least 7 days prior to the refilling.
b) The owner or operator of external floating roof tanks shall:
1) Determine the gap areas and maximum gap widths between the
primary seal and the wall of the storage vessel and between the secondary seal
and the wall of the storage vessel.
A) Measurements of gaps between the tank wall and the primary seal
(seal gaps) shall be performed during the hydrostatic testing of the vessel or
within 60 days after the initial fill with VOL and at least once every 5 years
thereafter.
B) Measurements of gaps between the tank wall and the secondary
seal shall be performed within 60 days after the initial fill with VOL and at
least once per year thereafter.
C) If any source ceases to store VOL for a period of 1 year or
more, subsequent introduction of VOL into the vessel shall be considered an
initial fill for the purposes of subsections (b)(1)(A) and (b)(1)(B) above.
2) Determine gap widths and areas in the primary and secondary
seals individually according to the following procedures:
A) Measure seal gaps, if any, at one or more floating roof levels
when the roof is floating off the roof leg supports;
B) Measure seal gaps around the entire circumference of the tank
in each place where a 1/8 inch in diameter uniform probe
passes freely (without forcing or binding against seal) between the seal and
the wall of the storage vessel and measure the circumferential distance of each
such location; and
C) Determine the total surface area of each gap described in
subsection (b)(2)(B) above by using probes of various widths to measure
accurately the actual distance from the tank wall to the seal and multiplying
each such width by its respective circumferential distance.
3) Add the gap surface area of each gap location for the primary
seal and the secondary seal individually and divide the sum for each by the
nominal diameter of the tank and compare each ratio to the respective standards
in subsection (b)(4) below.
4) Make necessary repairs or empty the storage vessel within 45
days after identification in any inspection for seals not meeting the
requirements listed in subsections (b)(4)(A) and (B) below:
A) The accumulated area of gaps between the tank wall and the
mechanical shoe or liquid-mounted primary seal shall not exceed 10 in.(2) per
foot of tank diameter, and the width of any portion of any gap shall not exceed
1.5 in. There are to be no holes, tears, or other openings in the shoe, seal
fabric, or seal envelope.
B) The secondary seal is to meet the following requirements:
i) The secondary seal is to be installed above the primary seal
so that it completely covers the space between the roof edge and the tank wall
except as provided in subsection (b)(2)(C) above.
ii) The accumulated area of gaps between the tank wall and the
secondary seal used in combination with a metallic shoe or liquid-mounted
primary seal shall not exceed 1.0 in.(2) per foot of tank diameter, and the
width of any portion of any gap shall not exceed 0.5 in. There shall be no
gaps between the tank wall and the secondary seal when used in combination with
vapor mounted primary seal.
iii) There are to be no holes, tears, or other openings in the
seal or seal fabric.
C) If a failure that is detected during inspections required in
Section 219.127(b)(1) of this Subpart cannot be repaired within 45 days and if
the vessel cannot be emptied within 45 days, the owner or operator may request
a 30-day extension from the Agency in the inspection report required in Section
219.129(b)(4) of this Subpart. Such extension request must include a
demonstration of unavailability of alternate storage capacity and a
specification of a schedule that will assure that the control equipment will be
repaired or the vessel will be emptied as soon as possible.
5) Notify the Agency 30 days in advance of any gap measurements
required by subsection (b)(1) above to afford the Agency the opportunity to
have an observer present.
6) Visually inspect the external floating roof, the primary seal,
secondary seal, and fittings each time the vessel is emptied and degassed.
A) If the external floating roof has defects, if the primary seal
has holes, tears, or other openings in the seal or the seal fabric, or if the
secondary seal has holes, tears, or other openings in the seal or the seal
fabric, the owner or operator shall repair the items as necessary so that none
of the conditions specified in this subsection exist before filling or
refilling the storage vessel with VOL.
B) For all the inspections required by subsection (b)(6) above,
the owner or operator shall notify the Agency in writing at least 30 days prior
to the filling or refilling of each storage vessel to afford the Agency the
opportunity to inspect the storage vessel prior to refilling. If the
inspection required by subsection (b)(6) above is not planned and the owner or
operator could not have known about the inspection 30 days in advance of
refilling the tank, the owner or operator shall notify the Agency at least 7
days prior to the refilling of the storage vessel. Notification shall be made
by telephone immediately followed by written documentation demonstrating why
the inspection was unplanned. Alternatively, this notification including the
written documentation may be sent by express mail so that it is received by the
Agency at least 7 days prior to the refilling.
c) The owner or operator of each source that is equipped with a
closed vent system and a flare to meet the requirements of Section
219.120(a)(4) of this Subpart shall meet the requirements specified in the
general control device requirements of 40 CFR 60.18(e) and (f), incorporated by
reference at Section 219.112(d) of this Part.
(Source: Added at 18 Ill. Reg. 16980, effective November 15, 1994)
 | TITLE 35: ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
SUBTITLE B: AIR POLLUTION CHAPTER I: POLLUTION CONTROL BOARD SUBCHAPTER c: EMISSIONS STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS FOR STATIONARY SOURCES
PART 219
ORGANIC MATERIAL EMISSION STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS
FOR THE METRO EAST AREA
SECTION 219.128 MONITORING VOL OPERATIONS
Section 219.128 Monitoring
VOL Operations
a) Except as provided in subsection (d), the owner or operator of
each storage vessel with a design capacity greater than or equal to 40,000
gallons storing a liquid with a maximum true vapor pressure that is normally
less than 0.75 psia shall notify the Agency within 30 days when the maximum
true vapor pressure of the liquid exceeds 0.75 psia.
b) Available data on the storage temperature may be used to
determine the maximum true vapor pressure.
1) For vessels operated above or below ambient temperatures, the
maximum true vapor pressure is calculated based upon the highest expected
calendar-month average of the storage temperature. For vessels operated at
ambient temperatures, the maximum true vapor pressure is calculated based upon
the maximum local monthly average ambient temperature as reported by the
National Weather Service.
2) For other liquids, the vapor pressure:
A) Determined by ASTM Method D2879-83, incorporated by reference
at Section 219.112(a) of this Part;
B) Measured by an appropriate method approved by the Agency and
USEPA; or
C) Calculated by an appropriate method approved by the Agency and
USEPA.
c) The owner or operator of each vessel storing a mixture of
indeterminate or variable composition shall be subject to the following:
1) Prior to the initial filling of the vessel, the maximum true
vapor pressure for the range of anticipated liquid compositions to be stored
will be determined using the methods described in subsection (b).
2) For vessels in which the vapor pressure of the anticipated
liquid composition is 0.5 psia or greater but less than 0.75 psia, an initial
physical test of the vapor pressure is required; a physical test at least once
every 6 months thereafter is required as determined by the following methods:
A) ASTM Method D2879-83, incorporated by reference at Section 219.112(a)
of this Part;
B) ASTM Method D323-08, incorporated by reference at Section 219.112(a)
of this Part; or
C) As measured by an appropriate method approved by the Agency.
d) The owner or operator of each vessel equipped with a closed
vent system and control device meeting the specifications of Section 219.120 of
this Subpart is exempt from the requirements of subsections (a) and (b).
(Source: Amended at 37 Ill.
Reg. 1722, effective January 28, 2013)
 | TITLE 35: ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
SUBTITLE B: AIR POLLUTION CHAPTER I: POLLUTION CONTROL BOARD SUBCHAPTER c: EMISSIONS STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS FOR STATIONARY SOURCES
PART 219
ORGANIC MATERIAL EMISSION STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS
FOR THE METRO EAST AREA
SECTION 219.129 RECORDKEEPING AND REPORTING FOR VOL OPERATIONS
Section 219.129
Recordkeeping and Reporting for VOL Operations
The owner or operator of each
storage vessel specified in Section 219.120(a) of this Subpart shall maintain
records and furnish reports as required by subsection (a), (b), or (c) below as
appropriate for the control equipment installed to meet the requirements of
Section 219.120. The owner or operator shall keep copies of all reports and
records required by this Section, except for the records required by subsection
(c)(1) below, for at least 3 years. The records required by subsection (c)(1)
below shall be kept for the life of the control equipment.
a) After installing control equipment in accordance with Section
219.120(a)(1) or (2) of this Subpart (fixed roof and internal floating roof),
the owner or operator shall:
1) Furnish the Agency with a report that describes the control
equipment and certifies that the control equipment meets the specifications of
Sections 219.120(a)(1) and 219.127(a)(1) of this Subpart;
2) Keep a record of each inspection performed as required by
Section 219.127(a)(1), (a)(2), (a)(3), and (a)(4) of this Subpart. Each record
shall identify the storage vessel on which the inspection was performed and
shall contain the date the vessel was inspected and the observed condition of
each component of the control equipment (seals, internal floating roof, and
fittings);
3) If any of the conditions described in Section 219.127(a)(2) of
this Subpart are detected during the annual visual inspection required by
Section 219.127(a)(2), report to the Agency within 30 days after the inspection
the identity of the storage vessel, the nature of the defects, and the date the
storage vessel was emptied or the nature of and date the repair was made; and
4) After each inspection required by Section 219.127(a)(3) of
this Subpart where holes or tears in the seal or seal fabric, or defects in the
internal floating roof, or other control equipment defects listed in Section
219.127(a)(3)(B) of this Subpart are discovered, report to the Agency within 30
days after the inspection the identity of the storage vessel and the reason it
did not meet the specifications of Section 219.120(a)(1) or (2) or Section
219.127(a) of this Subpart, and list each repair made.
b) After installing control equipment in accordance with Section
219.120(a)(3) of this Subpart (external floating roof), the owner or operator
shall:
1) Furnish the Agency with a report that describes the control
equipment and certify that the control equipment meets the specifications of
Sections 219.120(a)(3) and 219.127(b)(2), (b)(3), and (b)(4) of this Subpart;
2) Within 60 days after performing the seal gap measurements
required by Section 219.127(b)(1) of this Subpart, furnish the Agency with a
report that contains:
A) The date of measurement;
B) The raw data obtained in the measurement; and
C) The calculations of this Subpart described in Section
219.127(b)(2) and (b)(3) of this Subpart;
3) Maintain records of each gap measurement performed as required
by Section 219.127(b) of this Subpart. Such records shall identify the storage
vessel in which the measurement was performed and shall contain:
A) the date of measurement;
B) The raw data obtained in the measurement; and
C) The calculations described in Section 219.127(b)(2) and (b)(3)
of this Subpart;
4) After each seal gap measurement that detects gaps exceeding
the limitations specified by Section 219.127(b)(4) of this Subpart, submit a
report to the Agency within 30 days after the inspection identifying the vessel
and containing the information specified in subsection (b)(2) above and the
date the vessel was emptied or the repairs were made and the date of repair.
c) After installing control equipment in accordance with Section
219.127(a)(4) or (b)(1) of this Subpart (closed vent system and control device
other than a flare), the owner or operator shall maintain the following
records:
1) A copy of the operating plan; and
2) The measured values of the parameters monitored in accordance
with Section 219.127(c)(2) of this Subpart.
d) After installing a closed vent system and flare to comply with
Section 219.127 of this Subpart, the owner or operator shall:
1) Provide the Agency with a report containing the measurements
required by 40 CFR 60.18(f)(1), (2), (3), (4), (5), and (6), incorporated by
reference at Section 219.112(d) of this Part, within 6 months after the initial
start-up date;
2) Maintain records of all periods of operation during which the
flare pilot flame is absent; and
3) Report semiannually all periods recorded under 40 CFR
60.115b(d)(2), incorporated by reference at Section 219.112(d) of this Part, in
which the pilot flame was absent.
e) The owner or operator shall maintain all records required by
this Section, except for the records required by subsection (f) below, for at
least 3 years. The records required by subsection (f) below shall be kept for
the life of the source.
f) The owner or operator of each storage vessel specified in
Section 219.119 of this Subpart shall maintain readily accessible records of
the dimension of the storage vessel and an analysis of the capacity of the
storage vessel. Each storage vessel with a design capacity less than 40,000
gallons is subject to no provision of this Part other than those required by
maintaining readily accesible records of the dimensions of the storage vessel
and analysis of the capacity of the storage vessel.
g) Except as provided in Section 219.128(c) and (d) of this
Subpart, the owner or operator of each storage vessel subject to the
requirements in Section 219.120 with a design capacity greater than or equal to
40,000 gallons storing a liquid with a maximum true vapor pressure greater than
or equal to 0.5 psia but less than 0.75 psia shall maintain a record of the VOL
storage, the period of storage, and the maximum true vapor pressure of the VOL
during the respective storage period.
(Source: Added at 18 Ill. Reg. 16980, effective November 15, 1994)
SUBPART C: ORGANIC EMISSIONS FROM MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT
 | TITLE 35: ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
SUBTITLE B: AIR POLLUTION CHAPTER I: POLLUTION CONTROL BOARD SUBCHAPTER c: EMISSIONS STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS FOR STATIONARY SOURCES
PART 219
ORGANIC MATERIAL EMISSION STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS
FOR THE METRO EAST AREA
SECTION 219.141 SEPARATION OPERATIONS
Section 219.141 Separation
Operations
a) No person shall use any single or multiple compartment
effluent water separator which receives effluent water containing 757 1/day
(200 gal/day) or more of organic material from any equipment processing,
refining, treating, storing or handling organic material unless such effluent
water separator is equipped with air pollution control equipment capable of
reducing by 85 percent or more the uncontrolled organic material emitted to the
atmosphere. Exception: If no odor nuisance exists the limitations of this
subsection shall not apply if the vapor pressure of the organic material is
below 17.24 kPa (2.5 psia) at 294.3° K (70° F).
b) Subsection (a) of this Section shall not apply to water and
crude oil separation in the production of Illinois crude oil, if the vapor
pressure of such crude oil is less than 34.5 kPa (5 psia).
(Source: Amended at 17 Ill. Reg. 16918, effective September 27, 1993)
 | TITLE 35: ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
SUBTITLE B: AIR POLLUTION CHAPTER I: POLLUTION CONTROL BOARD SUBCHAPTER c: EMISSIONS STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS FOR STATIONARY SOURCES
PART 219
ORGANIC MATERIAL EMISSION STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS
FOR THE METRO EAST AREA
SECTION 219.142 PUMPS AND COMPRESSORS
Section 219.142 Pumps and
Compressors
No person shall cause or allow
the discharge of more than 32.8 ml (2 cu in) of VOL with vapor pressure of
17.24 kPa (2.5 psia) or greater at 294.3°K (70°F) into the atmosphere from any
pump or compressor in any 15 minute period at standard conditions.
 | TITLE 35: ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
SUBTITLE B: AIR POLLUTION CHAPTER I: POLLUTION CONTROL BOARD SUBCHAPTER c: EMISSIONS STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS FOR STATIONARY SOURCES
PART 219
ORGANIC MATERIAL EMISSION STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS
FOR THE METRO EAST AREA
SECTION 219.143 VAPOR BLOWDOWN
Section 219.143 Vapor
Blowdown
No person shall cause or allow
the emission of organic material into the atmosphere from any vapor blowdown
system or any safety relief valve, except such safety relief valves not capable
of causing an excessive release, unless such emission is controlled:
a) To 10 ppm equivalent methane (molecular weight 16.0) or less;
or,
b) By combustion in a smokeless flare; or,
c) By other air pollution control equipment approved by the
Agency according to the provisions of 35 Ill. Adm. Code 201, and further
processed consistent with Section 219.108 of this Part.
(Source: Amended at 17 Ill. Reg. 16918, effective September 27, 1993)
 | TITLE 35: ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
SUBTITLE B: AIR POLLUTION CHAPTER I: POLLUTION CONTROL BOARD SUBCHAPTER c: EMISSIONS STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS FOR STATIONARY SOURCES
PART 219
ORGANIC MATERIAL EMISSION STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS
FOR THE METRO EAST AREA
SECTION 219.144 SAFETY RELIEF VALVES
Section 219.144 Safety
Relief Valves
Section 219.143 of this Part
shall not apply to any set of unregulated safety relief valves capable of
causing excessive releases, provided the owner or operator thereof, by October
1, 1972, supplied the Agency with the following:
a) A historical record of each such set (or, if such records were
unavailable, of similar sets which, by virtue of operation under similar
circumstances, may reasonably have been presumed to have the same or greater
frequency of excessive releases) for a three-year period immediately preceding
October 1, 1972, indicating:
1) Dates on which excessive releases occurred from each such set;
and
2) Duration in minutes of each such excessive release; and
3) Quantities (in pounds) of mercaptans and/or hydrogen sulfide
emitted into the atmosphere during each such excessive release.
b) Proof, using such three-year historical records, that no
excessive release is likely to occur from any such set either alone or in
combination with such excessive releases from other sets owned or operated by
the same person and located within a ten-mile radius from the center point of
any such set, more frequently than 3 times in any 12 month period;
c) Accurate maintenance records pursuant to the requirements of
subsection (a) of this Section; and,
d) Proof, at three-year intervals, using such three-year
historical records, that such set conforms to the requirements of subsection
(c) of this Section.
(Source: Amended at 17 Ill. Reg. 16918, effective September 27, 1993)
SUBPART E: SOLVENT CLEANING
 | TITLE 35: ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
SUBTITLE B: AIR POLLUTION CHAPTER I: POLLUTION CONTROL BOARD SUBCHAPTER c: EMISSIONS STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS FOR STATIONARY SOURCES
PART 219
ORGANIC MATERIAL EMISSION STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS
FOR THE METRO EAST AREA
SECTION 219.181 SOLVENT CLEANING DEGREASING OPERATIONS
Section 219.181 Solvent
Cleaning Degreasing Operations
The requirements of Sections
219.182, 219.183, 219.184, and 219.186 of this Subpart shall apply to
all cold cleaning, open top vapor degreasing, and conveyorized degreasing
operations which use volatile organic materials.
(Source: Amended at 34 Ill.
Reg. 9253, effective June 25, 2010)
 | TITLE 35: ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
SUBTITLE B: AIR POLLUTION CHAPTER I: POLLUTION CONTROL BOARD SUBCHAPTER c: EMISSIONS STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS FOR STATIONARY SOURCES
PART 219
ORGANIC MATERIAL EMISSION STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS
FOR THE METRO EAST AREA
SECTION 219.182 COLD CLEANING
Section 219.182 Cold
Cleaning
a) Operating Procedures: No person shall operate a cold cleaning
degreaser unless:
1) Waste solvent is stored in covered containers only and not
disposed of in such a manner that more than 20% of the waste solvent (by
weight) is allowed to evaporate into the atmosphere;
2) The cover of the degreaser is closed when parts are not being
handled; and
3) Parts are drained until dripping ceases.
b) Equipment Requirements: No person shall operate a cold
cleaning degreaser unless:
1) The degreaser is equipped with a cover which is closed
whenever parts are not being handled in the cleaner. The cover shall be
designed to be easily operated with one hand or with the mechanical assistance
of springs, counter-weights or a powered system if:
A) The solvent vapor pressure is greater than 2 kPa (15 mmHg or
0.3 psi) measured at 38° C (100° F);
B) The solvent is agitated; or
C) The solvent is heated above ambient room temperature.
2) The degreaser is equipped with a device for draining cleaned
parts. The drainage device shall be constructed so that parts are enclosed
under the cover while draining unless:
A) The solvent vapor pressure is less than 4.3 kPa (32 mmHg or 0.6
psi) measured at 38° C (100°F); or
B) An internal drainage device cannot be fitted into the cleaning
system, in which case the drainage device may be external.
3) The degreaser is equipped with one of the following control
devices if the vapor pressure of the solvent is greater than 4.3 kPa (32 mmHg
or 0.6 psi) measured at 38° C (100° F) or if the solvent is heated above 50° C
(120° F) or its boiling point:
A) A freeboard height of 7/10 of the inside
width of the tank or 91 cm (36 in), whichever is less; or
B) Any other equipment or system of equivalent emission control as
approved by the Agency and further processed consistent with Section 219.108 of
this Part. Such a system may include a water cover, refrigerated chiller or
carbon adsorber.
4) A permanent conspicuous label summarizing the operating
procedure is affixed to the degreaser; and
5) If a solvent spray is used, the degreaser is equipped with a
solid fluid stream spray, rather than a fine, atomized or shower spray.
c) Material and Control Requirements:
1) On and after March 15, 1999, no person shall:
A) Cause or allow the sale of solvent with a vapor pressure which
exceeds 2.0 mmHg (0.038 psi) measured at 20° C (68° F) in units greater than
five gallons, for use in cold cleaning degreasing operations located in the
area covered by Section 219.103 of this Part.
B) Operate a cold cleaning degreaser with a solvent vapor pressure
which exceeds 2.0 mmHg (0.038 psi) measured at 20° C (68° F).
2) On and after March 15, 2001, no person shall:
A) Cause or allow the sale of solvent with a vapor pressure which
exceeds 1.0 mmHg (0.019 psi) measured at 20° C (68° F) in units greater than
five gallons, for use in cold cleaning degreasing operations located in the
area covered by Section 219.103 of this Part.
B) Operate a cold cleaning degreaser with a solvent vapor pressure
which exceeds 1.0 mmHg (0.019 psi) measured at 20° C (68° F).
3) On and after May 30, 2007, no person shall:
A) Cause or allow the sale of solvent with a vapor
pressure which exceeds 1.0 mmHg (0.019 psi) measured at 20° C (68° F) in units
greater than five gallons, for use in cold cleaning degreasing operations
located in the area covered by Section 219.103 of this Part, unless the
purchaser provides a copy of a valid State or federal construction or operating
permit or a copy of the Federal Register demonstrating that the purchaser is in
compliance with the control requirements of subsection (c)(4) of this Section or
is exempt under subsection (f) or (g) of this Section.
B) Operate
a cold cleaning degreaser with a solvent vapor pressure which exceeds 1.0 mmHg
(0.019 psi) measured at 20° C (68° F), unless the person is in compliance with
the control requirements of subsection (c)(4) of this Section or is exempt
under subsection (f) or (g) of this Section.
4) Control Requirements:
A) A person may operate a cold cleaning degreaser
using solvent with a vapor pressure greater than 1.0 mmHg (0.019 psi) but less
than 56 mmHg (1.064 psi) measured at 20° C (68° F) provided add-on control
devices demonstrating at least 95 percent overall capture and control of
emissions are used. The add-on controls may include, but are not limited to,
carbon adsorbers or afterburners.
B) An equivalent alternative control plan may be
used to meet the control requirements of this Section pursuant to Section
219.108 of this Part. Pursuant to the material requirements of subsection
(c)(3)(B) of this Section, a solvent with a vapor pressure of 1.0 mmHg (0.019
psi) measured at 20° C (68° F) shall be the basis for assessment of equivalent
emissions from any equivalent alternative control plan. If used as an
equivalent alternative control plan, an add-on control must demonstrate at
least a 95 percent overall capture and control efficiency. A control plan
approved by the Agency shall be effective only when included in a federally
enforceable permit or approved by the USEPA as a SIP revision pursuant to
Section 219.108 of this Part.
C) Add-on controls operating at a source prior to May
30, 2007, shall be tested by August 31, 2007. Add-on controls constructed on
or after May 30, 2007, shall be tested within 90 days after initial startup.
Testing procedures and recordkeeping for add-on controls and equivalent
alternative controls subject to subsections (c)(4)(A) and (B) of this Section
are to be performed pursuant to Section 219.105(c), (d), (e) and (f) of this
Part.
d) Recordkeeping and Reporting Requirements: On and after March
15, 1999:
1) All persons subject to the requirements of subsections
(c)(1)(A), (c)(2)(A), and (c)(3)(A) of this Section must maintain records which
include for each sale:
A) The name and address of the solvent purchaser;
B) The date of sale;
C) The type of solvent;
D) The unit volume of solvent;
E) The total volume of solvent; and
F) The vapor pressure of the solvent measured in mmHg at 20° C
(68° F).
2) All persons subject to the requirements of subsections
(c)(1)(B), (c)(2)(B), and (c)(3)(B) of this Section must maintain records which
include for each purchase:
A) The name and address of the solvent supplier;
B) The date of purchase;
C) The type of solvent;
D) The vapor pressure of the solvent measured in mmHg at 20° C (68°
F); and
E) For any mixture of solvents, the vapor pressure
of the mixture, as used, measured in mmHg at 20° C (68° F).
3) All persons subject to the requirements of
subsection (c)(4) of this Section must maintain records, which include for each
purchase:
A) The
name and address of the solvent supplier;
B) The
date of purchase;
C) The
type of solvent;
D) The unit volume of solvent;
E) The
total volume of solvent;
F) The vapor pressure of the solvent measured in
mmHg at 20° C (68° F); and
G) For any mixture of solvents, the vapor pressure
of the mixture, as used, measured in mmHg at 20° C (68° F).
4) All persons subject to the requirements of
subsection (c)(4) of this Section shall maintain records documenting the use of
good operating practices consistent with the equipment manufacturer's
specifications for the cold cleaning degreasers and add-on control equipment.
At a minimum these records shall include:
A) Records for periodic inspection of the cold
cleaning degreasers and add-on control equipment with date of inspection,
individual performing the inspection, and nature of inspection;
B) Records for repair of malfunctions and breakdowns
with identification and description of incident, date identified, date
repaired, nature of repair, and the amount of VOM that escaped into the
atmosphere as a result of the incident;
C) Control device monitoring and recording data; and
D) A daily log of operating time for the control
device, monitoring equipment, and all associated degreasers.
5) All persons subject to the requirements of
subsection (c) of this Section shall notify the Agency at least 30 days before
changing the method of compliance between subsection (c)(3) and (c)(4) of this
Section. Such notification shall include a demonstration of compliance with
the newly applicable subsection.
6) All persons subject to the requirements of
subsection (b) or (c) of this Section shall notify the Agency of any violation
of subsection (b) or (c) of this Section by sending a description of the
violation and copies of records documenting such violations to the Agency
within 30 days following the occurrence of the violation.
e) All records required by subsection (d) of this Section shall
be retained for three years and shall be made available to the Agency upon
request.
f) The cleaning of electronic components as defined in 35 Ill.
Adm. Code Section 211.1885 is exempt from the requirements of subsection (c) of
this Section.
g) Any cold cleaning taking place in a Detrex cold batch
degreaser Model #2D-CC-SPL Size 24-4-10, or substantial equivalent, including
automated loading of parts, totally enclosed operation (excluding loading and unloading)
and permitted by the Agency, is exempt from the requirements of subsection (c)
of this Section.
(Source: Amended at 31 Ill.
Reg. 7110, effective April 30, 2007)
 | TITLE 35: ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
SUBTITLE B: AIR POLLUTION CHAPTER I: POLLUTION CONTROL BOARD SUBCHAPTER c: EMISSIONS STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS FOR STATIONARY SOURCES
PART 219
ORGANIC MATERIAL EMISSION STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS
FOR THE METRO EAST AREA
SECTION 219.183 OPEN TOP VAPOR DEGREASING
Section 219.183 Open Top
Vapor Degreasing
a) Operating Requirements: No person shall operate an open top
vapor degreaser unless:
1) the cover of the degreaser is closed when workloads are not
being processed through the degreaser;
2) solvent carryout emissions are minimized by:
A) Racking parts to allow complete drainage;
B) Moving parts in and out of the degreaser at less than 3.3 m/min
(11 ft/min);
C) Holding the parts in the vapor zone until condensation ceases;
D) Tipping out any pools of solvent on the cleaned parts before
removal from the vapor zone; and
E) Allowing parts to dry within the degreaser until visually dry;
3) Porous or absorbent materials, such as cloth, leather, wood or
rope are not degreased;
4) Less than half of the degreaser's open top area is occupied
with a workload;
5) The degreaser is not loaded to the point where the vapor level
would drop more than 10 cm (4 in) when the workload is removed from the vapor
zone;
6) Spraying is done below the vapor level only;
7) Solvent leaks are repaired immediately;
8) Waste solvent is stored in covered containers only and not
disposed of in such a manner that more than 20% of the waste solvent (by
weight) is allowed to evaporate into the atmosphere;
9) Water is not visually detectable in solvent existing from the
water separator; and
10) Exhaust ventilation exceeding 20 cubic meters per minute per
square meter (65 cubic feet per minute per square foot) of degreaser open area
is not used, unless necessary to meet the requirements of the Occupational
Safety and Health Act (29 U.S.C. Section 651 et seq.).
b) Equipment Requirements: No person shall operate an open top
vapor degreaser unless:
1) The degreaser is equipped with a cover designed to open and
close easily without disturbing the vapor zone;
2) The degreaser is equipped with the following switches:
A) One which shuts off the sump heat source if the amount of
condenser coolant is not sufficient to maintain the designed vapor level; and
B) One which shuts off the spray pump if the vapor level drops
more than 10 cm (4 in) below the bottom condenser coil; and
C) One which shuts off the sump heat source when the vapor level
exceeds the design level.
3) A permanent conspicuous label summarizing the operating
procedure is affixed to the degreaser;
4) The degreaser is equipped with one of the following devices:
A) A freeboard height of 3/4 of the inside
width of the degreaser tank or 91 cm (36 in), whichever is less; and if the
degreaser opening is greater than 1 square meter (10.8) ft2, a
powered or mechanically assisted cover; or
B) any other equipment or system for equivalent emission control
as approved by the Agency and further processed consistent with Section 219.108
of this Part. Such equipment or system may include a refrigerated chiller, an
enclosed design or a carbon adsorption system.
(Source: Amended at 17 Ill. Reg. 16918, effective September 27, 1993)
 | TITLE 35: ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
SUBTITLE B: AIR POLLUTION CHAPTER I: POLLUTION CONTROL BOARD SUBCHAPTER c: EMISSIONS STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS FOR STATIONARY SOURCES
PART 219
ORGANIC MATERIAL EMISSION STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS
FOR THE METRO EAST AREA
SECTION 219.184 CONVEYORIZED DEGREASING
Section 219.184 Conveyorized
Degreasing
a) Operating Requirements: No person shall operate a
conveyorized degreaser unless:
1) Exhaust ventilation exceeding 20 cubic meters per minute per
square meter (65 cubic feet per minute per square foot) of area of loading and
unloading opening is not used, unless necessary to meet the requirements of the
Occupational Safety and Health Act (29 U.S.C. Section 651 et seq.);
2) Solvent carryout emissions are minimized by:
A) Racking parts for best drainage; and
B) Maintaining the vertical conveyor speed at less than 3.3 m/min
(11 ft/min);
3) Waste solvent is stored in covered containers only and not
disposed of in such a manner that more than 20% of the waste solvent (by
weight) is allowed to evaporate into the atmosphere;
4) Solvent leaks are repaired immediately;
5) Water is not visually detectable in solvent existing from the
water separator; and
6) Downtime covers are placed over entrances and exits of
conveyorized degreasers immediately after the conveyors and exhausts are shut
down and not removed until just before start-up.
b) Equipment Requirements: No person shall operate a
conveyorized degreaser unless:
1) The degreaser is equipped with a drying tunnel, rotating
(tumbling) basket or other equipment sufficient to prevent cleaned parts from
carrying out solvent liquid or vapor;
2) The degreaser is equipped with the following switches:
A) One which shuts off the sump heat source if the amount of
condenser coolant is not sufficient to maintain the designed vapor level;
B) One which shuts off the spray pump or the conveyor if the vapor
level drops more than 10 cm (4 in) below the bottom condenser coil; and
C) One which shuts off the sump heat source when the vapor level
exceeds the design level;
3) The degreaser is equipped with openings for entrances and
exits that silhouette workloads so that the average clearance between the parts
and the edge of the degreaser opening is less than 10 cm (4 in) or less than 10
percent of the width of the opening;
4) The degreaser is equipped with downtime covers for closing off
entrances and exits when the degreaser is shut down; and
5) The degreaser is equipped with one of the following control
devices, if the air/vapor interface is larger than 2.0 square meters (21.6 ft2:
A) A carbon adsorption system with ventilation greater than or
equal to 15 cubic meters per minute per square meter (50 cubic feet per minute
per square foot) of air/vapor area when downtime covers are open, and
exhausting less than 25 ppm of solvent by volume averaged over a complete
adsorption cycle; or
B) Any other equipment or system of equivalent emission control as
approved by the Agency, and further processed consistent with Section 219.108
of this Part. Such equipment or system may include a refrigerated chiller.
(Source: Amended at 17 Ill. Reg. 16918, effective September 27, 1993)
 | TITLE 35: ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
SUBTITLE B: AIR POLLUTION CHAPTER I: POLLUTION CONTROL BOARD SUBCHAPTER c: EMISSIONS STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS FOR STATIONARY SOURCES
PART 219
ORGANIC MATERIAL EMISSION STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS
FOR THE METRO EAST AREA
SECTION 219.185 COMPLIANCE SCHEDULE (REPEALED)
Section 219.185 Compliance
Schedule (Repealed)
(Source: Repealed at 17 Ill. Reg. 16918, effective September 27, 1993)
 | TITLE 35: ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
SUBTITLE B: AIR POLLUTION CHAPTER I: POLLUTION CONTROL BOARD SUBCHAPTER c: EMISSIONS STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS FOR STATIONARY SOURCES
PART 219
ORGANIC MATERIAL EMISSION STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS
FOR THE METRO EAST AREA
SECTION 219.186 TEST METHODS
Section 219.186 Test Methods
The following test methods shall
be used to demonstrate compliance with this Subpart:
a) Vapor pressures shall be determined by using the procedure
specified in Section 219.110 of this Part.
b) Exhaust ventilation rates shall be determined by using the
procedures specified in Section 219.105(f)(3) of this Part.
c) The performance of control devices shall be determined by
using the procedures specified in Section 219.105(f) of this Part.
(Source: Amended at 17 Ill. Reg. 16918, effective September 27, 1993)
 | TITLE 35: ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
SUBTITLE B: AIR POLLUTION CHAPTER I: POLLUTION CONTROL BOARD SUBCHAPTER c: EMISSIONS STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS FOR STATIONARY SOURCES
PART 219
ORGANIC MATERIAL EMISSION STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS
FOR THE METRO EAST AREA
SECTION 219.187 OTHER INDUSTRIAL SOLVENT CLEANING OPERATIONS
Section 219.187 Other Industrial Solvent Cleaning
Operations
a) Applicability. On and
after January 1, 2012:
1) Except
as provided in subsection (a)(2), the requirements of this Section apply to all
cleaning operations that use organic materials at sources that emit a total of 226.8
kg per calendar month (500 lbs per calendar month) or more of VOM, in the
absence of air pollution control equipment, from cleaning operations at the
source other than cleaning operations identified in subsection (a)(2). For
purposes of this Section, "cleaning operation" means
the process of cleaning products, product components, tools, equipment, or
general work areas during production, repair, maintenance or servicing,
including but not limited to spray gun cleaning, spray booth cleaning, large
and small manufactured components cleaning, parts cleaning, equipment cleaning,
line cleaning, floor cleaning, and tank cleaning, at sources with emission
units;
2) Notwithstanding
subsection (a)(1):
A) The
following cleaning operations are exempt from the requirements of subsections
(b), (c), (d), (e), (f), and (g):
i) Cleaning
operations subject to the limitations in Sections 219.182, 219.183, or 219.184;
ii) Janitorial cleaning;
iii) Stripping
of cured coatings, inks, or adhesives;
iv) Cleaning
operations in printing pre-press areas, including the cleaning of film
processors, color scanners, plate processors, film cleaning, and plate
cleaning;
B) Cleaning
operations for emission units within the following categories are exempt from
the requirements of subsections (b), (c), (d), (e), (f), and (g):
i) Flexible package
printing;
ii) Lithographic printing;
iii) Letterpress printing;
iv) Flat wood paneling
coating;
v) Large appliance
coating;
vi) Metal furniture
coating;
vii) Paper, film, and foil
coating;
viii) Wood furniture coating;
ix) Plastic parts coating;
x) Miscellaneous metal
parts coating;
xi) Fiberglass boat
manufacturing;
xii) Miscellaneous
industrial adhesives;
xiii) Auto and light-duty
truck assembly coating; and
xiv) Aerospace facilities;
C) The
following cleaning operations are exempt from the requirements of subsections
(b), (c), (f), and (g):
i) Cleaning
of solar cells, laser hardware, scientific instruments, and high-precision
optics;
ii) Cleaning
conducted as part of performance laboratory tests on coatings, adhesives, or
inks; research and development operations; or laboratory tests in quality
assurance laboratories;
iii) Cleaning
of paper-based gaskets and clutch assemblies where rubber is bonded to metal by
means of an adhesive;
iv) Cleaning
of cotton swabs to remove cottonseed oil before cleaning of high-precision
optics;
v) Cleaning
of medical device and pharmaceutical manufacturing operations if the facility
uses no more than 5.7 liters (1.5 gallons) per day of solvents for such
cleaning;
vi) Cleaning
of adhesive application equipment used for thin metal laminating;
vii) Cleaning
of electronic or electrical cables;
viii) Touch-up
cleaning performed on printed circuit boards where surface mounted devices have
already been attached;
ix) Cleaning
of coating and adhesive application processes utilized to manufacture
transdermal drug delivery products using no more than three gallons per day of
ethyl acetate;
x) Cleaning
of application equipment used to apply coatings on satellites and radiation
effect coatings;
xi) Cleaning
of application equipment used to apply solvent-borne fluoropolymer coatings;
xii) Cleaning
of ultraviolet or electron beam adhesive application;
xiii) Cleaning
of sterilization indicating ink application equipment if the facility uses no
more than 5.7 liters (1.5 gallons) per day of solvents for such cleaning;
xiv) Cleaning
of metering rollers, dampening rollers, and printing plates;
xv) Cleaning
of numismatic dies;
xvi) Cleaning
operations associated with digital printing;
xvii) Cleaning
with aerosol products if the facility uses no more than 4.7 liters (1.25
gallons) per day of those products;
xviii) Cleaning
of plastic-based or vinyl-based substrates for use in the screen printing
process when using UV curable ink and coating systems;
xix) Cleaning
conducted as part of performance tests on coatings, adhesives, or inks that are
in research and development and that are not yet commercially used for the
applications for which they are being tested. This exemption is limited to the
use of up to a total of 90.9 liters (24 gallons) per calendar month and 416.3
liters (110 gallons) of cleaning solvent per calendar year for that cleaning.
b) Material
and Control Requirements. An owner or operator of a source subject to this
Section, other than manufacturers of coatings, inks, adhesives, or resins, must
not perform any cleaning operation subject to this Section unless the owner or
operator meets the requirements in subsection (b)(1), (b)(2), or (b)(3). An
owner or operator of a source that manufactures coatings, inks, adhesives, or
resins must not perform any cleaning operation subject to this Section unless
the owner or operator meets the requirements in at least one of the following
subsections: (b)(1), (b)(2), (b)(3), (b)(4), or (b)(5).
1) The
VOM content of the as-used cleaning solutions does not exceed the following
emissions limitations:
A) Product
cleaning during manufacturing process
or surface preparation for
coating, adhesive, or
ink application:
|
|
kg/l lb/gal
|
|
i)
|
Electrical apparatus components and electronic components
|
0.10 0.83
|
|
|
|
ii)
|
Medical device and pharmaceutical manufacturing
|
0.80 6.7
|
B) Repair
and maintenance cleaning:
|
|
kg/l lb/gal
|
|
i)
|
Electrical apparatus components and electronic
|
0.10 0.83
|
|
|
|
|
|
ii)
|
Medical device and pharmaceutical manufacturing: tools,
equipment, and machinery
|
0.80 6.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
iii)
|
Medical device and pharmaceutical manufacturing: general
work surfaces
|
0.60 5.0
|
|
C) Cleaning of ink
application equipment:
|
|
kg/l lb/gal
|
|
i)
|
Rotogravure printing that does not print flexible
packaging
|
0.10 0.83
|
|
|
|
ii)
|
Screen printing, including screen reclamation activities
|
0.50 4.2
|
|
|
|
iii)
|
Ultraviolet ink and electron beam ink application
equipment, except screen printing
|
0.65 5.4
|
|
|
|
iv)
|
Flexographic printing that does not print flexible
packaging
|
0.10 0.83
|
|
|
|
kg/l lb/gal
|
|
D)
|
Cleaning of equipment used in the manufacture of coatings,
inks, adhesives, or resins
|
0.20 1.67
|
|
|
|
kg/l lb/gal
|
|
E)
|
All other cleaning operations not subject to a specific
limitation in subsections (b)(1)(A) through (b)(1)(D)
|
0.050 0.42
|
2) The VOM
composite vapor pressure of each as-used cleaning solution used does not exceed
8.0 mmHg measured at 20 °C (68 °F);
3) An
afterburner or carbon adsorber is installed and operated that reduces VOM
emissions from the subject cleaning operation by at least 85 percent overall,
or for sources that manufacture coatings, inks, adhesives, or resins, an
afterburner or carbon adsorber is installed and operated that reduces VOM
emissions from the subject cleaning operation by at least 80 percent overall
and has a 90 percent efficiency. The owner or operator may use an emissions
control system other than an afterburner or carbon adsorber if such device
reduces VOM emissions from the subject cleaning operation in accordance with
the applicable capture and control requirements of this subsection (b)(3), the
owner or operator submits a plan to the Agency detailing appropriate monitoring
devices, test methods, recordkeeping requirements, and operating parameters for
such control device, and such plan is approved by the Agency and USEPA within
federally enforceable permit conditions;
4) For
sources that manufacture coatings, inks, adhesives, or resins, the owner or
operator complies with the following work practices:
A) Equipment
being cleaned is maintained leak-free;
B) VOM-containing
cleaning materials are drained from the cleaned equipment upon completion of
cleaning;
C) VOM-containing
cleaning materials, including waste solvent, are not stored or disposed of in
such a manner that will cause or allow evaporation into the atmosphere; and
D) VOM-containing
cleaning materials are stored in closed containers;
5) Sources
that manufacture coatings, inks, adhesives, or resins may utilize solvents that
do not comply with subsection (b)(1) or (b)(2) provided that all of the
following requirements are met:
A) No
more than 228 l (60 gal) of fresh solvent is used per calendar month. Solvent
that is reused or recycled, either onsite or offsite, for further use in
equipment cleaning or in the manufacture of coatings, inks, adhesives, or
resins, must not be included in this limit;
B) Solvents,
including cleanup solvents, are collected and stored in closed containers; and
C) Records
are maintained in accordance with subsection (e)(6).
c) The
owner or operator of a subject source must demonstrate compliance with this
Section by using the applicable test methods and procedures specified in
subsection (g) and by complying with the recordkeeping and reporting
requirements specified in subsection (e).
d) Operating
Requirements. The owner or operator of a source subject to this Section must
comply with the following for each subject cleaning operation. These
requirements are in addition to work practices specified in subsections (b)(4)
and (b)(5), as applicable:
1) Cover
open containers and properly cover and store applicators used to apply cleaning
solvents;
2) Minimize
air circulation around the cleaning operation;
3) Dispose
of all used cleaning solutions, cleaning towels, and applicators used to apply
cleaning solvents in closed containers;
4) Utilize
equipment practices that minimize emissions;
5) When
using cleaning solvent for wipe cleaning, sources that manufacture coatings,
inks, adhesives, or resins must:
A) Cover
open containers used for the storage of spent or fresh organic compounds used
for cleanup or coating, ink, adhesive, or resin removal; and
B) Cover
open containers used for the storage or disposal of cloth or paper impregnated
with organic compounds that are used for cleanup or coating, ink, adhesive, or
resin removal.
e) Recordkeeping and
Reporting Requirements
1) The owner or operator of a source exempt
from the limitations of this Section because of the criteria in subsection (a)(1)
must comply with the following:
A) By January
1, 2012, or upon initial start-up of the source, whichever is later, submit a
certification to the Agency that includes:
i) A
declaration that the source is exempt from the requirements of this Section
because of the criteria in subsection (a)(1);
ii) Calculations
that demonstrate that combined emissions of VOM from cleaning operations at the
source, other than cleaning operations identified in subsection (a)(2), never
equal or exceed 226.8 kg/month (500 lbs/month), in the absence of air pollution
control equipment. An emission adjustment factor of 0.50 must be used in
calculating emissions from used shop towels if the VOM composite vapor pressure
of each associated cleaning solution is demonstrated to be less than 10 mmHg at
20 °C (68 °F) and the used shop towels are kept in closed containers. For
cleaning solutions with VOM composite vapor pressure of equal to or greater
than 10 mmHg measured at 20 °C (68 °F) and for shop towels that are not kept in
closed containers, an emission adjustment factor must not be used;
B) On and
after January 1, 2012, collect and record the following information each month
for each cleaning operation, other than cleaning operations identified in
subsection (a)(2):
i) The
name and identification of each VOM-containing cleaning solution as applied in
each cleaning operation;
ii) The
VOM content of each cleaning solution as applied in each cleaning operation;
iii) The
weight of VOM per volume and the volume of each as-used cleaning solution; and
iv) The
total monthly VOM emissions from cleaning operations at the source;
C) Notify
the Agency of any record that shows that the combined emissions of VOM from
cleaning operations at the source, other than cleaning operations identified in
subsection (a)(2), ever equal or exceed 226.8 kg/month (500 lbs/month), in the
absence of air pollution control equipment, within 30 days after the event
occurs.
2) All sources subject to this Section must:
A) By January
1, 2012 or upon initial start-up of the source, whichever is later, submit a
certification to the Agency that includes:
i) A
declaration that all subject cleaning operations are in compliance with this
Section;
ii) Identification
of each subject cleaning operation and each VOM-containing cleaning solution
used as of the date of certification in such operation;
iii) If
complying with the emissions control system requirement, what type of emissions
control system will be used;
iv) Initial
documentation that each subject cleaning operation will comply with the
applicable limitation, including copies of manufacturer's specifications, test
results (if any), formulation data, and calculations;
v) Identification
of the methods that will be used to demonstrate continuing compliance with the
applicable limitations;
vi) A
description of the practices and procedures that the source will follow to
ensure compliance with the limitations in subsection (d), and, if applicable, subsection
(b)(4); and
vii) A
description of each cleaning operation exempt under subsection (a)(2), if any,
and a listing of the emission units on which the exempt cleaning operation is
performed;
B) At
least 30 calendar days before changing the method of compliance between
subsections (b)(1), (b)(2), (b)(4), or (b)(5) and subsection (b)(3), notify the
Agency in writing of the change. The notification must include a demonstration of compliance with the newly
applicable subsection;
3) All sources complying with this Section under
subsection (b)(1) must collect and record the following information for each
cleaning solution used:
A) For
each cleaning solution that is prepared at the source with automatic equipment:
i) The
name and identification of each cleaning solution;
ii) The
VOM content of each cleaning solvent in the cleaning solution;
iii) Each
change to the setting of the automatic equipment, with date, time, description
of changes in the cleaning solution constituents (e.g., cleaning solvents), and
a description of changes to the proportion of cleaning solvent and water (or
other non-VOM);
iv) The
proportion of each cleaning solvent and water (or other non-VOM) used to
prepare the as-used cleaning solution;
v) The
VOM content of the as-used cleaning solution, with supporting calculations; and
vi) A
calibration log for the automatic equipment, detailing periodic checks;
B) For
each batch of cleaning solution that is not prepared at the source with
automatic equipment:
i) The name and
identification of each cleaning solution;
ii) Date,
time of preparation, and each subsequent modification of the batch;
iii) The
VOM content of each cleaning solvent in the cleaning solution;
iv) The
total amount of each cleaning solvent and water (or other non-VOM) used to
prepare the as-used cleaning solution; and
v) The
VOM content of the as-used cleaning solution, with supporting calculations.
For cleaning solutions that are not prepared at the site but are used as
purchased, the manufacturer's specifications for VOM content may be used if
such manufacturer's specifications are based on results of tests of the VOM
content conducted in accordance with methods specified in Section 219.105(a);
4) All sources complying with this Section under subsection
(b)(2) must collect and record the following information for each cleaning
solution used:
A) The
name and identification of each cleaning solution;
B) Date,
time of preparation, and each subsequent modification of the batch;
C) The
molecular weight, density, and VOM composite partial vapor pressure of each
cleaning solvent, as determined in accordance with the applicable methods and
procedures specified in Section 219.110;
D) The
total amount of each cleaning solvent used to prepare the as-used cleaning
solution; and
E) The
VOM composite partial vapor pressure of each as-used cleaning solution, as determined
in accordance with the applicable methods and procedures specified in Section
219.110;
5) All sources complying with this Section under
subsection (b)(3) must comply with the following:
A) By January
1, 2012, or upon initial start-up of the source, whichever is later, and upon
initial start-up of a new emissions control system, include in the
certification required by subsection (e)(3) a declaration that the monitoring
equipment required under subsection (f) has been properly installed and calibrated
according to manufacturer's specifications;
B) If
testing of an emissions control system is conducted under subsection (g), the
owner or operator must, within 90 days after conducting such testing, submit a
copy of all test results to the Agency and must submit a certification to the
Agency that includes the following:
i) A
declaration that all tests and calculations necessary to demonstrate compliance
with subsection (b)(3) have been properly performed;
ii) A
statement whether the subject cleaning operation is or is not in compliance
with subsection (b)(3);
iii) The
operating parameters of the emissions control system during testing, as
monitored in accordance with subsection (f);
C) Collect
and record daily the following information for each cleaning operation subject
to the requirements of subsection (b)(3):
i) Emissions
control system monitoring data in accordance with subsection (f), as
applicable;
ii) A
log of operating time for the emissions control system, monitoring equipment,
and associated cleaning equipment;
iii) A
maintenance log for the emissions control system and monitoring equipment
detailing all routine and non-routine maintenance performed, including dates
and duration of any outages;
D) Maintain records documenting the use of good
operating practices consistent with the equipment manufacturer's specifications
for the cleaning equipment being used and the emissions control system equipment. At a minimum, these records must include:
i) Records for periodic inspection of the cleaning
equipment and emissions control system equipment
with date of inspection, individual performing the inspection, and nature of
inspection;
ii) Records for repair of malfunctions and
breakdowns with identification and description of incident, date identified,
date repaired, nature of repair, and the amount of VOM released into the
atmosphere as a result of the incident;
6) All sources complying with this Section under
subsection (b)(5) must collect and record monthly the following
information for each cleaning operation subject to subsection (b)(5):
A) The
name, identification, and volume of each VOM-containing cleaning solution as
applied in each cleaning operation;
B) The volume of each fresh cleaning solvent
used for cleaning coating, ink, adhesive, or resin manufacturing equipment;
C) The
volume of cleaning solvent recovered for either offsite or onsite reuse or
recycling for further use in the cleaning of coating, ink, adhesive, or resin
manufacturing equipment;
7) The
owner or operator of a source with cleaning operations that fall under one or
more of the exclusions in subsection (a)(2)(C)(v), (a)(2)(C)(xiii) or
(a)(2)(C)(xvii), including sources exempt from the limitations of this Section
because of the criteria in subsection (a)(1), must:
A) By January
1, 2012, or upon initial start-up of the source, whichever is later, submit a
certification to the Agency that includes a declaration that the source has
cleaning operations that fall under one or more of the exclusions in subsection
(a)(2)(C)(v), (a)(2)(C)(xiii) or (a)(2)(C)(xvii), and a statement identifying
each such cleaning operation and the exclusion applicable to each cleaning
operation;
B) Collect
and record the name, identification, and volume of each cleaning solvent as
applied each day in each cleaning operation that falls under one or more of the
exclusions in subsection (a)(2)(C)(v), (a)(2)(C)(xiii), or (a)(2)(C)(xvii); and
C) Notify
the Agency in writing if the amount of cleaning solvent used in the cleaning of
medical device and pharmaceutical manufacturing operations or of sterilization
indicating ink application equipment at the source ever exceeds 5.7 liters (1.5
gallons) per day, or if the amount of aerosol cleaning products used at the
source ever exceeds 4.7 liters (1.25 gallons) per day, within 30 days after the
exceedance occurs;
8) The
owner or operator of a source with cleaning operations that fall under one or
more of the exclusions in subsection (a)(2)(C)(xviii) or (a)(2)(C)(xix),
including sources exempt from the limitations of this Section because of the
criteria in subsection (a)(1), must:
A) By January
1, 2012, or upon initial start-up of the source, whichever is later, submit a
certification to the Agency that includes a declaration that the source has
cleaning operations that fall under one or more of the exclusions in subsection
(a)(2)(C)(xviii) or (a)(2)(C)(xix), and a statement identifying each such
cleaning operation and the exclusion applicable to each cleaning operation;
B) Collect
and record the name identification, volume, and VOM content of each cleaning
solvent as applied each month in each cleaning operation that falls under one
or more of the exclusions in subsection (a)(2)(C)(xviii) or (a)(2)(C)(xix);
C) For
cleaning operations that fall under the exclusion in subsection (a)(2)(C)(xviii),
collect and record each month information demonstrating that the exempt
cleaning solvent is being used exclusively for the cleaning of plastic-based or
vinyl-based substrates for use in the screen printing process when using UV
curable ink and coating systems; and
D) For
cleaning operations that fall under the exclusion in subsection (a)(2)(C)(xix),
collect and record each month information demonstrating that the exempt
cleaning solvent is being used exclusively for production line performance
testing of coatings that are in research and development and are not yet
commercially used for the applications for which they are being tested;
9) All sources subject to subsections (b) and (d) must
notify the Agency of any violation of subsection (b) or (d) by providing a
description of the violation and copies of records documenting the violation to
the Agency within 30 days following the
occurrence of the violation;
10) All
records required by this subsection (e) must be kept by the source for at least
three years and must be made available to the Agency upon request.
f) Monitoring Requirements
1) If an
afterburner is used to demonstrate compliance, the owner or operator of a
source subject to subsection (b)(3) must:
A) Install,
calibrate, operate, and maintain temperature monitoring devices with an
accuracy of 3 °C or 5 °F on the emissions control system in accordance with
Section 219.105(d)(2) and in accordance with the manufacturer's
specifications. Monitoring must be performed at all times when the emissions
control system is operating; and
B) Install,
calibrate, operate and maintain, in accordance with manufacturer's
specifications, a continuous recorder on the temperature monitoring devices,
such as a strip chart, recorder or computer, with at least the same accuracy as
the temperature monitor;
2) If a
carbon adsorber is used to demonstrate compliance, the owner or operator of a
source subject to subsection (b)(3) must use Agency and USEPA approved
continuous monitoring equipment that is installed, calibrated, maintained, and
operated according to vendor specifications at all times the control device is
in use. The continuous monitoring equipment must monitor the VOM concentration
of each carbon adsorption bed or the exhaust of the bed next in sequence to be
desorbed;
3) If an
emissions control system other than an afterburner or carbon adsorber is used
to demonstrate compliance, the owner or operator of a source subject to subsection
(b)(3) must install, maintain, calibrate, and operate such monitoring equipment
as stated in the owner's or operator's plan approved by the Agency and USEPA under
subsection (b)(3).
g) Testing Requirements
1) Testing
to demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this Section must be
conducted by the owner or operator within 90 days after a request by the
Agency, or as otherwise specified in this Section. The testing must be
conducted at the expense of the owner or operator and the owner or operator must
notify the Agency in writing 30 days in advance of conducting the testing to
allow the Agency to be present during the testing;
2) Testing
to demonstrate compliance with the VOM content limitations in subsection (b)(1),
and to determine the VOM content of cleaning solvents and cleaning solutions, must
be conducted as follows:
A) The
applicable test methods and procedures specified in Section 219.105(a) must be
used; provided, however, Method 24, incorporated by reference in Section
219.112, must be used to demonstrate compliance; or
B) The
manufacturer's specifications for VOM content for cleaning solvents may be used
if such manufacturer's specifications are based on results of tests of the VOM
content conducted in accordance with methods specified in Section 219.105(a);
provided, however, Method 24 must be used to determine compliance. In the
event of any inconsistency between a Method 24 test and the manufacturer's
specifications, the Method 24 test must govern;
3) Testing
to determine the VOM composite partial vapor pressure of cleaning solvents,
cleaning solvent concentrates, and as-used cleaning solutions must be conducted
in accordance with the applicable methods and procedures specified in Section 219.110;
4) For
afterburners and carbon adsorbers, the methods and procedures of Section
219.105(d) through (f) must be used for testing to demonstrate compliance with
the requirements of subsection (b)(3), as follows:
A) To
select the sampling sites, Method 1 or 1A, as appropriate, 40 CFR 60, appendix
A, incorporated by reference in Section 219.112;
B) To
determine the volumetric flow rate of the exhaust stream, Method 2, 2A, 2C, or
2D, as appropriate, 40 CFR 60, appendix A, incorporated by reference in Section
219.112;
C) To
determine the VOM concentration of the exhaust stream entering and exiting the
emissions control system, Method 25 or 25A, as appropriate, 40 CFR 60, appendix
A, incorporated by reference in Section 219.112. For thermal and catalytic
afterburners, Method 25 must be used except under the following circumstances,
in which case Method 25A must be used:
i) The
allowable outlet concentration of VOM from the emissions control system is less
than 50 ppmv, as carbon;
ii) The
VOM concentration at the inlet of the emissions control system and the required
level of control result in exhaust concentrations of VOM of 50 ppmv, or less,
as carbon; and
iii) Due
to the high efficiency of the emissions control system, the anticipated VOM
concentration at the emissions control system exhaust is 50 ppmv or less, as
carbon, regardless of inlet concentration. If the source elects to use Method
25A under this option, the exhaust VOM concentration must be 50 ppmv or less,
as carbon, and the required destruction efficiency must be met for the source
to have demonstrated compliance. If the Method 25A test results show that the
required destruction efficiency apparently has been met, but the exhaust
concentration is above 50 ppmv, as carbon, a retest is required. The retest must
be conducted using either Method 25 or Method 25A. If the retest is conducted
using Method 25A and the test results again show that the required destruction
efficiency apparently has been met, but the exhaust concentration is above 50
ppmv, as carbon, the source must retest using Method 25;
D) During
testing, the cleaning equipment must be operated at representative operating
conditions and flow rates;
5) An
owner or operator using an emissions control system other than an afterburner
or carbon adsorber must conduct testing to demonstrate compliance with the
requirements of subsection (b)(3) as stated in the owner's or operator's plan
approved by the Agency and USEPA as federally enforceable permit conditions under
subsection (b)(3).
(Source: Amended at 45 Ill.
Reg. 3553, effective March 4, 2021)
SUBPART F: COATING OPERATIONS
ADMINISTRATIVE CODE TITLE 35: ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION SUBTITLE B: AIR POLLUTION CHAPTER I: POLLUTION CONTROL BOARD SUBCHAPTER c: EMISSIONS STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS FOR STATIONARY SOURCES PART 219 ORGANIC MATERIAL EMISSION STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS FOR THE METRO EAST AREA SECTION 219.204 EMISSION LIMITATIONS
Section 219.204 Emission
Limitations
Except as provided in Sections
219.205, 219.207, 219.208, 219.212, 219.215 and 219.216, an owner or operator
of a coating line must not apply at any time any coating in which the VOM
content exceeds the following emission limitations for the specified coating.
Except as otherwise provided in subsections (a), (c), (g), (h), (j), (l), (n),
(o), (q), and (r), compliance with the emission limitations marked with an
asterisk in this Section is required on and after March 15, 1996, and
compliance with emission limitations not marked with an asterisk is required
until March 15, 1996. The following emission limitations are expressed in units
of VOM per volume of coating (minus water and any compounds which are
specifically exempted from the definition of VOM) as applied at each coating
applicator, except where noted. Compounds which are specifically exempted from
the definition of VOM should be treated as water for the purpose of calculating
the "less water" part of the coating composition. Compliance with
this Subpart must be demonstrated through the applicable coating analysis test
methods and procedures specified in Section 219.105(a) and the recordkeeping
and reporting requirements specified in Section 219.211(c) except where noted.
(Note: The equation presented in Section 219.206 must be used to calculate
emission limitations for determining compliance by add-on controls, credits for
transfer efficiency, emissions trades and cross-line averaging.) The emission
limitations are as follows:
|
a)
|
Automobile
or Light-Duty Truck Coating
|
kg/l
|
lb/gal
|
|
|
1)
|
Prior to May
1, 2012:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A)
|
Prime coat
|
0.14
|
(1.2)
|
|
|
|
0.14*
|
(1.2)*
|
|
|
|
B)
|
Primer surface
coat
|
1.81
|
(15.1)
|
|
|
|
1.81*
|
(15.1)*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BOARD NOTE: The primer surface
coat limitation is in units of kg (lbs) of VOM per l (gal) of coating solids
deposited. Compliance with the limitation must be based on the daily-weighted
average from an entire primer surface operation. Compliance must be demonstrated
in accordance with the topcoat protocol referenced in Section 219.105(b)(1)(A)
and the recordkeeping and reporting requirements specified in Section
219.211(f). Testing to demonstrate compliance must be performed in accordance
with the topcoat protocol and a detailed testing proposal approved by the
Agency and USEPA specifying the method of demonstrating compliance with the
protocol. Section 219.205 does not apply to the primer surface limitation.
|
|
|
C)
|
Topcoat
|
kg/l
|
lb/gal
|
|
|
|
|
1.81
|
(15.1)
|
|
|
|
1.81*
|
(15.1)*
|
BOARD NOTE: The topcoat
limitation is in units of kg (lbs) of VOM per l (gal) of coating solids
deposited. Compliance with the limitation must be based on the daily-weighted
average from an entire topcoat operation. Compliance must be demonstrated in
accordance with the topcoat protocol referenced in Section 219.105(b)(1)(A) and
the recordkeeping and reporting requirements specified in Section 219.211(f).
Testing to demonstrate compliance must be performed in accordance with the
topcoat protocol and a detailed testing proposal approved by the Agency and
USEPA specifying the method of demonstrating compliance with the protocol.
Section 219.205 does not apply to the topcoat limitation.
|
|
|
D)
|
Final repair coat
|
kg/l
|
lb/gal
|
|
|
|
|
0.58
|
(4.8)
|
|
|
|
0.58*
|
(4.8)*
|
2) On
and after May 1, 2012, subject automobile and light-duty truck coating lines must
comply with the following limitations. These limitations must not apply to
materials supplied in containers with a net volume of 0.47 liters (16 oz) or
less, or a net weight of 0.45 kg (1 lb) or less:
A) Electrodeposition
primer (EDP) operations. For purposes of this subsection (a)(2)(A),
"electrodeposition" means a water-borne dip coating process in which
opposite electrical charges are applied to the substrate and the coating. The
coating is attracted to the substrate due to the electrochemical potential
difference that is created.
|
|
|
|
kg VOM/l coating solids
applied
|
lb VOM/gal coating solids
applied
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
i)
|
When solids turnover ratio (RT)
is greater than or equal to 0.160
|
0.084
|
(0.7)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ii)
|
When RT is greater
than or equal to 0.040 and less than 0.160
|
0.084 x
3500.160-RT
|
(0.084 x 3500.160-RT
x 8.34)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
B)
|
Primer surfacer operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
kg VOM/l coating solids
deposited
|
lb VOM/gal coating solids
deposited
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
i)
|
VOM content limitation
|
1.44
|
(12.0)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ii)
|
Compliance with the limitation
in subsection (a)(2)(B)(i) must be based on the daily-weighted average from
an entire primer surfacer operation. Compliance must be demonstrated in
accordance with the topcoat protocol referenced in Section 219.105(b)(1)(B)
and the recordkeeping and reporting requirements specified in Section
219.211(f). Testing to demonstrate compliance must be performed in
accordance with the topcoat protocol and a detailed testing proposal approved
by the Agency and USEPA specifying the method of demonstrating compliance
with the protocol. Section 219.205 does not apply to the primer surfacer
limitation.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C)
|
Topcoat operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
kg VOM/l coating solids
deposited
|
lb VOM/gal coating solids
deposited
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
i)
|
VOM content limitation
|
1.44
|
(12.0)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ii)
|
Compliance with the limitation
in subsection (a)(2)(C)(i) must be based on the daily-weighted average from
an entire topcoat operation. Compliance must be demonstrated in accordance
with the topcoat protocol referenced in Section 219.105(b)(1)(B) and the recordkeeping
and reporting requirements specified in Section 219.211(f). Testing to
demonstrate compliance must be performed in accordance with the topcoat
protocol and a detailed testing proposal approved by the Agency and USEPA
specifying the method of demonstrating compliance with the protocol. Section
219.205 does not apply to the topcoat limitation.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
D)
|
Combined primer surfacer and
topcoat operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
kg VOM/l coating solids
deposited
|
lb VOM/gal coating solids
deposited
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
i)
|
VOM content limitation
|
1.44
|
(12.0)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ii)
|
Compliance with the limitation
in subsection (a)(2)(D)(i) must be based on the daily-weighted average from
the combined primer surfacer and topcoat operations. Compliance must be
demonstrated in accordance with the topcoat protocol referenced in Section
219.105(b)(1)(B) and the recordkeeping and reporting requirements specified
in Section 219.211(f). Testing to demonstrate compliance must be performed
in accordance with the topcoat protocol and a detailed testing proposal
approved by the Agency and USEPA specifying the method of demonstrating
compliance with the protocol. Section 219.205 does not apply to the combined
primer surfacer and topcoat limitation.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
E)
|
Final repair coat operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
kg/l coatings
|
lb/gal coatings
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
i)
|
VOM content limitation
|
0.58
|
(4.8)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ii)
|
Compliance with the final
repair operations limitation in subsection (a)(2)(E)(i) must be on an
occurrence-weighted average basis, calculated in accordance with the equation
below, in which clear coatings must have a weighting factor of 2 and all
other coatings must have a weighting factor of 1. For purposes of this
subsection (a)(2)(E)(ii), an "occurrence" is the application of the
combination of coatings that constitute a final repair coat for a single
automobile or light-duty truck. Section 219.205 does not apply to the final
repair coat limitation.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|

where:
|
VOMtot
|
=
|
Total VOM content of all coatings, as applied, on an
occurrence weighted average basis, and used to determine compliance with this
subsection (a)(2)(E).
|
|
|
|
i
|
=
|
Subscript denoting a specific coating applied.
|
|
|
|
n
|
=
|
Total number of coatings applied in the final repair
operation, other than clear coatings.
|
|
|
|
VOMcc
|
=
|
The VOM content, as applied, of the clear coat used in the
final repair operation.
|
|
|
|
VOMi
|
=
|
The VOM content of each coating used in the final repair
operation, as applied, other than clear coatings.
|
F) Miscellaneous
Materials. For reactive adhesives subject to this subsection (a)(2)(F),
compliance must be demonstrated in accordance with the methods and procedures
set forth in appendix A to Subpart PPPP of 40 CFR 63, incorporated by reference
in Section 219.112.
|
|
kg/l
|
lb/gal
|
|
|
i)
|
Glass
bonding primer
|
0.90
|
(7.51)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ii)
|
Adhesive
|
0.25
|
(2.09)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
iii)
|
Cavity wax
|
0.65
|
(5.42)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
iv)
|
Trunk
sealer
|
0.65
|
(5.42)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
v)
|
Deadener
|
0.65
|
(5.42)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
vi)
|
Gasket/gasket
sealing material
|
0.20
|
(1.67)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
vii)
|
Underbody
coating
|
0.65
|
(5.42)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
viii)
|
Trunk
interior coating
|
0.65
|
(5.42)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ix)
|
Bedliner
|
0.20
|
(1.67)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
x)
|
Weatherstrip
adhesive
|
0.75
|
(6.26)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
xi)
|
Lubricating
wax/compound
|
0.70
|
(5.84)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
b)
|
Can Coating
|
kg/l
|
lb/gal
|
|
|
1)
|
Sheet
basecoat and overvarnish
|
|
|
A)
|
Sheet basecoat
|
0.34
|
(2.8)
|
|
|
|
|
0.26*
|
(2.2)*
|
|
|
B)
|
Overvarnish
|
0.34
|
(2.8)
|
|
|
|
|
0.34
|
(2.8)*
|
|
|
2)
|
Exterior
basecoat and overvarnish
|
0.34
|
(2.8)
|
|
|
|
|
0.25*
|
(2.1)*
|
|
|
3)
|
Interior
body spray coat
|
|
|
|
|
A)
|
Two piece
|
0.51
|
(4.2)
|
|
|
|
|
0.44*
|
(3.7)*
|
|
|
B)
|
Three
piece
|
0.51
|
(4.2)
|
|
|
|
|
0.51*
|
(4.2)*
|
|
|
4)
|
Exterior
end coat
|
0.51
|
(4.2)
|
|
|
|
|
0.51*
|
(4.2)*
|
|
|
5)
|
Side seam
spray coat
|
0.66
|
(5.5)
|
|
|
|
|
0.66*
|
(5.5)*
|
|
|
6)
|
End sealing
compound coat
|
0.44
|
(3.7)
|
|
|
|
|
0.44*
|
(3.7)*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
c)
|
Paper
Coating
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1)
|
Prior to
May 1, 2011:
|
kg/l
|
lb/gal
|
|
|
|
|
0.28
|
(2.3)
|
|
|
2)
|
On and
after May 1, 2011:
|
kg VOM/kg
|
kg VOM/kg
|
|
|
|
|
(lb VOM/lb)
|
(lb VOM/lb)
|
|
|
|
|
solids
applied
|
coatings applied
|
|
|
A)
|
Pressure sensitive tape and
label surface coatings
|
0.20
|
(0.067)
|
|
|
B)
|
All other paper coatings
|
0.40
|
(0.08)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3) The
paper coating limitation in this subsection (c) does not apply to any owner or
operator of any paper coating line on which flexographic, rotogravure,
lithographic, or letterpress printing is performed if the paper coating line
complies with the applicable emissions limitations in Subpart H. In addition,
screen printing on paper is not regulated as paper coating, but is regulated
under Subpart TT. On and after May 1, 2011, the paper coating limitation also does
not apply to coating performed on or in-line with any digital printing press,
or to size presses and on-machine coaters on papermaking machines applying
sizing or water-based clays.
|
d)
|
Coil
Coating
|
kg/l
|
lb/gal
|
|
|
|
0.31
|
(2.6)
|
|
|
|
|
0.20*
|
(1.7)*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
e)
|
Fabric
Coating
|
0.35
|
(2.9)
|
|
|
|
|
0.28*
|
(2.3)*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
f)
|
Vinyl
Coating
|
0.45
|
(3.8)
|
|
|
|
|
0.28*
|
(2.3)*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
g)
|
Metal
Furniture Coating
|
|
|
|
|
|
1)
|
Prior to May 1, 2011:
|
kg/l
|
lb/gal
|
|
|
|
A)
|
Air dried
|
0.34
|
(2.8)
|
|
|
B)
|
Baked
|
0.28
|
(2.3)
|
|
|
2)
|
On and after May 1, 2011:
|
kg/l
|
kg/l (lb/gal)
|
|
|
|
|
|
(lb/gal)
|
solids applied
|
|
|
|
A)
|
General, One Component
|
0.275
|
0.40
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2.3)
|
(3.3)
|
|
|
|
B)
|
General, Multi-Component
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
i)
|
Air dried
|
0.340
|
0.55
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2.8)
|
(4.5)
|
|
|
|
|
ii)
|
Baked
|
0.360
|
0.61
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3.0)
|
(5.1)
|
|
|
|
C)
|
Extreme High Gloss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
i)
|
Air dried
|
0.340
|
0.55
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2.8)
|
(4.5)
|
|
|
|
|
ii)
|
Baked
|
0.360
|
0.61
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3.0)
|
(5.1)
|
|
|
|
D)
|
Extreme Performance
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
i)
|
Air dried
|
0.420
|
0.80
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3.5)
|
(6.7)
|
|
|
|
|
ii)
|
Baked
|
0.360
|
0.61
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3.0)
|
(5.1)
|
|
|
|
E)
|
Heat Resistant
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
i)
|
Air dried
|
0.420
|
0.80
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3.5)
|
(6.7)
|
|
|
|
|
ii)
|
Baked
|
0.360
|
0.61
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3.0)
|
(5.1)
|
|
|
|
F)
|
Metallic
|
0.420
|
0.80
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3.5)
|
(6.7)
|
|
|
|
G)
|
Pretreatment Coatings
|
0.420
|
0.80
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3.5)
|
(6.7)
|
|
|
|
H)
|
Solar Absorbent
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
i)
|
Air dried
|
0.420
|
0.80
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3.5)
|
(6.7)
|
|
|
|
|
ii)
|
Baked
|
0.360
|
0.61
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3.0)
|
(5.1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3) On
and after May 1, 2011, the limitations in this subsection (g) do not apply to
stencil coatings, safety-indicating coatings, solid-film lubricants,
electric-insulating and thermal-conducting coatings, touch-up and repair
coatings, or coating applications utilizing hand-held aerosol cans.
|
h)
|
Large
Appliance Coating
|
|
|
|
|
1)
|
Prior to May 1, 2011:
|
kg/l
|
lb/gal
|
|
|
A)
|
Air dried
|
0.34
|
(2.8)
|
|
|
B)
|
Baked
|
0.28
|
(2.3)
|
|
|
2)
|
On and after May 1, 2011:
|
kg/l
|
kg/l (lb/gal)
|
|
|
|
|
(lb/gal)
|
solids applied
|
|
|
A)
|
General, One Component
|
0.275
|
0.40
|
|
|
|
|
(2.3)
|
(3.3)
|
|
|
B)
|
General, Multi-Component
|
|
|
|
|
|
i)
|
Air dried
|
0.340
|
0.55
|
|
|
|
|
(2.8)
|
(4.5)
|
|
|
|
ii)
|
Baked
|
0.275
|
0.40
|
|
|
|
|
(2.3)
|
(3.3)
|
|
|
C)
|
Extreme High Gloss
|
|
|
|
|
|
i)
|
Air dried
|
0.340
|
0.55
|
|
|
|
|
(2.8)
|
(4.5)
|
|
|
|
ii)
|
Baked
|
0.360
|
0.61
|
|
|
|
|
(3.0)
|
(5.1)
|
|
|
D)
|
Extreme Performance
|
|
|
|
|
|
i)
|
Air dried
|
0.420
|
0.80
|
|
|
|
|
(3.5)
|
(6.7)
|
|
|
|
ii)
|
Baked
|
0.360
|
0.61
|
|
|
|
|
(3.0)
|
(5.1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
E)
|
Heat Resistant
|
|
|
|
|
|
i)
|
Air dried
|
0.420
|
0.80
|
|
|
|
|
(3.5)
|
(6.7)
|
|
|
|
ii)
|
Baked
|
0.360
|
0.61
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3.0)
|
(5.1)
|
|
|
F)
|
Metallic
|
0.420
|
0.80
|
|
|
|
|
(3.5)
|
(6.7)
|
|
|
G)
|
Pretreatment Coatings
|
0.420
|
0.80
|
|
|
|
|
(3.5)
|
(6.7)
|
|
|
H)
|
Solar Absorbent
|
|
|
|
|
|
i)
|
Air dried
|
0.420
|
0.80
|
|
|
|
|
(3.5)
|
(6.7)
|
|
|
|
ii)
|
Baked
|
0.360
|
0.61
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3) The
limitations in this subsection (h) do not apply to the use of quick-drying
lacquers for repair of scratches and nicks that occur during assembly, provided
that the volume of coating does not exceed 0.95 1 (1 quart) in any one rolling
eight-hour period. On and after May 1, 2011, these limitations also do not
apply to stencil coatings, safety-indicating coatings, solid-film lubricants,
electric-insulating and thermal-conducting coatings, touch-up and repair
coatings, or coating applications utilizing hand-held aerosol cans.
|
i)
|
Magnet Wire
Coating
|
kg/l
|
lb/gal
|
|
|
|
0.20
|
(1.7)
|
|
|
|
0.20*
|
(1.7)*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
j)
|
Prior to
May 1, 2012: Miscellaneous Metal Parts
and
Products Coating
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1)
|
Clear coating
|
0.52
|
(4.3)
|
|
|
|
|
0.52*
|
(4.3)*
|
|
|
2)
|
Extreme performance coating
|
|
|
|
|
|
A)
|
Air dried
|
0.42
|
(3.5)
|
|
|
|
|
0.42*
|
(3.5)*
|
|
|
|
B)
|
Baked
|
0.42
|
(3.5)
|
|
|
|
|
0.40*
|
(3.3)*
|
|
|
3)
|
Steel pail
and drum interior coating
|
0.52
|
(4.3)
|
|
|
|
0.52*
|
(4.3)*
|
|
|
4)
|
All other coatings
|
|
|
|
|
A)
|
Air dried
|
0.42
|
(3.5)
|
|
|
|
|
0.40*
|
(3.3)*
|
|
|
B)
|
Baked
|
0.36
|
(3.0)
|
|
|
|
0.34*
|
(2.8)*
|
|
|
5)
|
Metallic Coating
|
|
|
|
|
A)
|
Air dried
|
0.42
|
(3.5)
|
|
|
|
|
0.42*
|
(3.5)*
|
|
|
B)
|
Baked
|
0.36
|
(3.0)
|
|
|
|
|
0.36
|
(3.0)*
|
|
|
6)
|
For purposes of subsection
(j)(5), "metallic coating" means a coating which contains more than
¼ lb/gal of metal particles, as applied.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BOARD NOTE: On and after May 1, 2012,
the limitations in Section 219.204(q) apply to this category of coating.
|
k)
|
Heavy
Off-Highway Vehicle Products Coating
|
kg/l
|
lb/gal
|
|
|
1)
|
Extreme performance prime coat
|
0.42
|
(3.5)
|
|
|
|
|
0.42*
|
(3.5)*
|
|
|
2)
|
Extreme performance topcoat
(air dried)
|
0.42
|
(3.5)
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.42*
|
(3.5)*
|
|
|
3)
|
Final repair coat (air dried)
|
0.42
|
(3.5)
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.42*
|
(3.5)*
|
|
|
4)
|
All other coatings are subject
to the emission limitations for miscellaneous metal parts and products
coatings in subsection (j).
|
|
l)
|
Wood Furniture Coating
|
|
|
|
|
1)
|
Limitations before March 15,
1998:
|
kg/l
|
lb/gal
|
|
|
A)
|
Clear topcoat
|
0.67
|
(5.6)
|
|
|
B)
|
Opaque stain
|
0.56
|
(4.7)
|
|
|
C)
|
Pigmented coat
|
0.60
|
(5.0)
|
|
|
D)
|
Repair coat
|
0.67
|
(5.6)
|
|
|
E)
|
Sealer
|
0.67
|
(5.6)
|
|
|
F)
|
Semi-transparent stain
|
0.79
|
(6.6)
|
|
|
G)
|
Wash coat
|
0.73
|
(6.1)
|
BOARD NOTE: Prior to March 15,
1998, an owner or operator of a wood furniture coating operation subject to
this Section must apply all coatings, with the exception of no more than 37.8 l
(10 gal) of coating per day used for touch-up and repair operations, using one
or more of the following application systems: airless spray application
system, air-assisted airless spray application system, electrostatic spray
application system, electrostatic bell or disc spray application system, heated
airless spray application system, roller coating, brush or wipe coating
application system, dip coating application system or high volume low pressure
(HVLP) application system.)
2) On
and after March 15, 1998, wood furniture sealers and topcoats must comply with
one of the limitations specified in subsections (l)(2)(A) through (E):
|
|
kg VOM/kg
solids
|
lb VOM/lb solids
|
|
|
A)
|
Topcoat
|
0.8
|
(0.8)
|
|
|
B)
|
Sealers and topcoats with the
following limits:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
i)
|
Sealer other than acid-cured
alkyd amino vinyl sealer
|
1.9
|
(1.9)
|
|
|
|
ii)
|
Topcoat other than acid-cured
alkyd amino conversion varnish topcoat
|
1.8
|
(1.8)
|
|
|
|
|
iii)
|
Acid-cured alkyd amino vinyl
sealer
|
2.3
|
(2.3)
|
|
|
|
iv)
|
Acid-cured alkyd amino
conversion varnish topcoat
|
2.0
|
(2.0)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C) Meet
the provisions of Section 219.215 for use of an averaging approach;
D) Achieve
a reduction in emissions equivalent to the requirements of subsection (l)(2)(A)
or (B), as calculated using Section 219.216; or
E) Use a
combination of the methods specified in subsections (l)(2)(A) through (D).
|
|
3)
|
Other wood furniture coating
limitations on and after March 15, 1998:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
kg/l
|
lb/gal
|
|
|
A)
|
Opaque stain
|
0.56
|
(4.7)
|
|
|
|
|
B)
|
Non-topcoat pigmented coat
|
0.60
|
(5.0)
|
|
|
|
|
C)
|
Repair coat
|
0.67
|
(5.6)
|
|
|
|
|
D)
|
Semi-transparent stain
|
0.79
|
(6.6)
|
|
|
|
|
E)
|
Wash coat
|
0.73
|
(6.1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4) Other
wood furniture coating requirements on and after March 15, 1998:
A) A
source subject to the limitations of subsection (l), (2) or (3) and utilizing
one or more wood furniture coating spray booths must not use strippable spray
booth coatings containing more than 0.8 kg VOM/kg solids (0.8 lb VOM/lb
solids), as applied.
B) Any
source subject to the limitations of subsection (l)(2) or (3) must comply with
Section 219.217.
C) Any
source subject to the limitations of subsection (l)(2)(A) or (B) and utilizing
one or more continuous coaters, must for each continuous coater, use an initial
coating which complies with the limitations of subsection (l)(2)(A) or (B). The
viscosity of the coating in each reservoir must always be greater than or equal
to the viscosity of the initial coating in the reservoir. The owner or operator
must:
i) Monitor
the viscosity of the coating in the reservoir with a viscosity meter or by
testing the viscosity of the initial coating and retesting the coating in the
reservoir each time solvent is added;
ii) Collect
and record the reservoir viscosity and the amount and weight of VOM per weight
of solids of coating and solvent each time coating or solvent is added; and
iii) Maintain
these records at the source for a period of three years.
|
m)
|
Prior to
May 1, 2012: Plastic Parts Coating: Automotive/Transportation
|
kg/l
|
lb/gal
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1)
|
Interiors
|
|
|
|
|
|
A)
|
Baked
|
|
|
|
|
|
i)
|
Color coat
|
0.49*
|
(4.1)*
|
|
|
|
|
ii)
|
Primer
|
0.46*
|
(3.8)*
|
|
|
B)
|
Air dried
|
|
|
|
|
|
i)
|
Color coat
|
0.38*
|
(3.2)*
|
|
|
|
ii)
|
Primer
|
0.42*
|
(3.5)*
|
|
|
2)
|
Exteriors (flexible and
non-flexible)
|
|
|
|
A)
|
Baked
|
|
|
|
i)
|
Primer
|
0.60*
|
(5.0)*
|
|
|
|
ii)
|
Primer non-flexible
|
0.54*
|
(4.5)*
|
|
|
|
iii)
|
Clear coat
|
0.52*
|
(4.3)*
|
|
|
|
iv)
|
Color coat
|
0.55*
|
(4.6)*
|
|
|
B)
|
Air dried
|
|
|
|
|
|
i)
|
Primer
|
0.66*
|
(5.5)*
|
|
|
|
ii)
|
Clear coat
|
0.54*
|
(4.5)*
|
|
|
|
iii)
|
Color coat (red & black)
|
0.67*
|
(5.6)*
|
|
|
|
iv)
|
Color coat (others)
|
0.61*
|
(5.1)*
|
|
|
3)
|
Specialty
|
|
|
A)
|
Vacuum
metallizing basecoats, texture basecoats
|
0.66*
|
(5.5)*
|
|
|
B)
|
Black
coatings, reflective argent coatings, air bag cover coatings, and soft
coatings
|
0.71*
|
(5.9)*
|
|
|
C)
|
Gloss
reducers, vacuum metallizing topcoats, and texture topcoats
|
0.77*
|
(6.4)*
|
|
|
D)
|
Stencil
coatings, adhesion primers, ink pad coatings, electrostatic prep coatings,
and resist coatings
|
0.82*
|
(6.8)*
|
|
|
E)
|
Head lamp
lens coatings
|
0.89*
|
(7.4)*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BOARD NOTE: On and after May 1,
2012, the limitations in Section 219.204(q) apply to this category of coating.
|
n)
|
Prior to May 1, 2012: Plastic
Parts Coating: Business Machine
|
kg/l
|
lb/gal
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1)
|
Primer
|
0.14*
|
(1.2)*
|
|
|
2)
|
Color coat (non-texture coat)
|
0.28*
|
(2.3)*
|
|
|
3)
|
Color coat (texture coat)
|
0.28*
|
(2.3)*
|
|
|
4)
|
Electromagnetic
interference/radio frequency interference (EMI/RFI) shielding coatings
|
0.48*
|
(4.0)*
|
|
|
5)
|
Specialty Coatings
|
|
|
|
|
|
A)
|
Soft coat
|
0.52*
|
(4.3)*
|
|
|
|
B)
|
Plating resist
|
0.71*
|
(5.9)*
|
|
|
C)
|
Plating sensitizer
|
0.85*
|
(7.1)*
|
BOARD NOTE: On
and after May 1, 2012, the limitations in Section 219.204(q) apply to this
category of coating.
o) Flat Wood Paneling Coatings. On and after August 1, 2010, flat
wood paneling coatings must comply with one of the following limitations:
1) 0.25
kg VOM/l of coatings (2.1 lb VOM/gal coatings); or
2) 0.35
kg VOM/l solids (2.9 lb VOM/gal solids).
BOARD NOTE: The
Board has omitted subsection (p) and adopted a subsection (q) in order to preserve
consistent labeling with similar requirements in 35 Ill. Adm. Code 218.
q) Miscellaneous
Metal Parts and Products Coatings and Plastic Parts and Products Coatings On
and After May 1, 2012. On and after May 1, 2012, the owner or operator of a
miscellaneous metal or plastic parts coating line must comply with the
limitations in subsection (q). The limitations in subsection (q) do not apply
to aerosol coating products, powder coatings, or primer sealants and ejection
cartridge sealants used in ammunition manufacturing. Primer sealants and
ejection cartridge sealants are regulated under Subpart TT.
1) Metal
Parts and Products. For purposes of this subsection (q)(1), "corrosion
resistant basecoat" means a water-borne epoxy coating applied via an electrodeposition
process to a metal surface prior to spray coating, for the purpose of enhancing
corrosion resistance. The limitations in subsection (q)(1) do not apply to
stencil coats, safety-indicating coatings, solid-film lubricants,
electric-insulating and thermal-conducting coatings, magnetic data storage disk
coatings, and plastic extruded onto metal parts to form a coating. The
limitations in Section 219.219 apply to these coatings unless specifically
excluded.
|
|
|
|
kg VOM/l coating solids
applied
|
lb VOM/gal coating solids
applied
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A)
|
General one component coating
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
i)
|
Air dried
|
0.34
|
0.54
|
|
|
|
|
(2.8)
|
(4.52)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ii)
|
Baked
|
0.28
|
0.40
|
|
|
|
|
(2.3)
|
(3.35)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
B)
|
General multi-component
coating
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
i)
|
Air dried
|
0.34
|
0.54
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2.8)
|
(4.52)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ii)
|
Baked
|
0.28
|
0.40
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2.3)
|
(3.35)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C)
|
Camouflage coating
|
0.42
|
0.80
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3.5)
|
(6.67)
|
|
|
|
D)
|
Electric-insulating varnish
|
0.42
|
0.80
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3.5)
|
(6.67)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
E)
|
Etching filler
|
0.42
|
0.80
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3.5)
|
(6.67)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F)
|
Extreme high-gloss coating
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
i)
|
Air dried
|
0.42
|
0.80
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3.5)
|
(6.67)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ii)
|
Baked
|
0.36
|
0.61
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3.0)
|
(5.06)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
G)
|
Extreme performance coating
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
i)
|
Air dried
|
0.42
|
0.80
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3.5)
|
(6.67)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ii)
|
Baked
|
0.36
|
0.61
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3.0)
|
(5.06)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
H)
|
Heat-resistant coating
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
i)
|
Air dried
|
0.42
|
0.80
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3.5)
|
(6.67)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ii)
|
Baked
|
0.36
|
0.61
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3.0)
|
(5.06)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
I)
|
High performance architectural
|
0.42
|
0.80
|
|
|
|
|
coating
|
(3.5)
|
(6.67)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
J)
|
High temperature coating
|
0.42
|
0.80
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3.5)
|
(6.67)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
K)
|
Metallic coating
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
i)
|
Air dried
|
0.42
|
0.80
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3.5)
|
(6.67)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ii)
|
Baked
|
0.36
|
0.61
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3.0)
|
(5.06)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L)
|
Military specification coating
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
i)
|
Air dried
|
0.34
|
0.54
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2.8)
|
(4.52)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ii)
|
Baked
|
0.28
|
0.40
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2.3)
|
(3.35)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
M)
|
Mold-seal coating
|
0.42
|
0.80
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3.5)
|
(6.67)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
N)
|
Pan backing coating
|
0.42
|
0.80
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3.5)
|
(6.67)
|
|
|
|
O)
|
Prefabricated architectural
coating: multi-component
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
i)
|
Air dried
|
0.42
|
0.80
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3.5)
|
(6.67)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ii)
|
Baked
|
0.28
|
0.40
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2.3)
|
(3.35)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
P)
|
Prefabricated architectural
coating: one-component
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
i)
|
Air dried
|
0.42
|
0.80
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3.5)
|
(6.67)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ii)
|
Baked
|
0.28
|
0.40
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2.3)
|
(3.35)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Q)
|
Pretreatment coating
|
0.42
|
0.80
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3.5)
|
(6.67)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
R)
|
Repair coats and touch-up
coatings
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
i)
|
Air dried
|
0.42
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3.5)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ii)
|
Baked
|
0.36
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3.01)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
S)
|
Silicone release coating
|
0.42
|
0.80
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3.5)
|
(6.67)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
T)
|
Solar-absorbent coating
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
i)
|
Air dried
|
0.42
|
0.80
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3.5)
|
(6.67)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ii)
|
Baked
|
0.36
|
0.61
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3.0)
|
(5.06)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U)
|
Vacuum-metalizing coating
|
0.42
|
0.80
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3.5)
|
(6.67)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
V)
|
Drum coating, new, exterior
|
0.34
|
0.54
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2.8)
|
(4.52)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
W)
|
Drum coating, new, interior
|
0.42
|
0.80
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3.5)
|
(6.67)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
X)
|
Drum coating, reconditioned,
exterior
|
0.42
(3.5)
|
0.80
(6.67)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Y)
|
Drum coating, reconditioned,
interior
|
0.50
(4.2)
|
1.17
(9.78)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Z)
|
Ammunition sealants
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
i)
|
Air dried
|
0.42
|
0.80
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3.5)
|
(6.67)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ii)
|
Baked
|
0.36
|
0.61
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3.0)
|
(5.06)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
AA)
|
Electrical switchgear compartment
coatings
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
i)
|
Air dried
|
0.42
|
0.80
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3.5)
|
(6.67)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ii)
|
Baked
|
0.36
|
0.61
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3.0)
|
(5.06)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BB)
|
All other coatings
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
i)
|
Air dried
|
0.40
|
0.73
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3.3)
|
(5.98)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ii)
|
Baked: primer/topcoat
|
0.34
|
0.54
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2.8)
|
(4.52)
|
2) Plastic
Parts and Products: Miscellaneous. For purposes of this subsection (q)(2),
miscellaneous plastic parts and products are plastic parts and products that
are not subject to subsection (q)(3), (q)(4), (q)(5), or (q)(6). The
limitations in subsection (q)(2) do not apply to touch-up and repair coatings;
stencil coats applied on clear or transparent substrates; clear or translucent
coatings; coatings applied at a paint manufacturing facility while conducting
performance tests on the coatings; any individual coating category used in
volumes less than 189.2 liters (50 gallons) in any one calendar year, if the
total usage of all such coatings does not exceed 756.9 liters (200 gallons) per
calendar year per source and substitute compliant coatings are not available;
reflective coatings applied to highway cones; mask coatings that are less than
0.5 mm thick (dried) if the area coated is less than 25 square inches;
electromagnetic interference/radio frequency interference (EMI/RFI) shielding
coatings; and heparin-benzalkonium chloride (HBAC)-containing coatings applied
to medical devices if the total usage of all such coatings does not exceed
378.4 liters (100 gallons) per calendar year per source. The limitations in
Section 219.219 apply to these coatings unless specifically excluded.
|
|
|
|
kg/l (lb/gal) coatings
|
kg/l
(lb/gal)
solids
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A)
|
General one component coating
|
0.28
|
0.40
|
|
|
|
|
(2.3)
|
(3.35)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
B)
|
General multi-component
|
0.42
|
0.80
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3.5)
|
(6.67)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C)
|
Electric dissipating coatings
|
0.80
|
8.96
|
|
|
|
|
and shock-free coatings
|
(6.7)
|
(74.7)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
D)
|
Extreme performance
(2-pack coatings)
|
0.42
(3.5)
|
0.80
(6.67)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
E)
|
Metallic coating
|
0.42
|
0.80
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3.5)
|
(6.67)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F)
|
Military specification coating
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
i)
|
1-pack coatings
|
0.28
|
0.54
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2.3)
|
(4.52)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ii)
|
2-pack coatings
|
0.42
|
0.80
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3.5)
|
(6.67)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
G)
|
Mold-seal coating
|
0.76
|
5.24
|
|
|
|
|
|
(6.3)
|
(43.7)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
H)
|
Multi-colored coating
|
0.68
|
3.04
|
|
|
|
|
|
(5.7)
|
(25.3)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
I)
|
Optical coating
|
0.80
|
8.96
|
|
|
|
|
|
(6.7)
|
(74.7)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
J)
|
Vacuum-metalizing coating
|
0.80
|
8.96
|
|
|
|
|
|
(6.7)
|
(74.7)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3) Plastic Parts and Products
Automotive/Transportation
|
|
|
kg/l (lb/gal) coatings
|
kg/l
(lb/gal)
solids
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A)
|
High bake coatings −
interior and exterior parts
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
i)
|
Flexible primer
|
0.54
|
1.39
|
|
|
|
(4.5)
|
(11.58)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ii)
|
Non-flexible primer
|
0.42
|
0.80
|
|
|
|
(3.5)
|
(6.67)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
iii)
|
Basecoats
|
0.52
|
1.24
|
|
|
|
(4.3)
|
(10.34)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
iv)
|
Clear coat
|
0.48
|
1.05
|
|
|
|
|
(4.0)
|
(8.76)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
v)
|
Non-basecoat/clear coat
|
0.52
|
1.24
|
|
|
|
(4.3)
|
(10.34)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
B)
|
Low bake/air dried coatings
− exterior parts
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
i)
|
Primers
|
0.58
|
1.66
|
|
|
|
(4.8)
|
(13.80)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ii)
|
Basecoat
|
0.60
|
1.87
|
|
|
|
(5.0)
|
(15.59)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
iii)
|
Clear coats
|
0.54
|
1.39
|
|
|
|
(4.5)
|
(11.58)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
iv)
|
Non-basecoat/clear coat
|
0.60
|
1.87
|
|
|
|
|
(5.0)
|
(15.59)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C)
|
Low bake/air dried coatings
− interior parts
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
i)
|
Color coat
|
0.38
|
0.67
|
|
|
|
(3.2)
|
(5.66)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ii)
|
Primer
|
0.42
|
0.80
|
|
|
|
(3.5)
|
(6.67)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
D)
|
Touchup and repair coatings
|
0.62
|
2.13
|
|
|
|
(5.2)
|
(17.72)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
E)
|
Specialty
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
i)
|
Vacuum metallizing basecoats
|
0.66
(5.5)
|
2.62
(21.8)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ii)
|
Vacuum metallizing topcoats
|
0.77
(6.4)
|
6.06
(49.1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F)
|
Red, yellow, and black
coatings: Subject coating lines must comply with a limit determined by
multiplying the appropriate limit in subsections (q)(3)(A) through (q)(3)(C)
by 1.15.
|
4) Plastic
Parts and Products: Business Machine. The limitations of this subsection
(q)(4) do not apply to vacuum metallizing coatings, gloss reducers, texture
topcoats, adhesion primers, electrostatic preparation coatings, stencil coats,
and resist coats other than plating resist coats. The limitations in Section
219.219 apply to these coatings unless specifically excluded.
|
|
|
kg/l (lb/gal) coatings
|
kg/l
(lb/gal)
solids
|
|
|
|
|
|
A)
|
Primers
|
0.35
|
0.57
|
|
|
(2.9)
|
(4.80)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
B)
|
Topcoat
|
0.35
|
0.57
|
|
|
|
|
(2.9)
|
(4.80)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C)
|
Color coat (texture coat)
|
0.28
|
0.40
|
|
|
|
(2.3)
|
(4.80)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
D)
|
Color coat (non-texture coat)
|
0.28
|
0.40
|
|
|
|
(2.3)
|
(4.80)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
E)
|
Texture coats other than color
texture coats
|
0.35
(2.9)
|
0.57
(4.80)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F)
|
EMI/RFI shielding coatings
|
0.48
|
1.05
|
|
|
|
(4.0)
|
(8.76)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
G)
|
Fog coat
|
0.26
|
0.38
|
|
|
|
(2.2)
|
(3.14)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
H)
|
Touchup and repair
|
0.35
|
0.57
|
|
|
|
(2.9)
|
(4.80)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5) Pleasure
Craft Surface Coatings
|
|
|
|
kg/l (lb/gal) coatings
|
kg/l
(lb/gal)
solids
|
|
A)
|
Extreme high gloss coating
− topcoat
|
0.60
|
1.88
|
|
|
|
(5.0)
|
(15.6)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
B)
|
High gloss coating −
topcoat
|
0.42
|
0.80
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3.5)
|
(6.7)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C)
|
Pretreatment wash primer
|
0.78
|
6.67
|
|
|
|
|
|
(6.5)
|
(55.6)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
D)
|
Finish primer surfacer
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Prior to January 1, 2014
|
0.60
|
1.88
|
|
|
|
|
(5.0)
|
(15.6)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
On and after January 1, 2014
|
0.42
|
0.80
|
|
|
|
|
(3.5)
|
(6.7)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
E)
|
High build primer/surfacer
|
0.34
|
0.55
|
|
|
|
|
(2.8)
|
(4.6)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F)
|
Aluminum substrate antifoulant
|
0.56
|
1.53
|
|
|
coating
|
(4.7)
|
(12.8)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
G)
|
Other substrate antifoulant
coating
|
0.40
|
0.73
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3.3)
|
(5.8)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
H)
|
Antifouling Sealer/Tie Coat
|
0.42
|
0.80
|
|
|
|
(3.5)
|
(6.7)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
I)
|
All other pleasure craft
surface coatings for metal or plastic
|
0.42
(3.5)
|
0.80
(6.7)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6) Motor Vehicle Materials
|
|
|
|
|
kg/l (lb/gal) coatings
|
|
|
|
|
A)
|
Cavity wax
|
0.65
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(5.42)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
B)
|
Sealer
|
0.65
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(5.42)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C)
|
Deadener
|
0.65
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(5.42)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
D)
|
Gasket/gasket sealing material
|
0.20
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1.67)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
E)
|
Underbody coating
|
0.65
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(5.42)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F)
|
Trunk interior coating
|
0.65
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(5.42)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
G)
|
Bedliner
|
0.20
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1.67)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
H)
|
Lubricating wax/compound
|
0.70
(5.84)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
r) Aerospace
Facilities. On and after July 1, 2021, the owner or operator of an aerospace
facility must comply with the coating limitations in this subsection (r). The limitations in this subsection (r) do not apply to the
following activities in which coating of aerospace components and vehicles may
take place: research and development, quality control, laboratory testing, and
electronic parts and assemblies (except for coating of completed assemblies).
The limitations in this subsection (r) also do not apply to aerospace facility
operations involving space vehicles or rework operations performed on antique
aerospace vehicles or components. The coating limitations in subsection
(r)(2) do not apply to aerosol coatings, Department of Defense classified
coatings, or the use of separate formulations of aerospace specialty coatings
in volumes of less than 50 gallons per year, subject to a maximum exemption of
200 gallons for all such formulations applied annually.
1) VOM
Content Limitations for Primers, Topcoats, and Chemical Milling Maskants
|
|
|
|
|
kg/l
|
lb/gal
|
|
|
|
A)
|
Aerospace primer
|
0.350
|
(2.9)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
B)
|
Primer for general aviation
rework facility
|
0.540
|
(4.5)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C)
|
Exterior primer for large
commercial aircraft (components
or fully assembled)
|
0.650
|
(5.4)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
D)
|
Topcoat
|
0.420
|
(3.5)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
E)
|
Topcoat for general aviation
rework facility
|
0.540
|
(4.5)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F)
|
Self-priming topcoat for aerospace applications
|
0.420
|
(3.5)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
G)
|
Self-priming topcoat for general aviation rework
facility
|
0.540
|
(4.5)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
H)
|
Chemical milling maskant, type
I
|
0.662
|
(5.2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
I)
|
Chemical milling maskant, type
II
|
0.160
|
(1.3)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2) VOM
Content Limitations for Aerospace Specialty Coatings
|
|
|
|
|
kg/l
|
lb/gal
|
|
|
|
A)
|
Ablative coating
|
0.600
|
(5.0)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
B)
|
Adhesion promoter for
aerospace applications
|
0.890
|
(7.4)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C)
|
Adhesive bonding primer cured
above 250 °F
|
1.030
|
(8.6)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
D)
|
Adhesive bonding primer cured
at or below 250 °F
|
0.850
|
(7.1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
E)
|
Aerospace flexible primer
|
0.640
|
(5.3)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F)
|
Aerospace pretreatment coating
|
0.780
|
(6.5)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
G)
|
Antichafe coating
|
0.660
|
(5.5)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
H)
|
Bearing coating
|
0.620
|
(5.2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
I)
|
Bonding maskant
|
1.230
|
(10.3)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
J)
|
Caulking and smoothing
compounds
|
0.850
|
(7.1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
K)
|
Chemical agent-resistant
coating
|
0.550
|
(4.6)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L)
|
Clear coating for aerospace
applications
|
0.720
|
(6.0)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
M)
|
Commercial exterior
aerodynamic structure primer
|
0.650
|
(5.4)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
N)
|
Commercial interior adhesive
|
0.760
|
(6.3)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
O)
|
Compatible substrate primer
|
0.780
|
(6.5)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
P)
|
Corrosion prevention system
|
0.710
|
(5.9)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Q)
|
Critical use and line sealer
maskant
|
1.020
|
(8.5)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
R)
|
Cryogenic flexible primer
|
0.645
|
(5.4)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
S)
|
Cryoprotective coating
|
0.600
|
(5.0)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
T)
|
Cyanoacrylate adhesive
|
1.020
|
(8.5)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U)
|
Dry lubricative material for
aerospace applications
|
0.880
|
(7.3)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
V)
|
Electrostatic discharge and
electromagnetic interference coating
|
0.800
|
(6.7)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
W)
|
Elevated temperature
Skydrol-resistant commercial primer
|
0.740
|
(6.2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
X)
|
Epoxy-polyamide topcoat
|
0.660
|
(5.5)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Y)
|
Extrudable, rollable, or brushable sealant for
aerospace applications
|
0.280
|
(2.3)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Z)
|
Fire-resistant interior coating
|
0.800
|
(6.7)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
AA)
|
Flight test coatings: missile or single use aircraft
|
0.420
|
(3.5)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BB)
|
Flight test coatings: all other
|
0.840
|
(7.0)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CC)
|
Fuel tank adhesive for aerospace applications
|
0.620
|
(5.2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DD
|
Fuel tank coating for aerospace applications
|
0.720
|
(6.0)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EE)
|
High temperature coating
|
0.850
|
(7.1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FF)
|
Insulation covering
|
0.740
|
(6.2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
GG)
|
Intermediate release coating
|
0.750
|
(6.3)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
HH)
|
Lacquer
|
0.830
|
(6.9)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
II)
|
Metallized epoxy coating
|
0.740
|
(6.2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
JJ)
|
Mold release coating for aerospace applications
|
0.780
|
(6.5)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
KK)
|
Nonstructural adhesive for aerospace applications
|
0.360
|
(3.0)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LL)
|
Optical anti-reflective coating
|
0.750
|
(6.3)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
MM)
|
Part marking aerospace coating
|
0.850
|
(7.1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NN)
|
Radiation-effect or electric coating
|
0.800
|
(6.7)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
OO)
|
Rain erosion-resistant coating
|
0.850
|
(7.1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PP)
|
Rocket motor bonding adhesive
|
0.890
|
(7.4)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
QQ)
|
Rocket motor nozzle coating
|
0.660
|
(5.5)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
RR)
|
Rubber-based adhesive
|
0.850
|
(7.1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SS)
|
Scale inhibitor
|
0.880
|
(7.3)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TT)
|
Screen print ink for aerospace applications
|
0.840
|
(7.0)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
UU)
|
Seal coat maskant
|
1.230
|
(10.3)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
VV)
|
Sprayable sealant for aerospace applications
|
0.600
|
(5.0)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
WW)
|
Silicone insulation material
|
0.850
|
(7.1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
XX)
|
Solid film lubricant
|
0.880
|
(7.3)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
YY)
|
Specialized function coating
|
0.890
|
(7.4)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ZZ
|
Structural autoclavable adhesive for aerospace
applications
|
0.060
|
(0.5)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
AAA)
|
Structural nonautoclavable adhesive for aerospace
applications
|
0.850
|
(7.1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BBB)
|
Temporary protective coating for aerospace
applications
|
0.320
|
(2.7)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CCC)
|
Thermal control coating for aerospace applications
|
0.800
|
(6.7)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DDD)
|
Wet fastener installation coating
|
0.675
|
(5.6)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EEE)
|
Wing coating
|
0.850
|
(7.1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Source: Amended at 45 Ill.
Reg. 3553, effective March 4, 2021)
|
 | TITLE 35: ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
SUBTITLE B: AIR POLLUTION CHAPTER I: POLLUTION CONTROL BOARD SUBCHAPTER c: EMISSIONS STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS FOR STATIONARY SOURCES
PART 219
ORGANIC MATERIAL EMISSION STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS
FOR THE METRO EAST AREA
SECTION 219.205 DAILY-WEIGHTED AVERAGE LIMITATIONS
Section 219.205
Daily-Weighted Average Limitations
An owner or operator of a
coating line subject to the limitations of Section 219.204 and complying by
means of this Section must not operate the subject coating line unless the
owner or operator has demonstrated compliance with subsection (a), (b), (c),
(d), (e), (f), (g), (h), (i), (j), or (k) (depending upon the category of
coating) through the applicable coating analysis test methods and procedures
specified in Section 219.105(a) and the recordkeeping and reporting
requirements specified in Section 219.211(d):
a) An owner or operator of a coating line subject to only one of
the limitations from among Section 219.204(a)(1)(A), (a)(1)(D), (a)(2)(A),
(a)(2)(E), (a)(2)(F), (c)(1), (d), (e), (f), (i), or (o) must not apply
coatings on any such coating line, during any day, whose daily-weighted average
VOM content exceeds the emission limitation to which the coatings are subject.
b) Prior to May 1, 2012, an owner or operator of a miscellaneous
metal parts and products coating line subject to the limitations of Section
219.204(j) must not apply coatings to miscellaneous metal parts or products on
the subject coating line unless the requirements in subsection (b)(1) or (b)(2)
are met.
1) For each coating line that applies multiple coatings, all of
which are subject to the same numerical emission limitation within Section
219.204(j) during the same day (e.g., all coatings used on the line are subject
to 0.42 kg/l (3.5 lbs/gal)), the daily-weighted average VOM content must not
exceed the coating VOM content limit corresponding to the category of coating
used; or
2) For each coating line that applies coatings subject to more
than one numerical emission limitation in Section 219.204(j), during the same
day, the owner or operator must have a site-specific proposal approved by the
Agency and approved by the USEPA as a SIP revision. To receive approval, the
requirements of USEPA's Emissions Trading Policy Statement (and related
policy), 51 Fed. Reg. 43814 (December 4, 1986), must be satisfied.
c) An owner or operator of a can coating line subject to the
limitations of Section 219.204(b) must not operate the subject coating line
using a coating with a VOM content in excess of the limitations specified in
Section 219.204(b) unless all of the following requirements are met:
1) An alternative daily emission limitation for the can coating
operation, i.e., for all of the can coating lines at the source, must be
determined according to subsection (c)(2). Actual daily emissions must never
exceed the alternative daily emission limitation and must be calculated by use
of the following equation.

where:
|
Ed
|
=
|
Actual VOM
emissions for the day in units of kg/day (lbs/day);
|
|
|
|
i
|
=
|
Subscript
denoting a specific coating applied;
|
|
|
|
n
|
=
|
Total
number of coatings applied in the can coating operation, i.e., all can
coating lines at the source;
|
|
|
|
Vi
|
=
|
Volume of
each coating applied for the day in units of l/day (gal/day) of coating
(minus water and any compounds that are specifically exempted from the definition
of VOM);
|
|
|
|
Ci
|
=
|
The VOM
content of each coating as applied in units of kg VOM/l (lbs VOM/gal) of
coating (minus water and any compounds that are specifically exempted from
the definition of VOM).
|
2) The
alternative daily emission limitation (Ad) must be determined for
the can coating operation, i.e., for all of the can coating lines at the
source, on a daily basis as follows:

where:
|
Ad
|
=
|
The VOM
emissions allowed for the day in units of kg/day (lbs/day);
|
|
|
|
|
|
i
|
=
|
Subscript
denoting a specific coating applied;
|
|
|
|
|
|
n
|
=
|
Total
number of surface coatings applied in the can coating operation;
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ci
|
=
|
The VOM
content of each surface coating as applied in units of kg VOM/l (lbs VOM/gal)
of coating (minus water and any compounds that are specifically exempted from
the definition of VOM);
|
|
|
|
|
|
Di
|
=
|
The
density of VOM in each coating applied. For the purposes of calculating Ad,
the density is 0.882 kg VOM/l VOM (7.36 lbs VOM/gal VOM);
|
|
|
|
|
|
Vi
|
=
|
Volume of
each surface coating applied for the day in units of l (gal) of coating
(minus water and any compounds that are specifically exempted from the
definition of VOM);
|
|
|
|
|
|
Li
|
=
|
The VOM
emission limitation for each surface coating applied as specified in Section
219.204(b) in units of kg VOM/l (lbs VOM/gal) of coating (minus water and any
compounds that are specifically exempted from the definition of VOM).
|
d) An owner or operator of a heavy off-highway vehicle products
coating line subject to the limitations of Section 219.204(k) must not apply
coatings to heavy off-highway vehicle products on the subject coating line
unless the requirements of subsection (d)(1) or (d)(2) are met.
1) For each coating line that applies multiple coatings, all of
which are subject to the same numerical emission limitation within Section
219.204(k), during the same day (e.g., all coatings used on the line are
subject to 0.42 kg/l (3.5 lbs/gal), the daily-weighted average VOM content must
not exceed the coating VOM content limit corresponding to the category of
coating used; or
2) For each coating line that applies coatings subject to more
than one numerical emission limitation in Section 219.204(k), during the same
day, the owner or operator must have a site specific proposal approved by the
Agency and approved by the USEPA as a SIP revision. To receive approval, the
requirements of USEPA's Emissions Trading Policy Statement (and related
policy), 51 Fed. Reg. 43814 (December 4, 1986), must be satisfied.
e) An owner or operator of a wood furniture coating line subject
to the limitations of Section 219.204(l)(1) or (l)(3) must not apply coatings
to wood furniture on the subject coating line unless the requirements of
subsection (e)(1) or (e)(2), in addition to the requirements specified in the
note to Section 219.204(l)(1), are met.
1) For each coating line that applies multiple coatings, all of
which are subject to the same numerical emission limitation within Section
219.204(l)(1) or (l)(3), during the same day (e.g., all coatings used on the
line are subject to 0.67 kg/l (5.6 lbs/gal)), the daily-weighted average VOM
content must not exceed the coating VOM content limit corresponding to the
category of coating used; or
2) For each coating line that applies coatings subject to more
than one numerical emission limitation in Section 219.204(l)(1) or (l)(3),
during the same day, the owner or operator must have a site specific proposal
approved by the Agency and approved by the USEPA as a SIP revision. To receive
approval, the requirements of USEPA's Emissions Trading Policy Statement (and
related policy), 51 Fed. Reg. 43814 (December 4, 1986), must be satisfied.
f) Prior to May 1, 2012, an owner or operator of a plastic parts
coating line subject to the limitations of Section 219.204(m) or (n) must not
apply coatings to business machine or automotive/transportation plastic parts
on the subject coating line unless the requirements of subsection (f)(1) or (f)(2)
are met.
1) For each coating line that applies multiple coatings, all of
which are subject to the same numerical emission limitation within Section
219.204(m) or (n), during the same day (e.g., all coatings used on the line are
subject to 0.42 kg/l (3.5 lbs/gal)), the daily-weighted average VOM content must
not exceed the coating VOM content limit corresponding to the category of
coating used; or
2) For each coating line that applies coatings subject to more
than one numerical emission limitation in Section 219.204(m) or (n), during the
same day, the owner or operator must have a site specific proposal approved by
the Agency and USEPA as a SIP revision. To receive approval, the requirements
of USEPA's Emissions Trading Policy Statement (and related policy), 51 Fed.
Reg. 43814 (December 4, 1986), must be satisfied.
g) An owner or operator of a metal furniture coating line subject
to the limitations of Section 219.204(g) must not apply coatings on the subject
coating line unless the requirements of subsection (g)(1) or (g)(2) are met:
1) For each coating line that applies multiple coatings, all of
which are subject to the same numerical emission limitation within Section
219.204(g), during the same day (e.g., all coatings used on the line are
subject to 0.34 kg/l (2.8 lbs/gal)), the daily-weighted average VOM content must
not exceed the coating VOM content limit corresponding to the category of
coating used; or
2) For each coating line that applies coatings subject to more
than one numerical emission limitation in Section 219.204(g), during the same
day, the owner or operator must have a site specific proposal approved by the
Agency and USEPA as a SIP revision. To receive approval, the requirements of
USEPA's Emissions Trading Policy Statement (and related policy), 51 Fed. Reg.
43814 (December 4, 1986), must be satisfied.
h) An owner or operator of a large appliance coating line subject
to the limitations of Section 219.204(h) must not apply coatings on the subject
coating line unless the requirements of subsection (h)(1) or (h)(2) are met.
1) For each coating line that applies multiple coatings, all of
which are subject to the same numerical emission limitation within Section
219.204(h), during the same day (e.g., all coatings used on the line are
subject to 0.34 kg/l (2.8 lbs/gal)), the daily-weighted average VOM content must
not exceed the coating VOM content limit corresponding to the category of
coating used; or
2) For each coating line that applies coatings subject to more
than one numerical emission limitation in Section 219.204(h), during the same
day, the owner or operator must have a site specific proposal approved by the
Agency and USEPA as a SIP revision. To receive approval, the requirements of
USEPA's Emissions Trading Policy Statement (and related policy), 51 Fed. Reg.
43814 (December 4, 1986), must be satisfied.
i) On
and after May 1, 2011, an owner or operator of a paper coating line subject to
the limitations of Section 219.204(c) must not apply coatings on the subject
coating line unless the requirements in subsection (i)(1) or (i)(2) are met:
1) For
each coating line that applies multiple coatings, all of which are subject to
the same numerical emission limitation within Section 219.204(c) during the
same day (e.g., all coatings used on the line are subject to 0.40 kg/kg solids
(0.08 kg/kg coatings)), the daily-weighted average VOM content must not exceed
the coating VOM content limit corresponding to the category of coating used; or
2) For
each coating line that applies coatings subject to more than one numerical
emission limitation in Section 219.204(c) during the same day, the owner or
operator must have a site-specific proposal approved by the Agency and approved
by USEPA as a SIP revision. To receive approval, the requirements of USEPA's
Emissions Trading Policy Statement (and related policy), 51 Fed. Reg. 43814
(December 4, 1986), must be satisfied.
j) On
and after May 1, 2012, an owner or operator of a miscellaneous metal parts and
products coating line, plastic parts or products coating line, pleasure craft
surface coating line, or motor vehicle materials coating line subject to the
limitations of Section 219.204(q) must not apply coatings on the subject
coating line unless the requirements of subsection (j)(1) or (j)(2) are met:
1) For
each coating line that applies multiple coatings, all of which are subject to
the same numerical emission limitation within Section 219.204(q), during the
same day (e.g., all coatings used on the line are subject to 0.42 kg/l (3.5 lbs/gal)),
the daily-weighted average VOM content must not exceed the coating VOM content
limit corresponding to the category of coating used; or
2) For
each coating line that applies coatings subject to more than one numerical
emission limitation in Section 219.204(q), during the same day, the owner or
operator must have a site specific proposal approved by the Agency and approved
by USEPA as a SIP revision. To receive approval, the requirements of USEPA's
Emissions Trading Policy Statement (and related policy), 51 Fed. Reg. 43814
(December 4, 1986), must be satisfied.
k) An
owner or operator of an aerospace facility subject to the limitations of
Section 219.204(r) must not apply coatings at the subject facility unless the
requirements of subsection (k)(1) or (k)(2) are met:
1) For
each averaging plan that involves multiple coatings, all of which are subject
to the same numerical emission limitation within Section 219.204(r), during the
same day (e.g., all coatings used on the line are subject to 0.42 kg/l (3.5
lbs/gal)), the daily‑weighted average VOM content must not exceed the
coating VOM content limit corresponding to the category of coating used;
2) For
each averaging plan that involves coatings subject to more than one numerical
emission limitation in Section 219.204(r), during the same day, the owner or
operator must have a site specific proposal approved by the Agency and approved
by USEPA as a SIP revision. To receive approval, the requirements of USEPA's
Emissions Trading Policy Statement (and related policy), 51 Fed. Reg. 43814
(December 4, 1986), must be satisfied.
(Source: Amended at 45 Ill.
Reg. 3553, effective March 4, 2021)
 | TITLE 35: ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
SUBTITLE B: AIR POLLUTION CHAPTER I: POLLUTION CONTROL BOARD SUBCHAPTER c: EMISSIONS STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS FOR STATIONARY SOURCES
PART 219
ORGANIC MATERIAL EMISSION STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS
FOR THE METRO EAST AREA
SECTION 219.206 SOLIDS BASIS CALCULATION
Section 219.206 Solids
Basis Calculation
Limitations in terms of kg (lbs)
of VOM emissions per 1 (gal) of solids as applied at each coating applicator
shall be determined by the following equation:

where:
|
S
|
=
|
The limitation on VOM
emissions in terms of kg VOM/l (lbs VOM/gal) of solids;
|
|
|
|
|
|
C
|
=
|
The limitation on VOM
emissions in terms of kg/l (lbs/gal) of coating (minus water and any
compounds which are specifically excluded from the definition of VOM)
specified in Section 219.204;
|
|
|
|
|
|
D
|
=
|
The density of VOM in the coating.
For the purposes of calculating S, the density is 0.882 kg VOM/l VOM (7.36
lbs VOM/gal VOM).
|
(Source:
Amended at 17 Ill. Reg. 16918, effective September 27, 1993)
 | TITLE 35: ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
SUBTITLE B: AIR POLLUTION CHAPTER I: POLLUTION CONTROL BOARD SUBCHAPTER c: EMISSIONS STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS FOR STATIONARY SOURCES
PART 219
ORGANIC MATERIAL EMISSION STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS
FOR THE METRO EAST AREA
SECTION 219.207 ALTERNATIVE EMISSION LIMITATIONS
Section 219.207 Alternative
Emission Limitations
a) Any owner or operator of a coating line subject to Section
219.204, except coating lines subject to Section 219.204(q)(6), may comply with
this Section, rather than with Section 219.204, if a capture system and control
device are operated at all times the coating line is in operation and the owner
or operator demonstrates compliance with subsection (c), (d), (e), (f), (g), (h),
(i), (j), (k), (l), (m), or (n) (depending upon the source category) through
the applicable coating analysis and capture system and control device
efficiency test methods and procedures specified in Section 219.105 and the
recordkeeping and reporting requirements specified in Section 219.211(e); and
the control device is equipped with the applicable monitoring equipment
specified in Section 219.105(d) and the monitoring equipment is installed,
calibrated, operated and maintained according to vendor specifications at all
times the control device is in use. A capture system and control device, which
does not demonstrate compliance with subsection (c), (d), (e), (f), (g), (h),
(i), (j), (k), (l), (m), or (n) may be used as an alternative to compliance
with Section 219.204 only if the alternative is approved by the Agency and
approved by the USEPA as a SIP revision.
b) Alternative Add-On Control Methodologies
1) The coating line is equipped with a capture system and control
device that provides 81 percent reduction in the overall emissions of VOM from
the coating line and the control device has a 90 percent efficiency; or
2) The system used to control VOM from the coating line is
demonstrated to have an overall efficiency sufficient to limit VOM emissions to
no more than what is allowed under Section 219.204. Use of any control system
other than an afterburner, carbon adsorption, condensation, or absorption
scrubber system can be allowed only if approved by the Agency and approved by
the USEPA as a SIP revision. The use of transfer efficiency credits can be
allowed only if approved by the Agency and approved by the USEPA as a SIP
revision. Baseline transfer efficiencies and transfer efficiency test methods
must be approved by the Agency and the USEPA. Such overall efficiency is to be
determined as follows:
A) Obtain the emission limitation from the appropriate subsection
in Section 219.204;
B) Unless complying with an emission limitation in Section 219.204
that is already expressed in terms of weight of VOM per volume of solids, calculate
"S" according to the equation in Section 219.206. For coating lines
subject to an emission limitation in Section 219.204 that is already expressed
in terms of weight of VOM per volume of solids, "S" is equal to such
emission limitation;
C) Calculate the overall efficiency required according to Section
219.105(e). For the purposes of calculating this value, according to the
equation in Section 219.105(e)(2), VOM1 is equal to the value of
"S" as determined in subsection (b)(2)(B). If the coating line is subject
to an emission limitation in Section 219.204 that is already expressed in terms
of weight of VOM per volume of solids, VOM1 is equal to that emission
limitation.
c) An owner or operator of a coating line subject to only one of
the emission limitations from among Section 219.204(a)(1)(A), (a)(1)(D), (a)(2)(A),(a)(2)(E),
(a)(2)(F), (c)(1), (d), (e), (f), or (i) and equipped with a capture system and
control device must not operate the subject coating line unless the requirements
in subsection (b)(1) or (b)(2) are met. An owner or operator of a coating line
subject to Section 219.204(a)(1)(B), (a)(1)(C), (a)(2)(B), (a)(2)(C), or
(a)(2)(D) and equipped with a capture system and control device must not
operate the coating line unless the owner or operator demonstrates compliance
with such limitation in accordance with the topcoat protocol referenced in
Section 219.105(b)(1)(A) or (b)(1)(B), as applicable.
d) An owner or operator of a miscellaneous metal parts and products
coating line that applies one or more coatings during the same day, all of
which are subject to the same numerical emission limitation within Section
219.204(j) (e.g., all coatings used on the line are subject to 0.42 kg/l (3.5
lbs/gal)), and that is equipped with a capture system and control device must
not operate the subject coating line unless the requirements in subsection
(b)(1) or (b)(2) are met.
e) An owner or operator of a heavy off-highway vehicle products
coating line that applies one or more coatings during the same day, all of
which are subject to the same numerical emission limitation within Section
219.204(k) (e.g., all coatings used on the line are subject to 0.42 kg/l (3.5
lbs/gal)), and that is equipped with a capture system and control device must
not operate the subject coating line unless the requirements in subsection
(b)(1) or (b)(2) are met.
f) An owner or operator of a wood furniture coating line that
applies one or more coatings during the same day, all of which are subject to
the same numerical emission limitation within Section 219.204(l) (e.g., all
coatings used on the line are subject to 0.67 kg/l (5.6 lbs/gal)), and that is
equipped with a capture system and control device must not operate the subject
coating line unless the requirements in subsection (b)(1) or (b)(2) are met. If
compliance is achieved by meeting the requirements in subsection (b)(2), then
the provisions in the note to Section 219.204(l) must also be met.
g) An owner or operator of a can coating line equipped with a
capture system and control device must not operate the subject coating line
unless the requirements in subsection (g)(1) or (g)(2) are met.
1) An alternative daily emission limitation for the can coating
operation, i.e., for all of the can coating lines at the source, must be
determined according to Section 219.205(c)(2). Actual daily emissions must not
exceed the alternative daily emission limitation and must be calculated by use
of the following equation:

where:
|
Ed
|
=
|
Actual VOM emissions for the
day in units of kg/day (lbs/day);
|
|
|
|
i
|
=
|
Subscript denoting the
specific coating applied;
|
|
|
|
n
|
=
|
Total number of surface
coatings as applied in the can coating operation;
|
|
|
|
Vi
|
=
|
Volume of each coating as
applied for the day in units of l/day (gal/day) of coating (minus water and
any compounds that are specifically exempted from the definition of VOM);
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ci
|
=
|
The VOM content of each
coating as applied in units of kg VOM/l (lbs VOM/gal) of coating (minus water
and any compounds that are specifically exempted from the definition of VOM);
and
|
|
|
|
Fi
|
=
|
Fraction, by weight, of VOM
emissions from the surface coating, reduced or prevented from being emitted
to the ambient air. This is the overall efficiency of the capture system and control
device.
|
2) The coating line is equipped with a capture system and control
device that provide 75 percent reduction in the overall emissions of VOM from
the coating line and the control device has a 90 percent efficiency.
h) An owner or operator of a plastic parts coating line that
applies one or more coatings during the same day, all of which are subject to
the same numerical emission limitation within Section 219.204(m) or (n) (e.g.,
all coatings used on the line are subject to 0.42 kg/l (3.5 lbs/gal)), and that
is equipped with a capture system and control device must not operate the
subject coating line unless the requirements in subsection (b)(1) or (b)(2) are
met.
i) Prior to May 1, 2011, an owner or operator of a metal
furniture coating line that applies one or more coatings during the same day,
all of which are subject to the same numerical emission limitation within
Section 219.204(g) (e.g., all coatings used on the line are subject to 0.34
kg/l (2.8 lbs/gal)), and that is equipped with a capture system and control
device must not operate the subject coating line unless the requirements in
subsection (b)(1) or (b)(2) are met.
j) Prior to May 1, 2011, an owner or operator of a large
appliance coating line that applies one or more coatings during the same day,
all of which are subject to the same numerical emission limitation within
Section 219.204(h) (e.g., all coatings used on the line are subject to 0.34
kg/l (2.8 lbs/gal)), and that is equipped with a capture system and control
device must not operate the subject coating line unless the requirements in
subsection (b)(1) or (b)(2) are met.
k) On
and after May 1, 2011, an owner or operator of a paper coating line, metal
furniture coating line, or large appliance coating line that is equipped with a
capture system and control device must not operate the subject coating line
unless either:
1) The
capture system and control device provide at least 90 percent reduction in the
overall emissions of VOM from the coating line; or
2) The
owner or operator complies with the applicable limitation in Section 219.204 by
utilizing a combination of low-VOM coatings and a capture system and control
device.
l) An
owner or operator of a flat wood paneling coating line that is equipped with a
capture system and control device must not operate the subject coating line
unless either:
1) The
capture system and control device provide at least 90 percent reduction in the
overall emissions of VOM from the coating line; or
2) The
owner or operator of the flat wood paneling coating line complies with all
requirements set forth in subsection (b)(2).
m) On and
after May 1, 2011, an owner or operator of a miscellaneous metal parts and
products coating line, plastic parts and products coating line, or pleasure
craft surface coating line that is equipped with a capture system and control
device must not operate the subject coating line unless:
1) The
capture system and control device provide at least 90 percent reduction in the
overall emissions of VOM from the coating line; or
2) The
owner or operator of the coating line complies with all requirements in
subsection (b)(2).
n) An
owner or operator of an aerospace facility that is equipped with a capture
system and control device must not operate the subject aerospace coating
operation unless:
1) The
capture system and control device provide at least 90 percent reduction in the
overall emissions of VOM from the aerospace coating operation; or
2) The
owner or operator of the aerospace coating operation complies with all
requirements set forth in subsection (b)(2).
(Source: Amended at 45 Ill.
Reg. 3553, effective March 4, 2021)
 | TITLE 35: ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
SUBTITLE B: AIR POLLUTION CHAPTER I: POLLUTION CONTROL BOARD SUBCHAPTER c: EMISSIONS STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS FOR STATIONARY SOURCES
PART 219
ORGANIC MATERIAL EMISSION STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS
FOR THE METRO EAST AREA
SECTION 219.208 EXEMPTIONS FROM EMISSION LIMITATIONS
Section 219.208 Exemptions
From Emission Limitations
a) Exemptions for all coating categories except wood furniture
coating and aerospace facilities. The limitations of this Subpart do not apply
to coating lines within a source, that otherwise would be subject to the same
subsection of Section 219.204 (because they belong to the same coating
category, e.g., can coating), provided that combined actual emissions of VOM
from all lines at the source subject to that subsection never exceed 6.8 kg/day
(15 lbs/day) before the application of capture systems and control devices.
(For example, can coating lines within a source would not be subject to the
limitations of Section 219.204(b) if the combined actual emissions of VOM from
the can coating lines never exceed 6.8 kg/day (15 lbs/day) before the
application of capture systems and control devices.) Prior to May 2012,
volatile organic material emissions from heavy off-highway vehicle products coating
lines must be combined with VOM emissions from miscellaneous metal parts and
products coating lines to determine applicability. On and after May 1, 2012,
VOM emissions from heavy off-highway vehicle products coating lines must be
combined with VOM emissions from miscellaneous metal parts and products coating
lines and plastic parts and products coating lines to determine applicability.
Any owner or operator of a coating source must comply with the applicable
coating analysis test methods and procedures specified in Section 219.105(a)
and the recordkeeping and reporting requirements specified in Section
219.211(a) if total VOM emissions from the subject coating lines are always
less than or equal to 6.8 kg/day (15 lbs/day) before the application of capture
systems and control devices and, therefore, are not subject to the limitations
of Section 219.204. Once a category of coating lines at a source is subject to
the limitations in Section 219.204 the coating lines are always subject to the
limitations in Section 219.204.
b) Applicability for Wood Furniture Coating
1) The limitations of this Subpart apply to a source's wood
furniture coating lines if the source contains process emission units, not
regulated by Subparts B, E, F (excluding Section 219.204(l)), H (excluding
Section 219.405), Q, R, S, T (excluding Section 219.486), V, X, Y, Z or BB,
which as a group both:
A) Have a maximum theoretical emissions of 91 Mg (100 tons) or
more per calendar year of VOM if no air pollution control equipment were used;
and
B) Are not limited to less than 91 Mg (100 tons) of VOM per
calendar year if no air pollution control equipment were used, through
production or capacity limitations contained in a federally enforceable permit
or SIP revision.
2) The limitations of this Subpart apply to a source's wood
furniture coating lines, on and after March 15, 1996, if the source contains
process emission units, which as a group, have a potential to emit 22.7 Mg (25
tons) or more of VOM per calendar year and have not limited emissions to less
than 22.7 Mg (25 tons) of VOM per calendar year through production or capacity
limitations contained in a federally enforceable operating permit or SIP
revision, and that:
A) Are not regulated by Subparts B, E, F (excluding Section
219.204(l)), H, Q, R, S, T (excluding Section 219.486), V, X, Y, Z or BB; and
B) Are not included in any of the following categories: synthetic
organic chemical manufacturing industry (SOCMI) distillation, SOCMI reactors,
plastic parts coating (business machines), plastic parts coating (other),
offset lithography, industrial wastewater, autobody refinishing, SOCMI batch
processing, volatile organic liquid storage tanks and clean-up solvents
operations.
3) If a source ceases to fulfill the criteria of subsection
(b)(1) or (b)(2), the limitations of Section 219.204(l) continue to apply to
any wood furniture coating line which was ever subject to the limitations of
Section 219.204(l).
4) For the purposes of this subsection (b), an emission unit is
considered to be regulated by a Subpart if it is subject to the limitations of
that Subpart. An emission unit is not considered regulated by a Subpart if it
is not subject to the limits of that Subpart, e.g., the emission unit is
covered by an exemption in the Subpart or the applicability criteria of the
Subpart are not met.
5) Any owner or operator of a wood furniture coating line to
which the limitations of this Subpart are not applicable due to the criteria in
this subsection (b) must, upon request by the Agency or the USEPA, submit
records to the Agency and the USEPA within 30 calendar days from the date of
the request that document that the coating line is exempt from the limitations
of this Subpart.
c) On and after March 15, 1996, the limitations of this Subpart do
not apply to touch-up and repair coatings used by a coating source described by
Section 219.204(b), (d), (f), (g), (i), and (q)(5); provided that the
source-wide volume of these coatings used does not exceed 0.95 1 (1 quart) per
eight-hour period or exceed 209 1/yr (55 gal/yr) for any rolling 12 month
period. Recordkeeping and reporting for touch-up and repair coatings must be
consistent with subsection (d).
d) Prior to May 1, 2012, the limitations of this Subpart do not
apply to touch-up and repair coatings used by a coating source described by Section
219.204(j), (m), and (n), provided that the source-wide volume of the coatings
used does not exceed 0.95 l (1 quart) per eight-hour period or exceed 209 l/yr
(55 gal/yr) for any rolling twelve month period. Recordkeeping and reporting
for touch-up and repair coatings must be consistent with subsection (e).
e) On and after March 15, 1996, the owner or operator of a
coating line or a group of coating lines using touch-up and repair coatings
that are exempted from the limitations of Section 219.204(b), (d), (f), (g),
(i), (j), (m), (n), and (q)(5) because of the provisions of subsection (c) or
(d) must:
1) Collect and record the name, identification number, and volume
used of each touch-up and repair coating, as applied on each coating line, per
eight-hour period and per month;
2) Perform calculations on a daily basis, and maintain at the
source records of such calculations of the combined volume of touch-up and
repair coatings used source-wide for each eight-hour period;
3) Perform calculations on a monthly basis, and maintain at the
source records of such calculations of the combined volume of touch-up and
repair coatings used source-wide for the month and the rolling 12 month period;
4) Prepare and maintain at the source an annual summary of the
information required to be compiled under subsections (e)(1) and (e)(2) on or
before January 31 of the following year;
5) Maintain at the source for a minimum period of three years all
records required to be kept under this subsection (e) and make the records
available to the Agency upon request;
6) Notify the Agency in writing if the use of touch-up and repair
coatings at the source ever exceeds a volume of 0.95 1 (1 quart) per eight-hour
period or exceeds 209 1/yr (55 gal/yr) for any rolling 12 month period within
30 days after any such exceedance. The notification must include a copy of any
records of the exceedance; and
7) "Touch-up and repair coatings" means, for purposes
of 35 Ill. Adm. Code 219.208, any coating used to cover minor scratches and
nicks that occur during manufacturing and assembly processes.
f) Applicability
for Aerospace Facilities
1) Except
as provided in subsection (f)(4), the requirements of this Subpart apply to an
aerospace facility's aerospace coating operations and cleaning operations on
and after July 1, 2021, if the source contains process emission units that, as
a group, have a potential to emit 22.7 Mg (25 tons) or more of VOM per calendar
year and have not limited emissions to less than 22.7 Mg (25 tons) of VOM per
calendar year through production or capacity limitations contained in a
federally enforceable permit or SIP revision.
2) If a
source ceases to fulfill the criteria of subsection (f)(1), the requirements of
this Subpart continue to apply to any aerospace facility that was ever subject
to the requirements of this Subpart.
3) The
limitations of Section 219.204(r)(2) do not apply to touch-up coatings at
aerospace facilities, provided that the combined source-wide volume of the
coatings that do not comply with the limitations of Section 219.204(r)(2) used
at an aerospace facility does not exceed 2.85 l (3 quarts) per 24-hour period
or exceed 209 l/yr (55 gal/yr) for any rolling 12-month period. Recordkeeping
and reporting for touch-up coatings must be consistent with Section
219.211(j)(2).
4) The
requirements in Section 219.211(k) apply to an aerospace facility's aerospace
coating operations and cleaning operations on and after July 1, 2021, if the
source contains process emission units that, as a group, have a potential to
emit less than 22.7 Mg (25 tons) of VOM per calendar year or have limited
emissions to less than 22.7 Mg (25 tons) of VOM per calendar year through
production or capacity limitations contained in a federally enforceable permit
or SIP revision.
(Source: Amended at 45 Ill.
Reg. 3553, effective March 4, 2021)
 | TITLE 35: ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
SUBTITLE B: AIR POLLUTION CHAPTER I: POLLUTION CONTROL BOARD SUBCHAPTER c: EMISSIONS STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS FOR STATIONARY SOURCES
PART 219
ORGANIC MATERIAL EMISSION STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS
FOR THE METRO EAST AREA
SECTION 219.209 EXEMPTION FROM GENERAL RULE ON USE OF ORGANIC MATERIAL
Section 219.209 Exemption
From General Rule on Use of Organic Material
No owner or operator of a
coating line subject to the limitations of Section 219.204 of this Part is
required to meet the limitations of Subpart G (Section 219.301 or 219.302) of
this Part, after the date by which the coating line is required to meet Section
219.204 of this Part.
(Source: Amended at 17 Ill. Reg. 16918, effective September 27, 1993)
 | TITLE 35: ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
SUBTITLE B: AIR POLLUTION CHAPTER I: POLLUTION CONTROL BOARD SUBCHAPTER c: EMISSIONS STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS FOR STATIONARY SOURCES
PART 219
ORGANIC MATERIAL EMISSION STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS
FOR THE METRO EAST AREA
SECTION 219.210 COMPLIANCE SCHEDULE
Section 219.210 Compliance
Schedule
Every owner or operator of a
coating line (of a type included within Section 219.204 of this Subpart) shall
comply with the requirements of Section 219.204, 219.205, 219.207 or 219.208
and Section 219.211 or Sections 219.212 and 219.213 of this Subpart in
accordance with the appropriate compliance schedule as specified in subsection
(a), (b), (c), (d), (e), (f), (g), (h), or (i) of this Section:
a) No owner or operator of a coating line that is exempt from the
limitations of Section 219.204 of this Subpart because of the criteria in
Section 219.208(a) or (b) of this Subpart shall operate said coating line on or
after a date consistent with Section 219.106 of this Part, unless the owner or
operator has complied with, and continues to comply with, Section 219.211(b) of
this Subpart.
b) No owner or operator of a coating line complying by means of
Section 219.204 of this Subpart shall operate said coating line on or after a
date consistent with Section 219.106 of this Part, unless the owner or operator
has complied with, and continues to comply with, Sections 219.204 and
219.211(c) of this Subpart.
c) No owner or operator of a coating line complying by means of
Section 219.205 of this Subpart shall operate said coating line on or after a
date consistent with Section 219.106 of this Part, unless the owner or operator
has complied with, and continues to comply with, Sections 219.205 and
219.211(d) of this Subpart.
d) No owner or operator of a coating line complying by means of
Section 219.207 of this Subpart shall operate said coating line on or after a
date consistent with Section 219.106 of this Part, unless the owner or operator
has complied with, and continues to comply with, Sections 219.207 and
219.211(e) of this Subpart.
e) No owner or operator of a coating line subject to one or more
of the emission limitations contained in Section 219.204 of this Subpart on or
after March 15, 1996, choosing to comply by means of Section 219.204, 219.205
or 219.207 of this Subpart, shall operate said coating line on or after March
15, 1996, unless the owner or operator complies with and continues to comply
with, respectively, the applicable requirements in Section 219.204, or the
alternative control options in Section 219.205 or 219.207 and the requirements
of Section 219.211.
f) No owner or operator of a coating line subject to one or more
of the emission limitations contained in Section 219.204 of this Subpart on or
after March 15, 1996, choosing to comply by means of Section 219.212 of this
Subpart, shall operate said coating line on or after March 15, 1996, unless the
owner or operator complies with and continues to comply with the requirements
of Sections 219.212 and 219.213 of this Subpart.
g) No
owner or operator of a coating line subject to the emission limitations in
Section 219.204(c)(2), (g)(2), or (h)(2) of this Subpart shall operate that
coating line on or after a date consistent with Section 219.106(c) of this
Part, unless the owner or operator has complied with, and continues to comply
with, Section 219.204(c)(2), (g)(2), or (h)(2), as applicable, or the
alternative control options in Section 219.205 or 219.207, and all applicable
requirements in Sections 219.211 and 219.218 of this Subpart.
h) No
owner or operator of a coating line subject to the emission limitations
contained in Section 219.204(o) of this Subpart shall operate that coating line
on or after a date consistent with Section 219.106(d) of this Part, unless the
owner or operator has complied with, and continues to comply with, Section
219.204(o) or the alternative control options in Section 219.205 or 219.207,
and the requirements of Sections 219.211 and 219.217 of this Subpart, as
applicable.
i) No owner or operator of a coating line subject to the
emission limitations in Section 219.204(a)(2) or (q) of this Subpart, or
subject to the limitations in Section 219.219 of this Subpart, shall operate the
coating line on or after a date consistent with Section 219.106(e) of this
Part, unless the owner or operator has complied with, and continues to comply
with, Section 219.204(a)(2) or (q), if applicable, or the alternative control
options in Section 219.205 or 219.207, and all applicable requirements in
Sections 219.211 and 219.219 of this Subpart.
(Source: Amended at 34 Ill.
Reg. 14326, effective September 14, 2010)
 | TITLE 35: ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
SUBTITLE B: AIR POLLUTION CHAPTER I: POLLUTION CONTROL BOARD SUBCHAPTER c: EMISSIONS STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS FOR STATIONARY SOURCES
PART 219
ORGANIC MATERIAL EMISSION STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS
FOR THE METRO EAST AREA
SECTION 219.211 RECORDKEEPING AND REPORTING
Section 219.211 Recordkeeping and Reporting
a) The
VOM content of each coating and the efficiency of each capture system and
control device must be determined by the applicable test methods and procedures
specified in Section 219.105 to establish the records required under this
Section.
b) Any
owner or operator of a coating line that is exempted from the limitations of
Section 219.204 because of Section 219.208(a) or (b) must comply with the
following:
1) For
sources exempt from Section 219.208(a), by a date consistent with Section
219.106, the owner or operator of a coating line or group of coating lines
referenced in subsection (b) must certify to the Agency that the coating line
or group of coating lines is exempt under the provisions of Section
219.208(a). The certification must include:
A) A
declaration that the coating line is exempt from the limitations of Section
219.204 because of Section 219.208(a); and
B) Calculations
that demonstrate that the combined VOM emissions from the coating line and all
other coating lines in the same category never exceed 6.8 kg (15 lbs) per day
before the application of capture systems and control devices. The following
equation must be used to calculate total VOM emissions:

where:
|
Te
|
=
|
Total VOM emissions from coating lines each day before the
application of capture systems and control devices in units of kg/day (lbs/day);
|
|
|
|
|
|
m
|
=
|
Number of coating lines at the source that otherwise would
be subject to the same subsection of Section 219.104 of this Part (because
they belong to the same category, e.g., can coating);
|
|
|
|
|
|
j
|
=
|
Subscript denoting an individual coating line;
|
|
|
|
|
|
n
|
=
|
Number of different coatings as applied each day on each
coating line;
|
|
|
|
|
|
i
|
=
|
Subscript denoting an individual coating;
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ai
|
=
|
Weight of VOM per volume of each coating (minus water and
any compounds that are specifically exempted from the definition of VOM) as
applied each day on each coating line in units of kg VOM/l (lbs VOM/gal); and
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bi
|
=
|
Volume of each coating (minus water and any compounds that
are specifically exempted from the definition of VOM) as applied each day on
each coating line in units of l/day (gal/day). The instrument or method by
which the owner or operator accurately measured or calculated the volume of
each coating as applied on each coating line each day shall be described in the
certification to the Agency.
|
|
|
|
|
2) For
sources exempt under Section 219.208(b), by March 15, 1998, or upon initial
start-up, the owner or operator of a coating line or a group of coating lines
referenced in subsection (b) must certify to the Agency that the source is
exempt under the provisions of Section 219.208(b). The certification must
include:
A) A
declaration that the source is exempt from the limitations of Section
219.204(l) because of Section 219.208(b); and
B) Calculations
that demonstrate that the source meets the criteria of exemption because of
Section 219.208(b).
3) For
sources exempt under Section 219.208(a), on and after a date consistent with
Section 219.106, the owner or operator of a coating line or group of lines
referenced in this subsection (b) must collect and record all of the following
information each day for each coating line and maintain the information at the
source for a period of three years:
A) The
name and identification number of each coating as applied on each coating line;
and
B) The
weight of VOM per volume and the volume of each coating (minus water and any
compounds that are specifically exempted from the definition of VOM) as applied
each day on each coating line.
4) For
sources exempt under Section 219.208(b), on and after March 15, 1998, the owner
or operator of a coating line or group of coating lines referenced in this
subsection (b) must collect and record all of the following information for
each coating line and maintain the information at the source for a period of
three years:
A) The
name and identification number of each coating as applied on each coating line;
and
B) The
weight of VOM per volume and the volume of each coating (minus water and any
compounds which are specifically exempted from the definition of VOM) as
applied on each coating line on a monthly basis.
5) On
and after a date consistent with Section 219.106, the owner or operator of a
coating line or group of coating lines exempted from the limitations of Section
219.204 because of Section 219.208(a) must notify the Agency of any record
showing that total VOM emissions from the coating line or group of coating
lines exceed 6.8 kg (15 lbs) in any day before the application of capture
systems and control devices by sending a copy of such record to the Agency
within 30 days after the exceedance occurs.
6) On
and after March 15, 1998, any owner or operator of a source exempt from the
limitations of Section 219.204(l) because of Section 219.208(b) must notify the
Agency if the source's VOM emissions exceed the limitations of Section
219.208(b) by sending a copy of calculations showing such an exceedance within
30 days after the change occurs.
c) Any
owner or operator of a coating line subject to the limitations of Section
219.204 other than Section 219.204(a)(1)(B), (a)(1)(C), (a)(2)(B), (a)(2)(C),
(a)(2)(D), or (r) and complying by means of Section 219.204 must comply with
the following:
1) By a
date consistent with Section 219.106, or upon initial start-up of a new coating
line, or upon changing the method of compliance from an existing subject
coating line from Section 219.205, Section 219.207, Section 219.215, or Section
219.216 to Section 219.204; the owner or operator of a subject coating line must
certify to the Agency that the coating line will be in compliance with Section
219.204 on and after a date consistent with Section 219.106, or on and after
the initial start-up date. The certification must include:
A) The
name and identification number of each coating as applied on each coating line;
B) The
weight of VOM per volume of each coating (minus water and any compounds that
are specifically exempted from the definition of VOM) as applied each day on
each coating line;
C) On and
after March 15, 1998, for coating lines subject to the limitations of Section
219.204(l)(2)(A) or (B), the weight of VOM per weight of solids in each coating
as applied each day on each coating line;
D) For
coating lines subject to the limitations of Section 219.204(c)(2), the weight
of VOM per weight of solids (or the weight of VOM per weight of coatings, as
applicable) in each coating as applied each day on each coating line;
E) For
coating lines subject to the limitations of Section 219.204(g)(2) or (h)(2),
the application methods used to apply coatings on the subject coating line and
the weight of VOM per volume of each coating (or the weight of VOM per volume
of solids in each coating, as applicable) as applied each day on each coating
line;
F) For
coating lines subject to the limitations of Section 219.204(o), the weight of
VOM per volume of coatings or solids, as applicable, for each coating as
applied each day on each coating line;
G) For
coating lines subject to the limitations of Section 219.204(a)(2)(A), the
weight of VOM per volume of solids in each coating as applied each day on each
coating line, and the solids turnover ratio of the EDP operation, with
supporting calculations;
H) For
coating lines subject to the limitations of Section 219.204(a)(2)(E), the
weight of VOM per volume and volume of each coating used in the final repair
coat operation, and the weight of VOM per volume of the final repair coat as
applied, calculated on an occurrence weighted average basis;
I) For
coating lines subject to the limitations of Section 219.204(q), the weight of
VOM per volume of each coating, or the weight of VOM per volume of solids in
each coating, as applicable, as applied each day on each coating line.
2) On
and after a date consistent with Section 219.106, or on and after the initial
start-up date, the owner or operator of a subject coating line must collect and
record all of the following information each day, unless otherwise specified,
for each coating line and maintain the information at the source for a period
of three years:
A) The
name and identification number of each coating as applied on each coating line;
B) The
weight of VOM per volume of each coating (minus water and any compounds that are
specifically exempted from the definition of VOM) as applied each day on each
coating line;
C) On and
after March 15, 1998, for coating lines subject to the limitations of Section
219.204(l)(2)(A) or (B), the weight of VOM per weight of solids in each coating
as applied each day on each coating line and certified product data sheets for
each coating;
D) On and
after March 15, 1998, for wood furniture coating spray booths subject to the
limitation of Section 219.204(l)(4)(A), the weight of VOM per weight of solids
in each strippable spray booth coating as applied each day on each spray booth
and certified product data sheets for each coating;
E) For
coating lines subject to the limitations of Section 219.204(c)(2), the weight
of VOM per weight of solids (or the weight of VOM per weight of coatings, as
applicable) in each coating as applied each day on each coating line, and
certified product data sheets for each coating;
F) For
coating lines subject to the limitations of Section 219.204(g)(2) or
219.204(h)(2), the weight of VOM per volume of each coating (or the weight of
VOM per volume of solids in each coating, as applicable) as applied each day on
each coating line, and certified product data sheets for each coating;
G) For
coating lines subject to the limitations of Section 219.204(o), the weight of
VOM per volume of coatings or solids, as applicable, for each coating, as
applied each day on each coating line;
H) For
coating lines subject to the limitations of Section 219.204(a)(2)(A), the
weight of VOM per volume of solids in each coating as applied each day on each
coating line, certified product data sheets for each coating, and the solid
turnover ratio for the EDP operation, calculated on a calendar monthly basis,
with supporting calculations;
I) For
coating lines subject to the limitations of Section 219.204(a)(2)(E), the
weight of VOM per volume and volume of each coating used in the final repair
coat operation, the weight of VOM per volume of the final repair coat as
applied, calculated on an occurrence weighted average basis, and certified
product data sheets for each coating;
J) For
coating lines subject to the limitations of Section 219.204(q), the weight of
VOM per volume of each coating, or the weight of VOM per volume of solids in
each coating, as applicable, as applied each day on each coating line, and
certified product data sheets for each coating.
3) On
and after a date consistent with Section 219.106, the owner or operator of a
subject coating line must notify the Agency in the following instances:
A) Any
record showing violation of Section 219.204 must be reported by sending a copy
of the record to the Agency within 30 days following the occurrence of the
violation.
B) At
least 30 calendar days before changing the method of compliance from Section
219.204 to Section 219.205 or Section 219.207, the owner or operator must
comply with all requirements of subsection (d)(1) or (e)(1), as applicable.
Upon changing the method of compliance from Section 219.204 to Section 219.205
or Section 219.207, the owner or operator must comply with all requirements of
subsection (d) or (e), as applicable.
d) Any
owner or operator of a coating line subject to the limitations of Section
219.204 and complying by means of Section 219.205 must comply with the
following:
1) By a
date consistent with Section 219.106, or upon initial start-up of a new coating
line, or upon changing the method of compliance for an existing subject coating
line from Section 219.204 or Section 219.207 to Section 219.205; the owner or
operator of the subject coating line must certify to the Agency that the
coating line will be in compliance with Section 219.205 on and after a date
consistent with Section 219.106, or on and after the initial start-up date. The
certification must include:
A) The
name and identification number of each coating line which will comply by means
of Section 219.205.
B) The
name and identification number of each coating as applied on each coating line.
C) The
weight of VOM per volume and the volume of each coating (minus water and any
compounds which are specifically exempted from the definition of VOM) as
applied each day on each coating line.
D) On and
after March 15, 1998, for coating lines subject to the limitations of Section
219.204(l)(2)(A) or (B), the weight of VOM per weight of solids in each coating
as applied each day on each coating line.
E) For
coating lines subject to the limitations of Section 219.204(a)(2)(A), the
weight of VOM per volume of solids in each coating as applied each day on each
coating line.
F) For
coating lines subject to the limitations of Section 219.204(c)(2), the weight
of VOM per weight of solids (or the weight of VOM per weight of coatings, as
applicable) in each coating as applied each day on each coating line.
G) For
coating lines subject to the limitations of Section 219.204(g)(2) or (h)(2),
the weight of VOM per volume of each coating (or the weight of VOM per volume
of solids in each coating, as applicable) as applied each day on each coating
line.
H) For
coating lines subject to the limitations of Section 219.204(o), the weight of
VOM per volume of coatings or solids, as applicable, for each coating, as
applied each day on each coating line.
I) For
coating lines subject to the limitations of Section 219.204(q), the weight of
VOM per volume of each coating, or the weight of VOM per volume of solids in
each coating, as applicable, as applied each day on each coating line.
J) The
instrument or method by which the owner or operator will accurately measure or
calculate the volume of each coating as applied each day on each coating line.
K) The
method by which the owner or operator will create and maintain records each day
as required in subsection (d)(2).
L) An
example of the format in which the records required in subsection (d)(2) will
be kept.
2) On
and after a date consistent with Section 219.106, or on and after the initial
start-up date, the owner or operator of a subject coating line must collect and
record all of the following information each day for each coating line and
maintain the information at the source for a period of three years:
A) The
name and identification number of each coating as applied on each coating line.
B) The
weight of VOM per volume and the volume of each coating (minus water and any
compounds that are specifically exempted from the definition of VOM) as applied
each day on each coating line.
C) On and
after March 15, 1998, for coating lines subject to the limitations of Section
219.204(l)(2)(A) or (B), the weight of VOM per weight of solids in each coating
as applied each day on each coating line.
D) For
coating lines subject to the limitations of Section 219.204(a)(2)(A), the
weight of VOM per volume of solids in each coating as applied each day on each
coating line.
E) For
coating lines subject to the limitations of Section 219.204(c)(2), the weight
of VOM per weight of solids (or the weight of VOM per weight of coatings, as
applicable) in each coating as applied each day on each coating line.
F) For
coating lines subject to the limitations of Section 219.204(g)(2) or (h)(2),
the weight of VOM per volume of each coating (or the weight of VOM per volume
of solids in each coating, as applicable) as applied each day on each coating
line.
G) For
coating lines subject to the limitations of Section 219.204(o), the weight of
VOM per volume of coatings or solids, as applicable, for each coating, as
applied each day on each coating line.
H) For
coating lines subject to the limitations of Section 219.204(q), the weight of
VOM per volume of each coating, or the weight of VOM per volume of solids in
each coating, as applicable, as applied each day on each coating line.
I) The
daily-weighted average VOM content of all coatings as applied on each coating
line as defined in Section 219.104.
3) On
and after a date consistent with Section 219.106, the owner or operator of a subject
coating line must notify the Agency in the following instances:
A) Any
record showing violation of Section 219.205 must be reported by sending a copy
of the record to the Agency within 30 days following the occurrence of the
violation.
B) At
least 30 calendar days before changing the method of compliance with this
Subpart from Section 219.205 to Section 219.204 or Section 219.207, the owner
or operator must comply with all requirements of subsection (c)(1) or (e)(1), as
applicable. Upon changing the method of compliance with this Subpart from
Section 219.205 to Section 219.204 or Section 219.207, the owner or operator must
comply with all requirements of subsection (c) or (e), as applicable.
e) Any
owner or operator of a coating line subject to the limitations of Section
219.207 and complying by means of Section 219.207(c), (d), (e), (f), (g), (h), or
(k), (l), (m), or (n) must comply with the following:
1) By a
date consistent with Section 219.106, or upon initial start-up of a new coating
line, or upon changing the method of compliance for an existing coating line
from Section 219.204 or Section 219.205 to Section 219.207, the owner or
operator of the subject coating line must perform all tests and submit to the
Agency the results of all tests and calculations necessary to demonstrate that
the subject coating line will be in compliance with Section 219.207 on and
after a date consistent with Section 219.106, or on and after the initial
start-up date.
2) On
and after a date consistent with Section 219.106, or on and after the initial
start-up date, the owner or operator of a subject coating line must collect and
record all of the following information each day for each coating line and
maintain the information at the source for a period of three years:
A) The
weight of VOM per volume of coating solids as applied each day on each coating
line, if complying with Section 219.207(b)(2).
B) Control device
monitoring data.
C) A log
of operating time for the capture system, control device, monitoring equipment
and the associated coating line.
D) A
maintenance log for the capture system, control device and monitoring equipment
detailing all routine and non-routine maintenance performed including dates and
duration of any outages.
3) On
and after a date consistent with Section 219.106, the owner or operator of a
subject coating line must notify the Agency in the following instances:
A) Any
record showing violation of Section 219.207 must be reported by sending a copy
of the record to the Agency within 30 days following the occurrence of the
violation.
B) At
least 30 calendar days before changing the method of compliance with this
Subpart from Section 219.207 to Section 219.204 or Section 219.205, the owner
or operator must comply with all requirements of subsection (c)(1) or (d)(1),
respectively. Upon changing the method of compliance with this Subpart from
Section 219.207 to Section 219.204 or Section 219.205, the owner or operator must
comply with all requirements of subsection (c) or (d), respectively.
f) Any
owner or operator of a primer surfacer operation or topcoat operation, or
combined primer surfacer and topcoat operation, subject to the limitations of
Section 219.204(a)(1)(B), (a)(1)(B), (a)(2)(C), or (a)(2)(D) must comply with
the following:
1) By a
date consistent with Section 219.106, or upon initial start-up of a new coating
operation, the owner or operator of a subject coating operation must certify to
the Agency that the operation will be in compliance with Section 219.204 on and
after a date consistent with Section 219.106, or on and after the initial
start-up date. The certification must include:
A) The
name and identification number of each coating operation that will comply by
means of Section 219.204(a)(1)(B),(a)(1)(C), (a)(2)(B), (a)(2)(C), or (a)(2)(D)
and the name and identification number of each coating line in each coating
operation.
B) The
name and identification number of each coating as applied on each coating line
in the coating operation.
C) The
weight of VOM per volume of each coating (minus water and any compounds which
are specifically exempted from the definition of VOM) as applied each day on
each coating line.
D) The
transfer efficiency and control efficiency measured for each coating line.
E) Test
reports, including raw data and calculations documenting the testing performed
to measure transfer efficiency and control efficiency.
F) The
instrument or method by which the owner or operator will accurately measure or
calculate the volume of each coating as applied each day on each coating line.
G) The
method by which the owner or operator will create and maintain records each day
as required in subsection (f)(2).
H) An
example format for presenting the records required in subsection (f)(2).
2) On
and after a date consistent with Section 219.106, or on and after the initial
start-up date, the owner or operator of a subject coating operation must
collect and record all of the following information each day for each topcoat
or primer surfacer coating operation and maintain the information at the source
for a period of three years:
A) All
information necessary to demonstrate compliance with the topcoat protocol
referenced in Section 219.105(b)(1)(B) and to calculate the daily-weighted
average VOM emissions from the coating operations in kg/l (lbs/gal) of coating
solids deposited in accordance with the proposal submitted, and approved under
Section 219.204(a)(1)(B), (a)(1)(C), (a)(2)(B), (a)(2)(C), or (a)(2)(D)
including:
i) The
name and identification number of each coating as applied on each coating
operation.
ii) The
weight of VOM per volume of each coating (minus water and any compounds which
are specifically exempted from the definition of VOM) as applied each day on
each coating operation.
B) If a
control device or devices are used to control VOM emissions, control device
monitoring data; a log of operating time for the capture system, control
device, monitoring equipment and the associated coating operation; and a
maintenance log for the capture system, control device and monitoring
equipment, detailing all routine and non-routine maintenance performed including
dates and duration of any outages.
3) On
and after a date consistent with Section 219.106 or on and after the initial
start-up date, the owner or operator of a subject coating operation must
determine and record the daily VOM emissions in kg/l (lbs/gal) of coating
solids deposited in accordance with the proposal submitted and approved under
Section 219.204(a)(1)(B), (a)(1)(C), (a)(2)(B), (a)(2)(C), or (a)(2)(D) within
10 days from the end of the month and maintain this information at the source
for a period of three years.
4) On
and after a date consistent with Section 219.106, the owner or operator of a
subject coating operation must notify the Agency in the following instances:
A) Any
record showing a violation of Section 219.204(a)(1)(B), (a)(1)(C), (a)(2)(B),
(a)(2)(C), or (a)(2)(D) must be reported by sending a copy of the record to the
Agency within 15 days from the end of the month in which the violation
occurred.
B) The
owner or operator must notify the Agency of any change to the operation at
least 30 days before the change is effected. The Agency must determine whether
or not compliance testing is required. If the Agency determines that compliance
testing is required, then the owner or operator must submit a testing proposal
to the Agency within 30 days and test within 30 days after the approval of the
proposal by the Agency and USEPA.
g) On
and after a date consistent with Section 219.106(c), or on and after the initial
start-up date, whichever is later, the owner or operator of a coating line
subject to the requirements of Section 219.218 must comply with the following:
1) By
May 1, 2011, or upon initial start-up, whichever is later, submit a
certification to the Agency that includes a description of the practices and
procedures that the source will follow to ensure compliance with the applicable
requirements in Section 219.218;
2) Notify
the Agency of any violation of Section 219.218 by providing a description of
the violation and copies of records documenting the violation to the Agency
within 30 days following the occurrence of the violation; and
3) Maintain
at the source all records required by this subsection (g) for a minimum of
three years from the date the document was created and make those records
available to the Agency upon request.
h) On
and after a date consistent with Section 219.106, or on and after the initial
start-up date, whichever is later, the owner or operator of a coating line
subject to the requirements of Section 219.219, except aerospace facilities, must
comply with the following:
1) By
May 1, 2012, or upon initial start-up, whichever is later, submit a
certification to the Agency that includes:
A) A
description of the practices and procedures that the source will follow to
ensure compliance with the applicable requirements in Section 219.219;
B) For
sources subject to Section 219.219(a)(6), the work practices plan specified in that
Section;
C) For
sources subject to Section 219.219(b)(6), the application methods used to apply
coatings on the subject coating line;
2) Notify the Agency of any violation of Section 219.219 by providing
a description of the violation and copies of records documenting the violation
to the Agency within 30 days following the
occurrence of the violation; and
3) Maintain
at the source all records required by this subsection (h) for a minimum of three
years from the date the document was created and make those records available
to the Agency upon request.
i) On
and after a date consistent with Section 219.106(d), or on and after the
initial start-up date, whichever is later, the owner or operator of a flat wood
paneling coating line subject to the requirements in Section 219.217 must
comply with the following:
1) By August
1, 2010, or upon initial start-up, whichever is later, submit a certification
to the Agency that includes a description of the practices and procedures that
the source will follow to ensure compliance with the applicable requirements in
Section 219.217(c) and (d); and
2) Notify
the Agency of any violation of Section 219.217 by providing a description of
the violation and copies of records documenting such violation to the Agency
within 30 days following the occurrence of the violation.
j) On
and after July 1, 2021, the owner or operator of an aerospace facility subject
to the requirements of this Subpart under Section 219.208(f)(1) must comply
with the following:
1) Each
owner or operator using coatings listed in Section 219.204(r) must:
A) Maintain
a current list of coatings in use, with category and VOM content as applied;
and
B) Record
coating usage on an annual basis.
2) Each
owner or operator using touch-up coatings that do not meet the limitations of
Section 219.204(r)(2) must:
A) Collect
and record the name, identification number, and volume used of each touch-up
coating that does not meet the limitations of Section 219.204(r)(2), as applied
in each aerospace coating operation, per 24-hour period and per month;
B) Perform
calculations on a daily basis, and maintain at the source records of those
calculations, of the combined volume of touch-up coatings that do not meet the
limitations of Section 219.204(r)(2) used source-wide for each 24-hour period;
C) Perform
calculations on a monthly basis, and maintain at the source records of those
calculations, of the combined volume of touch-up coatings that do not meet the
limitations of Section 219.204(r)(2) used source-wide for the month and the
rolling 12-month period;
D) Prepare
and maintain at the source an annual summary of the information required to be
compiled under subsections (j)(2)(A), (j)(2)(B), and (j)(2)(C) on or before
January 31 of the following year;
E) Maintain
at the source for a minimum period of three years all records required to be
kept under this subsection (j)(2) and make those records available to the
Agency upon request; and
F) Notify
the Agency in writing, within 30 days after any exceedance, if the combined use
of touch-up coatings that do not meet the limitations of Section 219.204(r)(2)
at the source ever exceeds a volume of 2.85 l (3 quarts) per 24-hour period or
exceeds 209 l/yr (55 gal/yr) for any rolling 12-month period. The notification
must include a copy of any records of the exceedance.
3) Each
owner or operator using cleaning solvents required by Section 219.219(e) or (g)
must:
A) For
aqueous and semiaqueous hand-wipe cleaning solvents, maintain a list of
materials used, with corresponding water contents;
B) For
vapor pressure compliant hand-wipe cleaning solvents:
i) Maintain
a current list of cleaning solvents in use with their respective vapor
pressures or, for blended solvents, VOM composite vapor pressures; and
ii) Record
cleaning solvent usage on an annual basis; and
C) For
cleaning solvents with a vapor pressure greater than 45 mmHg used in exempt
hand-wipe cleaning operations:
i) Maintain
a list of exempt hand-wipe cleaning processes; and
ii) Record
cleaning solvent usage on an annual basis.
4) Each
owner or operator using control equipment under Section 219.207(n) must meet
all applicable testing, monitoring, and recordkeeping requirements of Section
219.105(c), (d), and (e).
5) By July
1, 2021, or upon initial start-up, whichever is later, the owner or operator of
an aerospace facility must submit a certification to the Agency that includes a
description of the practices and procedures that the source will follow to
ensure compliance with the applicable requirements of Section 219.219(e) and
(g).
6) Each
owner and operator of an aerospace facility must notify the Agency of any
violation of this Part by providing a description of the violation and copies
of records documenting the violation to the Agency within 30 days following the
occurrence of the violation.
k) Exempt
Aerospace Facilities
1) For
aerospace facilities that are exempt under Section 219.208(f)(1), by July 1,
2021, or upon initial start-up, the owner or operator of an aerospace facility
must certify to the Agency that the source is exempt under that subsection. The
certification must include:
A) A
declaration that the source is exempt under Section 219.208(f)(1); and
B) Calculations
that demonstrate that the source meets the criteria for exemption.
2) For
sources exempt under Section 219.208(f)(1), on and after July 1, 2021, the
owner or operator of an aerospace facility must collect and record all of the
following information for each aerospace coating operation and cleaning
operation, as applicable, and maintain the information at the source for a
period of three years. The owner or operator must, upon request by the Agency
or USEPA, submit the information to the Agency and USEPA within 30 calendar
days from the date of the request, along with any other documentation necessary
to demonstrate that the aerospace facility is exempt from the requirements of
this Subpart:
A) The
name and identification number of each coating applied and cleaning solvent
used; and
B) The
weight of VOM per volume and the volume of each coating (minus water and any
compounds that are specifically exempted from the definition of VOM) applied
and cleaning solvent used on a monthly basis.
3) On
and after July 1, 2021, any owner or operator of an aerospace facility exempt
under Section 219.208(f)(1) must notify the Agency if the source's VOM
emissions exceed the criteria in Section 219.208(f)(1) by sending a copy of
calculations showing the exceedance within 30 days after the exceedance occurs.
(Source: Amended at 45 Ill.
Reg. 3553, effective March 4, 2021)
 | TITLE 35: ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
SUBTITLE B: AIR POLLUTION CHAPTER I: POLLUTION CONTROL BOARD SUBCHAPTER c: EMISSIONS STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS FOR STATIONARY SOURCES
PART 219
ORGANIC MATERIAL EMISSION STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS
FOR THE METRO EAST AREA
SECTION 219.212 CROSS-LINE AVERAGING TO ESTABLISH COMPLIANCE FOR COATING LINES
Section 219.212 Cross-Line
Averaging to Establish Compliance for Coating Lines
a) On and after March 15, 1996, any owner or operator of a
coating line subject to the limitations set forth in Section 219.204 of this
Subpart, except coating lines subject to the limitations in Section 219.204(a)(2),
(c)(2), (g)(2), (h)(2), (o) or (q) of this Subpart, and with coating lines in
operation prior to January 1, 1991 (pre-existing coating lines), may, for
pre-existing coating lines only, elect to comply with the requirements of this
Section, rather than complying with the applicable emission limitations set
forth in Section 219.204, if an operational change of the type described below
has been made after January 1, 1991, to one or more pre-existing coating lines
at the source. An operational change occurs when a pre-existing coating line
is replaced with a line using lower VOM coating for the same purpose as the
replaced line (replacement line). A source electing to rely on this Section to
demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this Subpart shall operate
pursuant to federally enforceable permit conditions approved by the Agency and
USEPA.
b) An owner or operator of pre-existing coating lines subject to
a VOM content limitation in Section 219.204 of this Subpart and electing to
rely on this Section to demonstrate compliance with this Subpart must
establish, by use of the equations in subsection (d) of this Section, that the
calculated actual daily VOM emissions from all participating coating lines, as
defined in this subsection, are less than the calculated daily allowable VOM
emissions from the same group of coating lines. For any pre-existing coating
line to be aggregated for the purposes of Section 219.212, 219.213, or 219.214
of this Subpart (participating coating lines), the source must establish that:
1) All coatings applied on the participating coating line shall,
at all times, have a VOM content less than or equal to the applicable VOM
content limitation for such coating listed in Appendix H of this Part; and
2) On the date the source elects to rely on this Section to
demonstrate compliance with this Subpart, all coatings applied on the
participating coating line are not already in compliance with the VOM content
limitation for such coating effective on or after March 15, 1996; or the
participating coating line is a replacement line, as defined in subsection (a)
of this Section with an operational change occurring on or after January 1,
1991.
c) Notwithstanding subsection (a) of this Section, any owner or
operator of a coating line subject to the limitations set forth in Section
219.204 of this Subpart and electing to rely on this Section to demonstrate
compliance with this Subpart, may also include as a participating coating line,
until December 31, 1999, only, any replacement line that satisfies all of the
following conditions:
1) The replacement line is operated as a powder coating line;
2) The replacement line was added after July 1, 1988; and
3) The owner or operator also includes as a participating coating
line one or more coating lines that satisfy the criteria of a replacement line,
as described in subsection (a) of this Section.
d) To demonstrate compliance with this Section, a source shall
establish the following:
1) An alternative daily emission limitation shall be determined
for all participating coating lines at the source according to subsection
(d)(2) of this Section. All participating coating lines shall be factored in
each day to demonstrate compliance. Provided compliance is established
pursuant to the requirements in this subsection, nothing in this Section
requires daily operation of each participating line. Actual daily emissions
from all participating coating lines (Ed) shall never exceed the
alternative daily emission limitation (Ad) and shall be calculated
by use of the following equation:

where:
|
Ed
|
=
|
Actual daily VOM emissions from participating coating
lines in units of kg/day (lbs/day);
|
|
|
|
i
|
=
|
Subscript denoting a specific coating applied;
|
|
|
|
n
|
=
|
Total number of coatings applied by all participating
coating lines at the source;
|
|
|
|
Vi
|
=
|
Volume of each coating applied for the day in units of
l/day (gal/day) of coating (minus water and any compounds that are specifically
exempted from the definition of VOM); and
|
|
|
|
Ci
|
=
|
The VOM content of each coating as applied in units of kg
VOM/l (lbs VOM/gal) of coating (minus water and any compounds that are
specifically exempted from the definition of VOM).
|
2)
The alternative daily emission limitation (Ad) shall be
determined for all participating coating lines at the source on a daily basis
as follows:

where Ai
and Ap are defined in subsections (d)(2)(A) and (d)(2)(B) of this
Section.
A) The
portion of the alternative daily emissions limitation for coating operations at
a source using non-powder coating (Ai) shall be determined for all
such participating non-powder coating lines on a daily basis as follows:

where:
|
Ai
|
=
|
The VOM emissions allowed for the day in units of kg/day
(lbs/day);
|
|
|
|
i
|
=
|
Subscript denoting a specific coating applied;
|
|
|
|
n
|
=
|
Total number of coatings applied by all participating
coating lines at the source;
|
|
|
|
Ci
|
=
|
The VOM content of each coating as applied in units of kg
VOM/l (lbs VOM/gal) of coating (minus water and any compounds that are
specifically exempted from the definition of VOM);
|
|
|
|
Di
|
=
|
The density of VOM in each coating applied. For the
purposes of calculating Ai, the density is 0.882 kg VOM/l VOM
(7.36 lbs VOM/gal VOM);
|
|
|
|
Vi
|
=
|
Volume of each coating applied for the day in units of l
(gal) of coating (minus water and any compounds that are specifically
exempted from the definition of VOM); and
|
|
|
|
Li
|
=
|
The VOM emission limitation for each coating applied, as
specified in Section 219.204 of this Subpart, in units of kg VOM/l (lbs
VOM/gal) of coating (minus water and any compounds that are specifically
exempted from the definition of VOM).
|
B) The
portion of the alternative daily emission limitation for coating operations at
a source using powdered coating (Ap) shall be determined for all
such participating powder coating lines at the source on a daily basis as
follows:

where:
|
Ap
|
=
|
The VOM emissions allowed for the day in units of kg/day
(lbs/day);
|
|
|
|
h
|
=
|
Subscript denoting a specific powder coating line;
|
|
|
|
j
|
=
|
Subscript denoting a specific powder coating applied;
|
|
|
|
m
|
=
|
Total number of participating powder coating lines;
|
|
|
|
n
|
=
|
Total number of powder coatings applied in the
participating coating lines;
|
|
|
|
Dj
|
=
|
The assumed density of VOM in liquid coating, 0.882 kg
VOM/l VOM (7.36 lbs VOM/gal VOM);
|
|
|
|
Vj
|
=
|
Volume of each powder coating consumed for the day in
units of l (gal) of coating;
|
|
|
|
Lj
|
=
|
The VOM emission limitation for each coating applied, as
specified in Section 219.204 of this Subpart, in units of kg VOM/l (lbs
VOM/gal) of coating (minus water and any compounds that are specifically
exempted from the definition of VOM); and
|
|
|
|
|
|
K
|
=
|
A constant for each individual coating line representing
the ratio of the volume of coating solids consumed on the liquid coating
system that has been replaced to the volume of powder coating consumed on the
replacement line to accomplish the same coating job. This value shall be
determined by the source based on tests conducted and records maintained
pursuant to the requirements of Section 219.213 of this Subpart demonstrating
the amount of coating solids consumed as both liquid and powder. Tests
methods and recordkeeping requirements shall be approved by the Agency and
USEPA and contained in the source's operating permit as federally enforceable
permit conditions, subject to the following restrictions:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
i)
|
K cannot exceed 0.9 for non-recycled powder coating
systems; or
|
|
|
|
|
ii)
|
K cannot exceed 2.0 for recycled powder coating systems.
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Source: Amended at 34 Ill.
Reg. 14326, effective September 14, 2010)
 | TITLE 35: ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
SUBTITLE B: AIR POLLUTION CHAPTER I: POLLUTION CONTROL BOARD SUBCHAPTER c: EMISSIONS STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS FOR STATIONARY SOURCES
PART 219
ORGANIC MATERIAL EMISSION STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS
FOR THE METRO EAST AREA
SECTION 219.213 RECORDKEEPING AND REPORTING FOR CROSS-LINE AVERAGING PARTICIPATING COATING LINES
Section 219.213
Recordkeeping and Reporting for Cross-Line Averaging Participating Coating
Lines
Any owner or operator of a
coating line that elects to comply by means of Section 219.212 of this Subpart
shall establish the following:
a) By the date consistent with Section 219.210(f) of this
Subpart, or upon initial start-up of a new coating line replacing a
pre-existing coating line, as defined in Section 219.212 of this Subpart, or
upon changing the method of compliance for a pre-existing coating line from the
requirements of Section 219.204 or Section 219.207 of this Subpart to the
requirements of Section 219.212 of this Subpart, the owner or operator of the
source shall certify to the Agency that each participating coating line, as
determined in Section 219.212 of this Subpart, will be in compliance with
Section 219.212 of this Subpart on and after a date consistent with Section
219.210(f) of this Subpart, or on and after the initial start-up date of such
participating coating lines. Such certification shall also include:
1) The name and identification number of each participating
coating line;
2) The name and identification number of each coating as applied
on each participating coating line;
3) The weight of VOM per volume of each coating and the volume of
each coating (minus water and any compounds which are specifically exempted
from the definition of VOM) as applied each day on each participating coating
line;
4) The instrument or method by which the owner or operator will
accurately measure or calculate the volume of each coating as applied each day
on each participating coating line;
5) The method by which the owner or operator will create and
maintain records each day as required in subsection (b) of this Section;
6) An example of the format in which the records required in
subsection (b) of this Section will be kept;
7) A statement that all coatings used on participating coating
lines have a VOM content less than or equal to the applicable VOM limitation
for such coating set forth within Appendix H of this Part, and that all lines
either;
A) Underwent a change in operations incorporating a lower VOM
coating on each applicable participating coating line after the date of January
1, 1991; or
B) Are not in compliance and continued compliance with the coating
limitations in Section 219.204 of this Subpart, compliance with which is
required on or after March 15, 1996;
8) The method by which the owner or operator has calculated K,
for the equation contained in Section 219.212(d)(2)(B) of this Subpart, if
applicable.
b) On and after a date consistent with Section 219.210(f) of this
Subpart, or on and after the initial start-up date, the owner or operator of a
source electing to comply with the requirements of this Subpart by means of
Section 219.212 of this Subpart shall collect and record the following
information on a daily basis for each participating coating line and maintain
the information at the source for a period of three years:
1) The name and identification number of each coating as applied
on each participating coating line;
2) The weight of VOM per volume and the volume of each coating
(minus water and any compounds which are specifically exempted from the
definition of VOM) as applied on each participating coating line on a daily
basis; and
3) The daily weighted average VOM content of all coatings as
applied on each coating line as defined at 35 Ill. Adm. Code 211.1230.
c) On and after a date consistent with Section 219.210(f) of this
Subpart, the owner or operator of participating coating lines shall:
1) Notify the Agency within 30 days following an occurrence of a
violation of Section 219.212 of this Subpart; and
2) Send to the Agency any record showing a violation of Section
219.212 of this Subpart within 30 days following the occurrence of a violation.
(Source: Added at 19 Ill. Reg. 6958, effective May 9, 1995)
 | TITLE 35: ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
SUBTITLE B: AIR POLLUTION CHAPTER I: POLLUTION CONTROL BOARD SUBCHAPTER c: EMISSIONS STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS FOR STATIONARY SOURCES
PART 219
ORGANIC MATERIAL EMISSION STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS
FOR THE METRO EAST AREA
SECTION 219.214 CHANGING COMPLIANCE METHODS
Section 219.214 Changing
Compliance Methods
a) At least 30 calendar days before changing the method of
compliance with this Subpart from Section 219.212 of this Subpart to Section
219.204 or Section 219.207 of this Subpart, the owner or operator of a source
relying on Section 219.212 to demonstrate compliance with this Subpart for one
or more pre-existing coating lines shall comply with all requirements of
Section 219.211 (c)(1) or (e)(1) of this Subpart, respectively.
b) Upon changing the method of compliance with this Subpart from
Section 219.212 to Section 219.204 or Section 219.207 of this Subpart, the
owner or operator of a source shall comply with the requirements of Section
219.211(c) or (e) of this Subpart, respectively.
c) The owner or operator shall certify that all remaining
participating coating lines, if any, comply and continue to comply with the
requirements of Section 219.212 of this Subpart.
(Source: Added at 19 Ill. Reg. 6958, effective May 9, 1995)
 | TITLE 35: ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
SUBTITLE B: AIR POLLUTION CHAPTER I: POLLUTION CONTROL BOARD SUBCHAPTER c: EMISSIONS STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS FOR STATIONARY SOURCES
PART 219
ORGANIC MATERIAL EMISSION STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS
FOR THE METRO EAST AREA
SECTION 219.215 WOOD FURNITURE COATING AVERAGING APPROACH
Section 219.215 Wood
Furniture Coating Averaging Approach
a) On and after March 15, 1998, any owner or operator of a source
subject to the limitations of Section 219.204(l) of this Subpart may elect to
comply with the requirements of this Section rather than complying with the
applicable emission limitations set forth in Sections 219.204(l)(2)(A) or (B)
of this Subpart. The source must continue to comply with the limitations set
forth in Sections 219.204(l)(3) and (4) of this Subpart. A source electing to
rely on this Section to demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this
Subpart shall operate pursuant to federally enforceable permit conditions
approved by the Agency and USEPA.
b) An owner or operator of a source subject to the limitations of
Section 219.204(l) of this Subpart and electing to rely on this Section to
demonstrate compliance with this Subpart must establish, by use of subsection
(b)(1) or (b)(2) of this Section, that, on a daily basis, actual emissions from
the affected source are less than or equal to ninety percent of the allowable
emissions, that is V[a] <¿ V[p]:
1)
Option I:
A) ; and
B) 
2)
Option II:
A) +
; and
B) 

where:
|
Va
|
=
|
Actual VOM emissions from the
source;
|
|
Vp
|
=
|
90% of the allowable VOM
emissions from the source;
|
|
n
|
=
|
Number of different wood
furniture coatings as applied each day on each coating line;
|
|
i
|
=
|
Subscript denoting an
individual coating;
|
|
TCi
|
=
|
kilograms of solids in topcoat
"i" used;
|
|
SEi
|
=
|
kilograms of solids in sealer
"i" used;
|
|
WCi
|
=
|
kilograms of solids in wash
coat "i" used;
|
|
PCi
|
=
|
kilograms of solids in
non-topcoat pigmented coat "i" used;
|
|
STi
|
=
|
liters of stain "i"
used;
|
|
ERTCi
|
=
|
VOM content of topcoat
"i" in kg VOM/kg solids, as applied;
|
|
ERSEi
|
=
|
VOM content of sealer
"i" in kg VOM/kg solids, as applied;
|
|
ERWCi
|
=
|
VOM content of washcoat
"i" in kg VOM/kg solids, as applied;
|
|
ERPCi
|
=
|
VOM content of non-topcoat
pigmented coat "i" in kg VOM/kg solids, as applied;
|
|
ERSTi
|
=
|
VOM content of stain
"i" in kg VOM/liter (kg/l), as applied;
|
c) Within the structure of the source's federally enforceable
permit conditions, an owner or operator of a source electing to rely on this
Section to demonstrate compliance with this Subpart shall provide to the
Agency:
1) The name and identification number of each participating
coating line;
2) The name and identification number of each coating as applied
on each participating coating line;
3) A summary of how averaging will be used to meet the emission
limitations;
4) Documentation that Va ≤ Vp, as calculated
in subsection (b)(1) or (2) of this Section;
5) A description of which types of coating materials will be
included in the source's averaging program, which may include stains,
basecoats, washcoats, sealers, and topcoats. Coating materials that are
applied using continuous coaters may be used in an averaging program only if
the source can determine the amount of coating used each day;
6) A description of methods and procedures for quantifying
emissions on a daily basis, including methods to determine the VOM content of
each coating and the daily usage of each coating; and
7) A summary of the monitoring, recordkeeping, and reporting
procedures that will be used to demonstrate daily compliance with the
inequalities in subsections (b)(1) and (2) of this Section. These procedures
shall be structured such that the Agency and the owner or operator of the
source can determine the source's compliance status for any given day.
d) On and after March 15, 1998, or on and after the initial
start-up date, the owner or operator of a source electing to rely on this
Section to comply with the requirements of this Subpart shall, for each coating
line relying on this Section, collect and record the following information on a
daily basis and maintain the information at the source for a period of three
years:
1) The name and identification number of each coating as applied
on the coating line;
2) The weight of VOM per weight of solids (kg VOM/kg solids) and
the weight of solids (kg) of each coating as applied on each coating line on a
daily basis;
3) Certified product data sheets for each finishing material; and
4) The calculations showing the source has met the conditions of
the inequalities in subsection (b)(1) or (2) of this Section.
e) On and after March 15, 1998, or on and after the initial
start-up date, the owner or operator of a source electing to rely on this
Section to comply with the requirements of this Subpart shall:
1) Notify the Agency within 30 calendar days following an
occurrence of a violation of this Section; and
2) Send to the Agency any record showing a violation of this
Section within 30 calendar days following the occurrence of a violation.
f) At least 30 calendar days before changing the method of
compliance with this Subpart from reliance on this Section to reliance on
Section 219.204(l)(2)(A) or (B) of this Subpart, the owner or operator of a
source relying on this Section to demonstrate compliance with this Subpart for
one or more wood furniture coating lines shall:
1) Comply with all requirements of Section 219.211(c)(1) of this
Subpart; and
2) Certify that all remaining coating lines relying on this
Section to comply with the requirements of this Subpart, if any, comply and
continue to comply with the requirements of this Section.
(Source: Added at 22 Ill. Reg. 3517, effective February 2, 1998)
 | TITLE 35: ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
SUBTITLE B: AIR POLLUTION CHAPTER I: POLLUTION CONTROL BOARD SUBCHAPTER c: EMISSIONS STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS FOR STATIONARY SOURCES
PART 219
ORGANIC MATERIAL EMISSION STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS
FOR THE METRO EAST AREA
SECTION 219.216 WOOD FURNITURE COATING ADD-ON CONTROL USE
Section 219.216 Wood
Furniture Coating Add-On Control Use
The owner or operator of a
source subject to the requirements of Section 219.204(l)(2) of this Subpart may
choose to comply with those limitations by relying on Section 219.204(l)(2)(D)
of this Subpart if the owner or operator of the source meets all of the
following requirements:
a) For each coating applied, determine the overall control
efficiency needed to demonstrate compliance using the following equation:

|
R
|
=
|
the
necessary overall capture and control efficiency of the control system, as a
percentage;
|
|
C
|
=
|
the VOM
content of the coating, in kilograms of VOM per kilograms of coating solids
(kg VOM/kg solids), as applied;
|
|
L
|
=
|
the
emission limitation for that coating, as given in Section 219.204(l)(2)(B) of
this Subpart.
|
b) Calculate the equivalent overall capture and control
efficiency of the control device using the procedures of subsections
219.105(c), (d), and (e) of this Part.
c) Demonstrate that the equivalent overall capture and control
efficiency calculated using the procedures in subsections 219.105(c), (d), and
(e) of this Part is equal to or greater than the largest value of R calculated
for each coating by the equation in subsection (a) of this Section.
d) Install, calibrate, operate, and maintain the applicable
monitoring equipment for the control device as specified in Section 219.105(d)
of this Part.
e) On and after March 15, 1998, or on and after the initial
start-up date, the owner or operator of a source electing to rely on this
Section to comply with the requirements of this Subpart shall, for each coating
line relying on this Section, collect and record the following information on a
daily basis and maintain the information at the source for a period of three
years:
1) The name and identification number of each coating as applied
on the coating line;
2) The weight of VOM per weight of solids (kg VOM/kg solids) of
each coating as applied on each coating line on a daily basis;
3) Certified product data sheets for each coating;
4) Control device monitoring data;
5) A log of operating time for the capture system, control
device, monitoring equipment and the associated coating line; and
6) A maintenance log for the capture system, control device and
monitoring equipment detailing all routine and non-routine maintenance
performed including dates and duration of any outages.
f) On and after March 15, 1998, or on and after the initial
start-up date, the owner or operator of a source electing to rely on this
Section to comply with the requirements of this Subpart shall:
1) Notify the Agency within 30 calendar days following an
occurrence of a violation of this Section; and
2) Send to the Agency any record showing a violation of this
Section within 30 calendar days following the occurrence of a violation.
g) At least 30 calendar days before changing the method of
compliance with this Subpart from reliance on this Section to reliance on
Section 219.204(l)(2)(A) or (B) of this Subpart, the owner or operator of a
source relying on this Section to demonstrate compliance with this Subpart for
one or more wood furniture coating lines shall:
1) Comply with all requirements of Section 219.211(c)(1) of this
Subpart; and
2) Certify that all remaining coating lines relying on this
Section to comply with the requirements of this Subpart, if any, comply and
continue to comply with the requirements of this Section.
(Source: Added at 22 Ill. Reg. 3517, effective February 2, 1998)
 | TITLE 35: ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
SUBTITLE B: AIR POLLUTION CHAPTER I: POLLUTION CONTROL BOARD SUBCHAPTER c: EMISSIONS STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS FOR STATIONARY SOURCES
PART 219
ORGANIC MATERIAL EMISSION STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS
FOR THE METRO EAST AREA
SECTION 219.217 WOOD FURNITURE COATING AND FLAT WOOD PANELING COATING WORK PRACTICE STANDARDS
Section 219.217 Wood
Furniture Coating and Flat Wood Paneling Coating Work Practice Standards
a) Spray booth cleaning. Each owner or operator of a source
subject to the limitations of Section 219.204(l) of this Subpart shall not use
compounds containing more than 8.0 percent, by weight, of VOM for cleaning
spray booth components other than conveyors, continuous coaters and their
enclosures, and metal filters, unless the spray booth is being refurbished. If
the spray booth is being refurbished, that is, the spray booth coating or other
material used to cover the booth is being replaced, the affected source shall
use no more than 1.0 gallon of organic solvent to prepare the booth prior to
applying the booth coating.
b) Application
equipment requirements. No owner or operator of a source subject to the
limitations of Section 219.204(l) of this Subpart shall use conventional air
spray guns to apply coating materials to wood furniture except under the
circumstances specified in subsections (b)(1) through (4) of this Section:
1) To
apply coating materials that have a VOM content no greater than 1.0 kg VOM/kg
solids (1.0 lb VOM/lb solids), as applied;
2) For repair coating
under the following circumstances:
A) The
coating materials are applied after the completion of the coating operation; or
B) The
coating materials are applied after the stain and before any other type of
coating material is applied, and the coating materials are applied from a
container that has a volume of no more than 2.0 gallons;
3) If
the spray gun is aimed and triggered automatically, rather than manually; or
4) If emissions
from the finishing application station are directed to a control device
pursuant to Section 219.216 of this Subpart.
c) Cleaning
and storage requirements. Each owner or operator of a source subject to the
limitations of Section 219.204(l) or (o) of this Subpart shall:
1) Keep, store, and dispose of all coating, cleaning, and washoff
materials in closed containers;
2) Pump or drain all organic solvent used for line cleaning into
closed containers;
3) Collect all organic solvent used to clean spray guns in closed
containers; and
4) Control emissions from washoff operations by using closed
tanks.
d) Additional
cleaning and storage requirements for flat wood paneling coating lines. Every
owner or operator of a source subject to the limitations of Section 219.204(o)
of this Subpart shall:
1) Minimize
spills of VOM-containing coatings, thinners, and cleaning materials and clean
up spills immediately;
2) Minimize
emissions of VOM during the cleaning of storage, mixing, and conveying equipment;
and
3) Keep
mixing vessels that contain VOM-containing coatings and other VOM-containing
materials closed except when specifically in use.
(Source: Amended at 35 Ill.
Reg. 13676, effective July 27, 2011)
 | TITLE 35: ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
SUBTITLE B: AIR POLLUTION CHAPTER I: POLLUTION CONTROL BOARD SUBCHAPTER c: EMISSIONS STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS FOR STATIONARY SOURCES
PART 219
ORGANIC MATERIAL EMISSION STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS
FOR THE METRO EAST AREA
SECTION 219.218 WORK PRACTICE STANDARDS FOR PAPER COATINGS, METAL FURNITURE COATINGS, AND LARGE APPLIANCE COATINGS
Section 219.218 Work Practice Standards for Paper
Coatings, Metal Furniture Coatings, and Large Appliance Coatings
a) On
and after May 1, 2011, every owner or operator of a source subject to the
requirements of Section 219.204(c) of this Subpart shall:
1) Store
all VOM-containing cleaning materials in closed containers;
2) Ensure
that mixing and storage containers used for VOM-containing materials are kept
closed at all times except when depositing or removing those materials;
3) Minimize
spills of VOM-containing cleaning materials;
4) Convey
VOM-containing cleaning materials from one location to another in closed
containers or pipes; and
5) Minimize
VOM emissions from the cleaning of storage, mixing, and conveying equipment.
b) On
and after May 1, 2011, every owner or operator of a source subject to the
requirements of Section 219.204(g) or 219.204(h) of this Subpart shall:
1) Store
all VOM-containing coatings, thinners, coating-related waste materials,
cleaning materials, and used shop towels in closed containers;
2) Ensure
that mixing and storage containers used for VOM-containing coatings, thinners,
coating-related waste materials, and cleaning materials are kept closed at all
times except when depositing or removing those materials;
3) Minimize
spills of VOM-containing coatings, thinners, coating-related waste materials,
and cleaning materials, and clean up spills immediately;
4) Convey
VOM-containing coatings, thinners, coating-related waste materials, and
cleaning materials from one location to another in closed containers or pipes;
5) Minimize
VOM emissions from the cleaning of storage, mixing, and conveying equipment;
and
6) Apply
all coatings using one or more of the following application methods:
A) Electrostatic spray;
B) High volume low
pressure (HVLP) spray;
C) Flow
coating. For the purposes of this subsection (b), flow coating means a
non-atomized technique of applying coating to a substrate with a fluid nozzle
with no air supplied to the nozzle;
D) Roll
coating;
E) Dip
coating, including electrodeposition. For purposes of this subsection (b),
electrodeposition means a water-borne dip coating process in which opposite
electrical charges are applied to the substrate and the coating. The coating
is attracted to the substrate due to the electrochemical potential difference
that is created;
F) Brush
coating, if subject to the requirements of Section 219.204(h); or
G) Another
coating application method capable of achieving a transfer efficiency equal to
or better than that achieved by HVLP spraying, if such method is approved in
writing by the Agency.
(Source: Added at 34 Ill. Reg. 5392,
effective March 23, 2010)
 | TITLE 35: ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
SUBTITLE B: AIR POLLUTION CHAPTER I: POLLUTION CONTROL BOARD SUBCHAPTER c: EMISSIONS STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS FOR STATIONARY SOURCES
PART 219
ORGANIC MATERIAL EMISSION STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS
FOR THE METRO EAST AREA
SECTION 219.219 WORK PRACTICE STANDARDS FOR AEROSPACE FACILITIES, AUTOMOBILE AND LIGHT-DUTY TRUCK ASSEMBLY COATINGS, AND MISCELLANEOUS METAL AND PLASTIC PARTS COATINGS
Section 219.219 Work Practice Standards for Aerospace
Facilities, Automobile and Light-Duty Truck Assembly Coatings, and
Miscellaneous Metal and Plastic Parts Coatings
a) Every
owner or operator of a coating line subject to the requirements of Section
219.204(a)(2) must:
1) Store
all VOM-containing coatings, thinners, coating-related waste materials,
cleaning materials, and used shop towels in closed containers;
2) Ensure
that mixing and storage containers used for VOM-containing coatings, thinners,
and coating-related waste materials are kept closed at all times except when
depositing or removing those materials;
3) Minimize
spills of VOM-containing coatings, thinners, and coating-related
waste materials;
4) Convey
VOM-containing coatings, thinners, and coating-related waste
materials from
one location to another in closed containers or pipes;
5) Minimize
VOM emissions from cleaning of storage, mixing, and conveying equipment;
6) Develop
and implement a work practice plan to minimize VOM emissions from cleaning and
from purging of equipment associated with coating lines subject to the
limitations in Section 219.204(a)(2). The plan must specify practices and
procedures that the source will follow to ensure that VOM emissions from the
operations listed in this subsection (a)(6) are minimized. If the owner or
operator of the subject coating line has already implemented a work practice
plan for the coating line under Subpart IIII of 40 CFR 63, incorporated by
reference in Section 219.112, the owner or operator may revise the plan as
necessary to comply with this Section.
A) Vehicle
body wiping;
B) Coating
line purging;
C) Flushing
of coating systems;
D) Cleaning
of spray booth grates, walls, and equipment; and
F) Cleaning
of external spray booth areas.
b) Except
as provided in subsection (c), every owner or operator of a coating line
described in Section 219.204(q) must:
1) Store
all VOM-containing coatings, thinners, coating-related waste materials,
cleaning materials, and used shop towels in closed containers;
2) Ensure
that mixing and storage containers used for VOM-containing coatings, thinners,
coating-related waste materials, and cleaning materials are kept closed at all
times except when depositing or removing these materials;
3) Minimize
spills of VOM-containing coatings, thinners, coating-related
waste materials,
and cleaning materials;
4) Convey
VOM-containing coatings, thinners, coating-related waste materials, and
cleaning materials from one location to another in closed containers or pipes;
5) Minimize
VOC emissions from cleaning of application, storage, mixing, and conveying
equipment by ensuring that equipment cleaning is performed without atomizing
the cleaning solvent and all spent solvent is captured in closed containers;
and
6) Apply
all coatings using one or more of the following application methods:
A) Electrostatic
spray;
B) High
volume low pressure (HVLP) spray;
C) Flow
coating. For the purposes of this subsection (b)(6)(C), flow coating means a
non-atomized technique of applying coating to a substrate with a fluid nozzle
with no air supplied to the nozzle;
D) Roll
coating;
E) Dip
coating, including electrodeposition. For purposes of this subsection (b)(6)(E),
electrodeposition means a water-borne dip coating process in which opposite
electrical charges are applied to the substrate and the coating. The coating
is attracted to the substrate due to the electrochemical potential difference
that is created;
F) Airless
spray;
G) Air-assisted
airless spray; or
H) Another
coating application method capable of achieving a transfer
efficiency equal to or better than
that achieved by HVLP spraying, if the method is approved in writing by the
Agency.
c) Notwithstanding
subsection (b), the application method limitations in subsection (b)(6) do not
apply to the following:
1) Coating
lines complying with Section 219.207(m)(1);
2) For
metal parts and products coating operations: touch-up coatings, repair
coatings, textured finishes, stencil coatings, safety-indicating coatings,
solid-film lubricants, electric-insulating and thermal-conducting coatings,
magnetic data storage disk coatings, and plastic extruded onto metal parts to
form a coating;
3) For
pleasure craft surface coating operations: extreme high gloss coatings;
4) For
plastic parts and products coating operations: airbrush operations using 18.9
liters (5 gallons) or less of coating per year.
5) For
ammunition sealant operations: cap sealants and mouth waterproofing sealants.
d) Subsections
(e) and (g) do not apply to the following activities in which cleaning of
aerospace components and vehicles may take place: research and development,
quality control, laboratory testing, and cleaning of electronic parts and
assemblies (except for cleaning of completed assemblies). Subsections (e) and
(g) also do not apply to aerospace facility operations involving space vehicles
or rework operations performed on antique aerospace vehicles or components.
Subsections (e) and (g) also do not apply to aqueous cleaning solvents.
e) Except
as provided in subsections (d) and (f), every owner or operator of an aerospace
facility must:
1) Ensure
that all fresh and used cleaning solvents, except semi-aqueous cleaning
solvents, used in solvent cleaning operations are stored in containers that
must be kept closed at all times except when filling or emptying;
2) Ensure
that mixing and storage containers used for VOM-containing coatings, thinners,
coating-related waste materials, and cleaning materials are kept closed at all
times except when depositing or removing these materials;
3) Ensure
that cloth and paper, or other absorbent applicators, moistened with cleaning
solvents are stored in closed containers (cotton-tipped swabs used for very
small cleaning operations are exempt);
4) Minimize
spills of VOM-containing coatings, thinners, coating-related waste materials,
and cleaning materials;
5) Convey
VOM-containing coatings, thinners, coating-related waste materials, and
cleaning materials from one location to another in closed containers or pipes;
6) Minimize
VOM emissions from cleaning of application, storage, mixing, and conveying equipment
by ensuring that equipment cleaning is performed without atomizing the cleaning
solvent and all spent solvent is captured in closed containers; and
7) Apply
all coatings using one or more of the following application methods:
A) Electrostatic
spray;
B) High
volume low pressure (HVLP) spray;
C) Flow
coating. For the purposes of this subsection (e)(7)(C), flow coating means a
non-atomized technique of applying coating to a substrate with a fluid nozzle
with no air supplied to the nozzle;
D) Roll
coating;
E) Dip
coating, including electrodeposition. For purposes of this subsection
(e)(7)(E), electrodeposition means a water-borne dip coating process in which
opposite electrical charges are applied to the substrate and the coating. The
coating is attracted to the substrate due to the electrochemical potential
difference that is created;
F) Brush
coating;
G) Cotton-tipped
swab application; or
H) Another
coating application method capable of achieving a transfer efficiency equal to
or better than that achieved by HVLP spraying, if the method is approved in
writing by the Agency.
f) The
application method limitations in subsection (e)(7) do not apply to the
following:
1) Any
situation that normally requires the use of an airbrush or an extension on the
spray gun to properly reach limited access spaces;
2) The
application of aerospace specialty coatings;
3) The
application of coatings that contain fillers that adversely affect atomization
with HVLP spray guns and that the Agency has determined cannot be applied by
any of the application methods specified in subsection (e)(7);
4) The
application of coatings that normally have a dried film thickness of less than
0.0013 centimeter (0.0005 inch) and that the Agency has determined cannot be
applied by any of the application methods specified in subsection (e)(7);
5) The
use of airbrush application methods for stenciling, lettering, and other
identification markings;
6) The
use of hand-held spray can application methods; and
7) Application
of touch-up and repair coatings.
g) Cleaning
Operations at Aerospace Facilities
1) Hand-wipe
Cleaning at Aerospace Facilities. Hand-wipe cleaning (excluding cleaning of
spray gun equipment performed in accordance with subsection (g)(3)) must use
cleaning solvents that meet the definition of aqueous cleaning solvent or have
a composite vapor pressure of 45 mmHg (24.1 in. H2O) or less at 20 °C
(68 °F).
2) The
following cleaning operations are exempt from the requirements of subsection
(g)(1):
A) Cleaning
during the manufacture, assembly, installation, maintenance, or testing of
components of breathing oxygen systems that are exposed to the breathing
oxygen;
B) Cleaning
during the manufacture, assembly, installation, maintenance, or testing of
parts, subassemblies, or assemblies that are exposed to strong oxidizers or
reducers (e.g., nitrogen tetroxide, liquid oxygen, hydrazine);
C) Cleaning
and surface activation prior to adhesive bonding;
D) Cleaning
of electronic parts and assemblies containing electronic parts;
E) Cleaning
of aircraft fluid systems and ground support equipment fluid systems that are
exposed to the fluid, including air-to-air heat exchangers and hydraulic fluid
systems;
F) Cleaning
of fuel cells, fuel tanks, and confined spaces;
G) Surface
cleaning of solar cells, coated optics, and thermal control surfaces;
H) Cleaning
during fabrication, assembly, installation, and maintenance of upholstery,
curtains, carpet, and other textile materials used on the interior of the
aircraft;
I) Cleaning
of metallic and nonmetallic materials used in honeycomb cores during the
manufacture or maintenance of these cores, and cleaning of the completed cores
used in the manufacture of aerospace vehicles or components;
J) Cleaning
of aircraft transparencies, polycarbonate, or glass substrates;
K) Cleaning
and solvent usage associated with research and development, quality control, or
laboratory testing;
L) Cleaning
operations, using nonflammable liquids, conducted within 5 feet of energized
electrical systems. Energized electrical systems means any AC or DC electrical
circuit on an assembled aircraft once electrical power is connected, including
interior passenger and cargo areas, wheel wells and tail sections; and
M) Cleaning
operations identified as essential uses under the Montreal Protocol for which
the USEPA Administrator has allocated essential use allowances or exemptions in
40 CFR 82.4.
3) Spray
Gun Cleaning at Aerospace Facilities. Spray gun cleaning, in which spray guns
are used for the application of coatings or any other materials that require
the spray guns to be cleaned, must be cleaned by one or more of the following
methods:
A) Enclosed
System
i) Clean
the spray gun in an enclosed system that is closed at all times except when
inserting or removing the spray gun. Cleaning must consist of forcing solvent
through the gun.
ii) Each
owner or operator using an enclosed spray gun cleaner must visually inspect the
seals and all other potential sources of leaks at least once per month. Each
inspection must occur while the spray gun cleaner is in operation. If leaks
are found in the enclosed system, the enclosed cleaner must be shut down until
the leak is repaired or its use is permanently discontinued.
B) Nonatomized
cleaning. Clean the spray gun by placing cleaning solvent in the pressure pot
and forcing it through the gun with the atomizing cap in place. Atomizing air
must not be used. Direct the cleaning solvent from the spray gun into a vat,
drum, or other waste container that is closed when not in use.
C) Disassembled
spray gun cleaning. Disassemble the spray gun and clean the components by hand
in a vat, which must remain closed at all times except when in use.
Alternatively, soak the components in a vat, which must remain closed during
the soaking period and when not inserting or removing components.
D) Atomizing
cleaning. Clean the spray gun by forcing the cleaning solvent through the gun
and direct the resulting atomized spray into a waste container that is fitted
with a device designed to capture the atomized cleaning solvent emissions.
4) Flush
Cleaning at Aerospace Facilities. For cleaning solvents used in flush cleaning
of parts, assemblies, and coating line components, the used cleaning solvent
(except for semiaqueous cleaning solvents) must be emptied into an enclosed
container or collection system that is kept closed when not in use or captured
with wipers, provided they comply with the housekeeping requirements of subsections
(e)(1) through (3). Aqueous cleaning solvents are exempt from these
requirements.
(Source: Amended at 45 Ill.
Reg. 3553, effective March 4, 2021)
SUBPART G: USE OF ORGANIC MATERIAL
 | TITLE 35: ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
SUBTITLE B: AIR POLLUTION CHAPTER I: POLLUTION CONTROL BOARD SUBCHAPTER c: EMISSIONS STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS FOR STATIONARY SOURCES
PART 219
ORGANIC MATERIAL EMISSION STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS
FOR THE METRO EAST AREA
SECTION 219.301 USE OF ORGANIC MATERIAL
Section 219.301 Use of
Organic Material
No person shall cause or allow
the discharge of more than 3.6 kg/hr (lbs/hr) of organic material into the
atmosphere from any emission unit, except as provided in Section 219.302,
219.303, 219.304 of this Part and the following exception: If no odor nuisance
exists the limitation of this Subpart shall apply only to photochemically
reactive material.
(Source: Amended at 17 Ill. Reg. 16918, effective September 27, 1993)
 | TITLE 35: ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
SUBTITLE B: AIR POLLUTION CHAPTER I: POLLUTION CONTROL BOARD SUBCHAPTER c: EMISSIONS STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS FOR STATIONARY SOURCES
PART 219
ORGANIC MATERIAL EMISSION STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS
FOR THE METRO EAST AREA
SECTION 219.302 ALTERNATIVE STANDARD
Section 219.302 Alternative
Standard
Emissions of organic material in
excess of those permitted by Section 219.301 of this Part are allowable if such
emissions are controlled by one of the following methods:
a) Flame, thermal or catalytic incineration so as either to
reduce such emissions to 10 ppm equivalent methane (molecular weight 16) or
less, or to convert 85 percent of the hydrocarbons to carbon dioxide and water;
or
b) A vapor recovery system which adsorbs and/or condenses at
least 85 percent of the total uncontrolled organic material that would
otherwise be emitted to the atmosphere; or
c) Any other air pollution control equipment approved by the
Agency and approved by the USEPA as a SIP revision capable of reducing by 85
percent or more the uncontrolled organic material that would be otherwise
emitted to the atmosphere.
(Source: Amended at 17 Ill. Reg. 16918, effective September 27, 1993)
 | TITLE 35: ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
SUBTITLE B: AIR POLLUTION CHAPTER I: POLLUTION CONTROL BOARD SUBCHAPTER c: EMISSIONS STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS FOR STATIONARY SOURCES
PART 219
ORGANIC MATERIAL EMISSION STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS
FOR THE METRO EAST AREA
SECTION 219.303 FUEL COMBUSTION EMISSION UNITS
Section 219.303 Fuel
Combustion Emission Units
The provisions of Sections
219.301 and 219.302 of this Part shall not apply to fuel combustion emission
units.
(Source: Amended at 17 Ill. Reg. 16918, effective September 27, 1993)
 | TITLE 35: ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
SUBTITLE B: AIR POLLUTION CHAPTER I: POLLUTION CONTROL BOARD SUBCHAPTER c: EMISSIONS STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS FOR STATIONARY SOURCES
PART 219
ORGANIC MATERIAL EMISSION STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS
FOR THE METRO EAST AREA
SECTION 219.304 OPERATIONS WITH COMPLIANCE PROGRAM
Section 219.304 Operations
with Compliance Program
The provisions of Sections
219.301 and 219.302 of this Part shall not apply to any owner, operator, user
or manufacturer of paint, varnish, lacquer, coatings or printing ink whose
compliance program and project completion schedule, as required by 35 Ill. Adm.
Code 201, provided for the reduction of organic material used in such process
to 20 percent or less of total volume by May 30, 1977.
(Source: Amended at 17 Ill. Reg. 16918, effective September 27, 1993)
SUBPART H: PRINTING AND PUBLISHING
 | TITLE 35: ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
SUBTITLE B: AIR POLLUTION CHAPTER I: POLLUTION CONTROL BOARD SUBCHAPTER c: EMISSIONS STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS FOR STATIONARY SOURCES
PART 219
ORGANIC MATERIAL EMISSION STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS
FOR THE METRO EAST AREA
SECTION 219.401 FLEXOGRAPHIC AND ROTOGRAVURE PRINTING
Section 219.401 Flexographic
and Rotogravure Printing
a) No owner or operator of a subject flexographic or rotogravure
printing line shall apply at any time any coating or ink unless the VOM content
does not exceed the limitation specified in either subsection (a)(1) or (a)(2),
as applicable. Compliance with this Section must be demonstrated through the
applicable coating or ink analysis test methods and procedures specified in
Section 219.105(a) and the recordkeeping and reporting requirements specified
in Section 219.404(c) of this Part. As an alternative to compliance with this
subsection, a subject printing line may meet the requirements of subsection (b)
or (c).
1) Prior to August 1, 2010, either:
A) Forty percent VOM by volume of the coating and ink (minus water
and any compounds which are specifically exempted from the definition of VOM);
or
B) Twenty-five percent VOM by volume of the volatile content in
the coating and ink; and
2) On and
after August 1, 2010:
A) For
owners or operators of flexographic or rotogravure printing lines that do not print
flexible packaging, either:
i) Forty
percent VOM by volume of the coating and ink (minus water and any compounds that
are specifically exempted from the definition of VOM); or
ii) Twenty-five
percent VOM by volume of the volatile content in the coating and ink;
B) For
owners or operators of flexographic or rotogravure printing lines that print
flexible packaging, or that print flexible packaging and non-flexible packaging
on the same line, either:
i) 0.8 kg VOM/kg (0.8 lbs
VOM/lb) solids applied; or
ii) 0.16
kg VOM/kg (0.16 lbs VOM/lb) inks and coatings applied.
b) Weighted Averaging Alternative
1) Prior to August 1, 2010, no owner or operator of a subject
flexographic or rotogravure printing line shall apply coatings or inks on the
subject printing line unless the weighted average, by volume. VOM content of
all coatings and inks as applied each day on the subject printing line does not
exceed the limitation specified in either subsection (a)(1)(A) (as determined
by subsection (b)(1)(A)) or subsection (a)(1)(B) (as determined by subsection
(b)(1)(B) of this Section). Compliance with this subsection must be
demonstrated through the applicable coating or ink analysis test methods and
procedures specified in Section 219.105(a) of this Part and the recordkeeping
and reporting requirements specified in Section 219.404(d) of this Part.
A) The following equation shall be used to determine if the
weighted average VOM content of all coatings and inks as applied each day on
the subject printing line exceeds the limitation specified in subsection (a)(1)(A)
of this Section.

where:
|
VOM(i)(A)
|
=
|
The weighted
average VOM content in units of percent VOM by volume of all coatings and
inks (minus water and any compounds that are specifically exempted from the
definition of VOM) used each day;
|
|
|
|
|
|
i
|
=
|
Subscript
denoting a specific coating or ink as applied;
|
|
|
|
|
|
n
|
=
|
The number of
different coatings and/or inks as applied each day on a printing line;
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ci
|
=
|
The VOM
content in units of percent VOM by volume of each coating or ink as applied
(minus water and any compounds that are specifically exempted from the
definition of VOM);
|
|
|
|
|
|
Li
|
=
|
The liquid
volume of each coating or ink as applied in units of l (gal);
|
|
|
|
|
|
Vsi
|
=
|
The volume
fraction of solids in each coating or ink as applied;
|
|
|
|
|
|
VVOMi
|
=
|
The volume
fraction of VOM in each coating or ink as applied.
|
B) The following equation shall be used to determine if the
weighted average VOM content of all coatings and inks as applied each day on
the subject printing line exceeds the limitation specified in subsection (a)(1)(B)
of this Section.

where:
|
VOM(i)(B)
|
=
|
The
weighted average VOM content in units of percent VOM by volume of the
volatile content of all coatings and inks used each day;
|
|
|
|
|
|
i
|
=
|
Subscript
denoting a specific coating or ink as applied;
|
|
|
|
|
|
n
|
=
|
The number
of different coatings and/or inks as applied each day on a printing line;
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ci
|
=
|
The VOM content
in units of percent VOM by volume of the volatile matter in each coating or
ink as applied;
|
|
|
|
|
|
Li
|
=
|
The liquid
volume of each coating or ink as applied in units of l (gal);
|
|
|
|
|
|
VVMi
|
=
|
The volume
fraction of volatile matter in each coating or ink as applied.
|
2) On
and after August 1, 2010, no owner or operator of a subject flexographic or
rotogravure printing line that does not print flexible packaging shall apply
coatings or inks on the subject printing line unless the weighted average, by
weight, VOM content of all coatings and inks as applied each day on the subject
printing line does not exceed the limitation specified in either subsection
(a)(2)(A)(i) (calculated in accordance with the equation in subsection
(b)(1)(A)) or (a)(2)(A)(ii) (calculated in accordance with the equation in
subsection (b)(1)(B)) of this Section. Compliance with this subsection (b)(2) shall
be demonstrated through the applicable coating or ink analysis test methods and
procedures specified in Section 219.105(a) of this Part and the recordkeeping
and reporting requirements specified in Section 219.404(d) of this Subpart.
3) On
and after August 1, 2010, no owner or operator of a subject flexographic or
rotogravure printing line that prints flexible packaging, or that prints
flexible packaging and non-flexible packaging on the same line, shall apply
coatings or inks on the subject printing line unless the weighted average, by
weight, VOM content of all coatings and inks as applied each day on the subject
printing line does not exceed the limitation specified in either subsection
(a)(2)(B)(i) (calculated in accordance with the equation in subsection
(b)(3)(A)) or subsection (a)(2)(B)(ii) (calculated in accordance with the
equation in subsection (b)(3)(B)) of this Section. Compliance with this
subsection (b)(3) shall be demonstrated through the applicable coating or ink
analysis test methods and procedures specified in Section 219.105(a) of this
Part and the recordkeeping and reporting requirements specified in Section
219.404(d) of this Subpart.
A) The
following equation shall be used to determine if the weighted average VOM
content of all coatings and inks as applied each day on the subject printing
line exceeds the limitation specified in subsection (a)(2)(B)(i) of this
Section.

where:
|
VOM(A)
|
=
|
The weighted
average VOM content in units of kg VOM per kg (lbs VOM per lb) solids of all
coatings and inks used each day;
|
|
|
|
|
|
i
|
=
|
Subscript
denoting a specific coating or ink as applied;
|
|
|
|
|
|
n
|
=
|
The number
of different coatings and/or inks as applied each day on a printing line;
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ci
|
=
|
The VOM
content in units of kg VOM per kg (lbs VOM per lb) solids of each coating or
ink as applied;
|
|
|
|
|
|
Wi
|
=
|
Weight of
solids in each coating or ink, as applied, in units of kg (lb).
|
B) The
following equation shall be used to determine if the weighted average VOM
content of all coatings and inks as applied each day on the subject printing
line exceeds the limitation specified in subsection (a)(2)(B)(ii) of this
Section.

where:
|
VOM(B)
|
=
|
The weighted
average VOM content in units of kg (lbs) VOM per weight in kg (lbs) of all
coatings or inks as applied each day;
|
|
|
|
|
|
i
|
=
|
Subscript
denoting a specific coating or ink as applied;
|
|
|
|
|
|
n
|
=
|
The number of
different coatings and/or inks as applied each day on each printing line;
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ci
|
=
|
The VOM
content in units of kg (lbs) VOM per weight in kg (lbs) of each coating or
ink as applied;
|
|
|
|
|
|
Li
|
=
|
The weight of
each coating or ink, as applied, in units of kg (lb).
|
c) Capture System and Control Device Requirements
1) Prior to August 1, 2010, no owner or operator of a subject
flexographic or rotogravure printing line equipped with a capture system and
control device shall operate the subject printing line unless the owner or
operator meets the requirements in subsection (c)(1)(A)(i), (c)(1)(A)(ii), or
(c)(1)(A)(iii), as well as subsections (c)(1)(B), (c)(5), and (c)(6).
A) One of:
i) A carbon adsorption system is used that reduces the captured
VOM emissions by at least 90 percent by weight; or
ii) An incineration system is used that reduces the captured VOM
emissions by at least 90 percent by weight; or
iii) An alternative VOM emission reduction system is used that is
demonstrated to have at least a 90 percent control device efficiency, approved
by the Agency and approved by USEPA as a SIP revision; and
B) The printing line is equipped with a capture system and control
device that provides an overall reduction in VOM emissions of at least:
i) 75 percent where a publication rotogravure printing line is
employed; or
ii) 65 percent where a packaging rotogravure printing line is
employed; or
iii) 60 percent where a flexographic printing line is employed;
2) On
and after August 1, 2010, no owner or operator of a flexographic or rotogravure
printing line that does not print flexible packaging and that is equipped with
a capture system and control device shall operate the subject printing line
unless the owner or operator meets the requirements in subsection (c)(1)(A)(i),
(c)(1)(A)(ii), or (c)(1)(A)(iii), as well as subsections (c)(1)(B), (c)(5), and
(c)(6) of this Section;
3) On
and after August 1, 2010, no owner or operator of a flexographic or rotogravure
printing line that prints flexible packaging and that is equipped with a capture
system and control device shall operate the subject printing line unless the
owner or operator meets the requirements in subsections (c)(5) and (c)(6) of
this Section and the capture system and control device provides an overall
reduction in VOM emissions of at least:
A) 65
percent in cases in which a subject printing line was first constructed at the
subject source prior to March 14, 1995 and utilizes a control device that was
first constructed at the subject source prior to January 1, 2010; or
B) 70
percent when a subject printing line was first constructed at the subject
source prior to March 14, 1995 and utilizes a control device that was first
constructed at the subject source on or after January 1, 2010; or
C) 75
percent when a subject printing line was first constructed at the subject
source on or after March 14, 1995 and utilizes a control device that was first
constructed at the subject source prior to January 1, 2010; or
D) 80
percent when a subject printing line was first constructed at the subject
source on or after March 14, 1995 and utilizes a control device that was first
constructed at the subject source on or after January 1, 2010;
4) On
and after August 1, 2010, the owner or operator of a flexographic or
rotogravure printing line that prints flexible packaging and non-flexible
packaging on the same line and that is equipped with a control device shall be
subject to the requirements of either subsection (c)(1)(B) or (c)(3) of this
Section, whichever is more stringent, as well as subsections (c)(5) and (c)(6)
of this Section;
5) The control device is equipped with the applicable monitoring
equipment specified in Section 219.105(d)(2) of this Part and, except as
provided in Section 219.105(d)(3) of this Part, the monitoring equipment is
installed, calibrated, operated and maintained according to vendor
specifications at all times the control device is in use; and
6) The
capture system and control device are operated at all times when the subject
printing line is in operation. The owner or operator shall demonstrate
compliance with this subsection by using the applicable capture system and
control device test methods and procedures specified in Section 219.105(c) of
this Part through Section 219.105(f) of this Part and by complying with the
recordkeeping and reporting requirements specified in Section 219.404(e) of
this Part. The owner or operator of a printing line subject to the
requirements in subsection (c)(1)(B) or (c)(2) of this Section that performed
all testing necessary to demonstrate compliance with subsection (c)(1)(B) prior
to August 1, 2010, is not required to retest pursuant to this subsection
(c)(6). The owner or operator of a printing line subject to the requirements
in subsection (c)(3) shall perform testing in compliance with this subsection
(c)(6), even if the owner or operator already performed such testing prior to August
1, 2010, unless the following conditions are met. Nothing in this subsection
(c)(6), however, shall limit the Agency's ability to require that the owner or
operator perform testing pursuant to 35 Ill. Adm. Code 201.282:
A) On or
after May 1, 2000, the owner or operator of the subject printing line performed
all testing necessary to demonstrate compliance with subsection (c)(1)(B);
B) Such
testing also demonstrated an overall control efficiency equal to or greater
than the applicable control efficiency requirements in subsection (c)(3);
C) The
owner or operator submitted the results of such tests to the Agency, and the
tests were not rejected by the Agency;
D) The
same capture system and control device subject to the tests referenced in
subsection (c)(6)(A) of this Section is still being used by the subject
printing line; and
E) The
owner or operator complies with all recordkeeping and reporting requirements in
Section 219.404(e)(1)(B).
d) No
owner or operator of subject flexographic or rotogravure printing lines that
print flexible packaging or print flexible packaging and non-flexible packaging
on the same line shall cause or allow VOM containing cleaning materials,
including used cleaning towels, associated with the subject flexographic or
rotogravure printing lines to be kept, stored, or disposed of in any manner
other than in closed containers, or conveyed from one location to another in
any manner other than in closed containers or pipes, except when specifically
in use.
(Source: Amended at 35 Ill.
Reg. 13676, effective July 27, 2011)
 | TITLE 35: ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
SUBTITLE B: AIR POLLUTION CHAPTER I: POLLUTION CONTROL BOARD SUBCHAPTER c: EMISSIONS STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS FOR STATIONARY SOURCES
PART 219
ORGANIC MATERIAL EMISSION STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS
FOR THE METRO EAST AREA
SECTION 219.402 APPLICABILITY
Section 219.402
Applicability
a) Except as otherwise provided in Section 219.401, the
limitations of Section 219.401 of this Subpart apply to all flexographic and
rotogravure printing lines at a subject source. All sources with flexographic
and/or rotogravure printing lines are subject sources unless:
1) Total maximum theoretical emissions of VOM from all
flexographic and rotogravure printing lines (including solvents used for
cleanup operations associated with flexographic and rotogravure printing lines),
at the source never exceed 90.7 Mg (100 tons) per calendar year before the
application of capture systems and control devices, or
2) A federally enforceable permit or SIP revision for all
flexographic and rotogravure printing lines at a source requires the owner or
operator to limit production or capacity of these printing lines to reduce
total VOM emissions from all flexographic and rotogravure printing lines to
90.7 Mg (100 tons) or less per calendar year before the application of capture
systems and control devices.
b) The
limitations of Section 219.401(d) shall apply to all owners or operators of
flexographic or rotogravure printing lines that print flexible packaging, or
that print flexible packaging and non-flexible packaging on the same line, at a
source where the combined emissions of VOM from all flexographic and
rotogravure printing lines total 6.8 kg/day (15 lbs/day) or more (including
solvents used for cleanup operations associated with flexographic and
rotogravure printing lines), in the absence of air pollution control equipment.
c) Upon achieving compliance with this Subpart, the flexographic
and rotogravure printing lines are not required to meet Subpart G (Section
219.301 or 219.302 of this Part). Flexographic and rotogravure printing lines
exempt from this Subpart are subject to Subpart G (Section 219.301 or 219.302
of this Part). Rotogravure or flexographic equipment used for both roll
printing and paper coating is subject to this Subpart.
d) Once subject to the limitations of Section 219.401 of this
Part, a flexographic or rotogravure printing line is always subject to the
limitations of Section 219.401 of this Part.
e) Any owner or operator of any flexographic or rotogravure
printing line that is exempt from any of the limitations of Section 219.401 of
this Part because of the criteria in this Section is subject to the
recordkeeping and reporting requirements specified in Section 219.404(b) and
(f) of this Part, as applicable.
(Source: Amended at 34 Ill.
Reg. 9253, effective June 25, 2010)
 | TITLE 35: ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
SUBTITLE B: AIR POLLUTION CHAPTER I: POLLUTION CONTROL BOARD SUBCHAPTER c: EMISSIONS STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS FOR STATIONARY SOURCES
PART 219
ORGANIC MATERIAL EMISSION STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS
FOR THE METRO EAST AREA
SECTION 219.403 COMPLIANCE SCHEDULE
Section 219.403 Compliance
Schedule
Every owner or operator of a
flexographic and/or rotogravure printing line shall comply with the applicable
requirements of Section 219.401 and Section 219.404 of this Part in accordance
with the applicable compliance schedule or schedules specified in subsection
(a), (b), (c), (d), (e), (f) or (g):
a) No owner or operator of a flexographic or rotogravure printing
line that is exempt from the limitations of Section 219.401 of this Part
because of the criteria in Section 219.402(a) of this Part shall operate said
printing line on or after a date consistent with Section 219.106 of this Part,
unless the owner or operator has complied with, and continues to comply with,
Section 219.404(b) of this Part.
b) No owner or operator of a flexographic or rotogravure printing
line complying by means of Section 219.401(a)(1) of this Part shall operate
said printing line on or after a date consistent with Section 219.106 of this
Part, unless the owner or operator has complied with, and continues to comply
with, Section 219.401(a)(1) of this Part and Section 219.404(c) of this Part.
c) No owner or operator of a flexographic or rotogravure printing
line complying by means of Section 219.401(b)(1) of this Part shall operate
said printing line on or after a date consistent with Section 219.106 of this
Part, unless the owner or operator has complied with, and continues to comply
with, Section 219.401(b)(1) and Section 219.404(d) of this Part.
d) No owner or operator of a flexographic or rotogravure printing
line complying by means of Section 219.401(c)(1)(B) of this Part shall operate
said printing line on or after a date consistent with Section 219.106 of this
Part, unless the owner or operator has complied with, and continues to comply
with, the applicable provisions in Sections 219.401(c) and 219.404(e) of this
Part.
e) No
owner or operator of a flexographic or rotogravure printing line complying by
means of Section 219.401(a)(2), (b)(2), or (b)(3) or complying by means of
Section 219.401(c)(2), (c)(3), or (c)(4), shall operate the printing line on or
after August 1, 2010, unless the owner or operator has complied with, and
continues to comply with, Section 219.401(a)(2), (b)(2) or (b)(3), and Section
219.401(c), as applicable, and all applicable provisions in Section 219.404 of
this Part.
f) No
owner or operator of a flexographic or rotogravure printing line that prints
flexible packaging, or that prints flexible packaging and non-flexible
packaging on the same line, shall operate the printing line on or after August
1, 2010, unless the owner or operator has complied with, and continues to
comply with, Section 219.401(d) and Section 219.404(g) of this Part.
g) No
owner or operator of a flexographic or rotogravure printing line that prints
flexible packaging, or that prints flexible packaging and non-flexible
packaging on the same line, and that is exempt from the limitations of Section
219.401(d) because of the criteria in Section 219.402(b) of this Part shall
operate the printing line on or after August 1, 2010, unless the owner or
operator has complied with, and continues to comply with, Section 219.402(b)
and Section 219.404(f) of this Part.
(Source: Amended at 34 Ill.
Reg. 9253, effective June 25, 2010)
 | TITLE 35: ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
SUBTITLE B: AIR POLLUTION CHAPTER I: POLLUTION CONTROL BOARD SUBCHAPTER c: EMISSIONS STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS FOR STATIONARY SOURCES
PART 219
ORGANIC MATERIAL EMISSION STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS
FOR THE METRO EAST AREA
SECTION 219.404 RECORDKEEPING AND REPORTING
Section 219.404
Recordkeeping and Reporting
a) The VOM content of each coating and ink and the efficiency of
each capture system and control device shall be determined by the applicable
test methods and procedures specified in Section 219.105 of this Part to
establish the records required under this Section.
b) Any owner or operator of a printing line which is exempted
from any of the limitations of Section 219.401 of this Part because of the
criteria in Section 219.402(a) of this Part shall comply with the following:
1) By a date consistent with Section 219.106 of this Part, or,
for flexographic or rotogravure printing lines that print flexible packaging or
that print flexible packaging and non-flexible packaging on the same line, by January
1, 2012, the owner or operator of a flexographic and rotogravure printing line
to which this subsection (b) is applicable shall certify to the Agency that the
flexographic and rotogravure printing line is exempt under the provisions of
Section 219.402(a) of this Part. Such certification shall include:
A) A declaration that the flexographic and rotogravure printing
line is exempt from the limitations of the criteria in Section 219.401 because
of Section 219.402(a) of this Part; and
B) Calculations that demonstrate that total maximum theoretical
emissions of VOM from all flexographic and rotogravure printing lines at the
source never exceed 90.7 Mg (100 tons) per calendar year before the application
of capture systems and control devices. Total maximum theoretical emissions of
VOM for a flexographic or rotogravure printing source is the sum of maximum
theoretical emissions of VOM from each flexographic and rotogravure printing
line at the source. The following equation shall be used to calculate total
maximum theoretical emissions of VOM per calendar year before the application
of capture systems and control devices for each flexographic and rotogravure
printing line at the source:

where:
|
Ep
|
=
|
Total maximum theoretical
emissions of VOM from one flexographic or rotogravure printing line in units
of kg/year (lbs/year);
|
|
|
|
|
|
A
|
=
|
Weight of VOM per volume of
solids of the coating or ink with the highest VOM content as applied each
year on the printing line in units of kg VOM/l (lbs VOM/gal) of coating or
ink solids;
|
|
|
|
|
|
B
|
=
|
Total volume of solids for all
coatings and inks that can potentially be applied each year on the printing
line in units of 1/year (gal/year). The method by which the owner or
operator accurately calculated the volume of each coating and ink as applied and
the amount that can potentially be applied each year on the printing line
shall be described in the certification to the Agency;
|
|
|
|
|
|
C
|
=
|
Weight of VOM per volume of
material for the cleanup material or solvent with the highest VOM content as
used each year on the printing line in units of kg/l (lbs VOM/gal) of such
material;
|
|
|
|
|
|
D
|
=
|
The greatest volume of cleanup
material or solvent used in any 8-hour period;
|
|
|
|
|
|
F
|
=
|
The highest fraction of
cleanup material or solvent which is not recycled or recovered for offsite
disposal during any 8-hour period.
|
2) On and after a date consistent with Section 219.106 of this
Part, or, for flexographic or rotogravure printing lines that print flexible
packaging or that print flexible packaging and non-flexible packaging on the
same line, on and after January 1, 2012, the owner or operator of a facility
referenced in this subsection shall collect and record all of the following
information each year for each printing line and maintain the information at
the source for a period of three years:
A) The name and identification number of each coating and ink as
applied on each printing line.
B) The VOM content and the volume of each coating and ink as
applied each year on each printing line.
3) On and after a date consistent with Section 219.106 of this
Part, or, for flexographic or rotogravure printing lines that print flexible
packaging or that print flexible packaging and non-flexible packaging on the
same line, on and after January 1, 2012, the owner or operator of a facility
exempted from the limitations of Section 219.401 of this Part because of the
criteria in Section 219.402(a) of this Part shall notify the Agency of any
record showing that total maximum theoretical emissions of VOM from all
printing lines exceed 90.7 Mg (100 tons) in any calendar year before the
application of capture systems and control devices by sending a copy of such
record to the Agency within 30 days after the exceedance occurs.
c) Any owner or operator of a printing line subject to the
limitations of Section 219.401 of this Part and complying by means of Section
219.401(a) of this Part shall comply with the following:
1) By a date consistent with Section 219.106 of this Part, or
Section 219.403(e), as applicable, or upon initial start-up of a new printing
line, or upon changing the method of compliance from an existing subject
printing line from Section 219.401(b) or Section 219.401(c) to Section
219.401(a) of this Part, the owner or operator of a subject printing line shall
certify to the Agency that the printing line will be in compliance with Section
219.401(a) of this Part on and after a date consistent with Section 219.106 of
this Part, or Section 219.403(e), as applicable, or on and after the initial
start-up date. The owner or operator of a printing line subject to the
requirements in Section 219.401(a)(2)(B) shall certify in accordance with this
subsection (c)(1) even if the owner or operator of such line submitted a
certification prior to January 1, 2010. Such certification shall include:
A) The name and identification number of each coating and ink as
applied on each printing line.
B) The VOM content of each coating and ink as applied each day on
each printing line.
2) On and after a date consistent with Section 219.106 of this
Part, or Section 219.403(e), as applicable, or on and after the initial
start-up date, the owner or operator of a printing line subject to the
limitations of Section 219.401 of this Part and complying by means of Section
219.401(a) of this Part shall collect and record all of the following
information each day for each coating line and maintain the information at the
source for a period of three years:
A) The name and identification number of each coating and ink as
applied on each printing line.
B) The VOM content of each coating and ink as applied each day on
each printing line.
3) On and after a date consistent with Section 219.106 of this
Part, or Section 219.403(e), as applicable, the owner or operator of a subject
printing line shall notify the Agency in the following instances:
A) Any record showing violation of Section 219.401(a) of this Part
shall be reported by sending a copy of such record to the Agency within 30 days
following the occurrence of the violation.
B) At least 30 calendar days before changing the method of
compliance with Section 219.401 of this Part from Section 219.401(a) to Section
219.401(b) or (c) of this Part, the owner or operator shall comply with all
requirements of subsection (d)(1) or (e)(1) of this Section, respectively.
Upon changing the method of compliance with Section 219.401 of this Part from
Section 219.401(a) to Section 219.401(b) or (c) of this Part, the owner or
operator shall comply with all requirements of subsection (d) or (e) of this
Section, respectively.
d) Any owner or operator of a printing line subject to the
limitations of Section 219.401 of this Part and complying by means of Section
219.401(b) of this Part shall comply with the following:
1) By a date consistent with Section 219.106 of this Part, or
Section 219.403(e), as applicable, or upon initial start-up of a new printing
line, or upon changing the method of compliance for an existing subject
printing line from Section 219.401(a) or (c) to Section 219.401(b) of this
Part, the owner or operator of the subject printing line shall certify to the
Agency that the printing line will be in compliance with Section 219.401(b) of
this Part on and after a date consistent with Section 219.106 of this Part, or
Section 219.403(e), as applicable, on and after the initial start-up date. The
owner or operator of a printing line subject to the requirements in Section
219.401(b)(3) shall certify in accordance with this subsection (d)(1) even if
the owner or operator of such line submitted a certification prior to January
1, 2010. Such certification shall include:
A) The name and identification number of each printing line which
will comply by means of Section 219.401(b) of this Part.
B) The name and identification number of each coating and ink
available for use on each printing line.
C) The VOM content of each coating and ink as applied each day on
each printing line.
D) The method by which the owner or operator will accurately
calculate the volume, or weight of solids, as applicable, of each coating and
ink as applied each day on each printing line, and on and after January 1,
2012, the weight of each coating or ink.
E) The method by which the owner or operator will create and
maintain records each day as required in subsection (d)(2) of this Section.
F) An example of the format in which the records required in
subsection (d)(2) of this Section will be kept.
2) On and after a date consistent with Section 219.106 of this
Part, or Section 219.403(e), as applicable, or on and after the initial
start-up date, the owner or operator of a printing line subject to the
limitations of Section 219.401 and complying by means of Section 219.401(b) of
this Part shall collect and record all of the following information each day
for each printing line and maintain the information at the source for a period
of three years:
A) The name and identification number of each coating and ink as
applied on each printing line.
B) The VOM content and the volume, or weight of solids, as
applicable, of each coating and ink as applied each day on each printing line,
and on and after January 1, 2012, the weight of each coating or ink.
C) The daily-weighted average VOM content of all coatings and inks
as applied on each printing line.
3) On and after a date consistent with Section 219.106 of this
Part, or Section 219.403(e), as applicable, the owner or operator of a subject
printing line shall notify the Agency in the following instances:
A) Any record showing violation of Section 219.401(b) of this Part
shall be reported by sending a copy of such record to the Agency within 30 days
following the occurrence of the violation.
B) At least 30 calendar days before changing the method of
compliance with Section 219.401 of this Part from Section 219.401(b) to Section
219.401(a) or (c) of this Part, the owner or operator shall comply with all
requirements of subsection (c)(1) or (e)(1) of this Section, respectively.
Upon changing the method of compliance with Section 219.401 of this Part from
Section 219.401(b) to Section 219.401(a) or (c) of this Part, the owner or
operator shall comply with all requirements of subsection (c) or (e) of this
Section, respectively.
e) Any owner or operator of a printing line subject to the
limitations of Section 219.401 of this Part and complying by means of Section
219.401(c) of this Part shall comply with the following:
1) By a date consistent with Section 219.106 of this Part, or
Section 219.403(e), as applicable, or upon initial start-up of a new printing
line, or upon changing the method of compliance for an existing printing line
from Section 219.401(a) or (b) to Section 219.401(c) of this Part, the owner or
operator of the subject printing line shall either:
A) Perform all tests and submit to the Agency the results of all
tests and calculations necessary to demonstrate that the subject printing line
will be in compliance with Section 219.401(c) of this Part on and after a date
consistent with Section 219.106 of this Part, or Section 219.403(e), as
applicable, or on and after the initial start-up date; or
B) If not
required to perform such testing pursuant to Section 219.401(c)(6), submit a
certification to the Agency that includes:
i) A
declaration that the owner or operator is not required to perform testing
pursuant to Section 219.401(c)(6);
ii) The
dates that testing demonstrating compliance with Section 219.401(c)(3) was
performed; and
iii) The
dates that the results of such testing were submitted to the Agency.
2) On and after a date consistent with Section 219.106 of this
Part, or Section 219.403(e), as applicable, or on and after the initial
start-up date, the owner or operator of a printing line subject to the
limitations of Section 219.401 of this Part and complying by means of Section
219.401(c) of this Part shall collect and record all of the following
information each day for each printing line and maintain the information at the
facility for a period of three years:
A) Control device monitoring data.
B) A log of operating time for the capture system, control device,
monitoring equipment and the associated printing line.
C) A maintenance log for the capture system, control device and
monitoring equipment detailing all routine and non-routine maintenance
performed including dates and duration of any outages.
3) On and after a date consistent with Section 219.106 of this
Part, or Section 219.403(e), as applicable, the owner or operator of a subject
printing line shall notify the Agency in the following instances:
A) Any record showing violation of Section 219.401(c) of this Part
shall be reported by sending a copy of such record to the Agency within 30 days
following the occurrence of the violation.
B) At least 30 calendar days before changing the method of
compliance with Section 219.401 of this Part from Section 219.401(c) to Section
219.401(a) or (b) of this Part, the owner or operator shall comply with all
requirements of subsection (c)(1) or (d)(1) of this Section, respectively.
Upon changing the method of compliance with Section 219.401 of this Part from
Section 219.401(c) to Section 219.401(a) or (b) of this Part, the owner or
operator shall comply with all requirements of subsection (c) or (d) of this
Section, respectively.
4) By August
1, 2010, or upon initial start-up of a new printing line, whichever is later,
the owner or operator of a printing line subject to the requirements in Section
219.401(c)(3) or (c)(4) shall submit to the Agency records documenting the date
the printing line was constructed at the subject source and the date the
control device for such printing line was constructed at the subject source.
f) Any
owner or operator of a flexographic or rotogravure printing line that prints
flexible packaging, or that prints flexible packaging and non-flexible
packaging on the same line, and that is exempt from the limitations of Section
219.401(d) because of the criteria in Section 219.402(b) shall:
1) By August
1, 2010, or upon initial start-up of a new printing line, whichever is later,
and upon modification of a printing line, submit a certification to the Agency
that includes:
A) A
declaration that the source is exempt from the requirements in Section
219.401(d) because of the criteria in Section 219.402(b);
B) Calculations
that demonstrate that combined emissions of VOM from all flexographic and
rotogravure printing lines (including inks and solvents used for cleanup
operations associated with such printing lines) at the source never equal or
exceed 6.8 kg/day (15 lbs/day), in the absence of air pollution control
equipment;
2) On
and after January 1, 2012, collect and record the following information each
day for each subject printing line:
A) The
name and identification number of each coating, ink, and cleaning solvent as
applied each day on each printing line;
B) The
VOM content of each coating and ink (measured in weight of VOM per volume of
coating or ink, or in weight of VOM per weight of coating or ink) as applied
each day on each printing line, and the volume or weight of each coating or ink,
as applicable;
C) The
weight of VOM per volume of each cleaning solvent and the volume of each
cleaning solvent used each day on each printing line;
D) The
total daily emissions of VOM from each printing line (including solvents used
for cleanup operations associated with the printing line) and the sum of daily
emissions from all subject printing lines at the source; and
3) Notify
the Agency in writing if the combined emissions of VOM from all flexographic
and rotogravure printing lines (including inks and solvents used for cleanup
operations associated with the flexographic and rotogravure lines) at the
source ever equal or exceed 6.8 kg/day (15 lbs/day), in the absence of air
pollution control equipment, within 30 days after the event occurs.
g) Any
owner or operator of a printing line subject to the limitations of Section
219.401(d) shall:
1) By
August 1, 2010, or upon initial start-up of a new printing line, whichever is
later, submit a certification to the Agency describing the practices and
procedures that the owner or operator will follow to ensure compliance with the
limitations of Section 219.401(d); and
2) Notify the Agency of any violation of Section 219.401(d) by
sending a description of the violation and copies of records documenting such
violations to the Agency within 30 days following the occurrence of the
violation.
h) All
records required by subsections (f) and (g) of this Section shall be retained
for at least three years and shall be made available to the Agency upon
request.
(Source: Amended at 35 Ill.
Reg. 13676, effective July 27, 2011)
 | TITLE 35: ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
SUBTITLE B: AIR POLLUTION CHAPTER I: POLLUTION CONTROL BOARD SUBCHAPTER c: EMISSIONS STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS FOR STATIONARY SOURCES
PART 219
ORGANIC MATERIAL EMISSION STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS
FOR THE METRO EAST AREA
SECTION 219.405 LITHOGRAPHIC PRINTING: APPLICABILITY
Section 219.405
Lithographic Printing: Applicability
a) Every owner or operator of lithographic printing lines is
subject to the recordkeeping and reporting requirements in Section 219.411 of
this Subpart.
b) Prior to August 1, 2010, Sections 219.407 through 219.410 of
this Subpart shall apply to:
1) All owners or operators of heatset web offset lithographic printing
lines unless:
A) Total maximum theoretical emissions of VOM from all heatset web
offset lithographic printing lines (including solvents used for cleanup
operations associated with heatset web offset lithographic printing lines) at
the source never exceed 90.7 Mg (100 tons) per calendar year before the
application of capture systems and control devices. To determine a source's
total maximum theoretical emissions of VOM for the purposes of this subsection
(b)(1)(A), the owner or operator shall use the calculations set forth in
Section 219.411(a)(1)(C) of this Subpart; or
B) Federally enforceable permit conditions or SIP revision for all
heatset web offset lithographic printing lines at the source requires the owner
or operator to limit production or capacity of these printing lines to total
VOM emissions of 90.7 Mg/yr (100 TPY) or less, before the application of
capture systems and control devices;
2) All owners or operators of lithographic printing lines, unless
the combined emissions of VOM from all lithographic printing lines at the
source (including solvents used for cleanup operations associated with the
lithographic printing lines never exceed 45.5 kg/day (100 lbs/day), as
determined in accordance with Section 219.411(a)(1)(B), before the application
of capture systems and control devices.
c) On and after August 1,
2010:
1) The
requirements in Section 219.407(a)(1)(B) through (a)(1)(E) and 219.407(b) and
all applicable provisions in Sections 219.409 through 219.411 of this Subpart
shall apply to all owners or operators of heatset web offset lithographic
printing lines, if the combined emissions of VOM from all lithographic printing
lines at the source (including solvents used for cleanup operations associated
with the lithographic printing lines) ever exceed 45.5 kg/day (100 lbs/day),
calculated in accordance with Section 219.411(b)(2)(B), before the application
of capture systems and control devices;
2) The
requirements in Section 219.407(a)(1)(A) and (a)(2) through (a)(5) and all
applicable provisions in Sections 219.409 through 219.411 of this Subpart shall
apply to all owners or operators of lithographic printing lines if the combined
emissions of VOM from all lithographic printing lines at the source (including
solvents used for cleanup operations associated with the lithographic printing
lines) ever equal or exceed 6.8 kg/day (15 lbs/day), calculated in accordance
with Section 219.411(b)(1)(B), before the application of capture systems and
control devices;
3) Notwithstanding
subsection (c)(2) of this Section, at sources where the combined emissions of
VOM from all lithographic printing lines at the source (including solvents used
for cleanup operations associated with the lithographic printing lines) equal
or exceed 6.8 kg/day (15 lbs/day) but do not exceed 45.5 kg/day (100 lbs/day),
calculated in accordance with Section 219.411(b)(1)(B), before the application
of capture systems and control devices, the following exclusions shall apply
unless the owner or operator of the source certifies pursuant to Section
219.411(g)(1)(B) that the source will not make use of any such exclusions:
A) The
requirements of Section 219.407(a)(1)(A), (a)(2), and (a)(3) of this Subpart
shall not apply to lithographic printing lines with a total fountain solution
reservoir of less than 3.8 liters (1 gallon);
B) The
requirements of Section 219.407(a)(3) of this Subpart shall not apply to
sheet-fed offset lithographic printing lines with maximum sheet size of 11x17
inches or smaller;
C) The
requirements of Section 219.407(a)(4) of this Subpart shall not apply to up to
a total of 416.3 liters (110 gallons) per year of cleaning materials used on
all lithographic printing lines at the source;
D) The requirements
of Section 219.407(a)(4)(A)(i) shall not apply to lithographic printing lines
at the source. Instead, the requirements of Section 219.407(a)(4)(A)(ii) shall
apply to such lines.
d) If a lithographic printing line at a source is or becomes subject
to one or more of the limitations in Section 219.407 of this Subpart, the
lithographic printing lines at the source are always subject to the applicable
provisions of this Subpart.
(Source: Amended at 34 Ill.
Reg. 9253, effective June 25, 2010)
 | TITLE 35: ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
SUBTITLE B: AIR POLLUTION CHAPTER I: POLLUTION CONTROL BOARD SUBCHAPTER c: EMISSIONS STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS FOR STATIONARY SOURCES
PART 219
ORGANIC MATERIAL EMISSION STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS
FOR THE METRO EAST AREA
SECTION 219.406 PROVISIONS APPLYING TO HEATSET WEB OFFSET LITHOGRAPHIC PRINTING PRIOR TO MARCH 15, 1996 (REPEALED)
Section 219.406 Provisions
Applying to Heatset Web Offset Lithographic Printing Prior to March 15, 1996
(Repealed)
(Source: Repealed at 34 Ill.
Reg. 9253, effective June 25, 2010)
 | TITLE 35: ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
SUBTITLE B: AIR POLLUTION CHAPTER I: POLLUTION CONTROL BOARD SUBCHAPTER c: EMISSIONS STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS FOR STATIONARY SOURCES
PART 219
ORGANIC MATERIAL EMISSION STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS
FOR THE METRO EAST AREA
SECTION 219.407 EMISSION LIMITATIONS AND CONTROL REQUIREMENTS FOR LITHOGRAPHIC PRINTING LINES
Section 219.407 Emission
Limitations and Control Requirements for Lithographic Printing Lines
a) No owner or operator of lithographic printing lines subject to
the requirements of this Subpart shall:
1) Cause or allow the operation of any heatset web offset
lithographic printing line unless:
A) The total VOM content in the as-applied fountain solution meets
one of the following conditions:
i) 1.6 percent or less, by weight;
ii) 3 percent or less, by weight, and the temperature of the
fountain solution is maintained below 15.6°C (60°F), measured at the reservoir
or the fountain tray; or
iii) 5 percent or less, by weight, and the as-applied fountain
solution contains no alcohol;
B) The air pressure in the dryer is maintained lower than the air
pressure of the press room, such that air flow through all openings in the
dryer, other than the exhaust, is into the dryer at all times when the printing
line is operating;
C) An afterburner is installed and operated so that VOM emissions
(excluding methane and ethane) from the press dryer exhausts are reduced as
follows:
i) Prior to August 1, 2010, by 90 percent, by weight, or to a
maximum afterburner exhaust outlet concentration of 20 ppmv (as carbon); and
ii) On
and after August 1, 2010, by at least 90 percent, by weight, for afterburners
first constructed at the source prior to January 1, 2010; by at least 95
percent, by weight, for afterburners first constructed at the source on or
after January 1, 2010; or to a maximum afterburner exhaust outlet concentration
of 20 ppmv (as carbon);
D) The afterburner complies with all monitoring provisions specified
in Section 219.410(c) of this Subpart; and
E) The afterburner is operated at all times when the printing line
is in operation, except the afterburner may be shut down between November 1 and
April 1 as provided in Section 219.107 of this Part;
2) Cause or allow the operation of any non-heatset web offset
lithographic printing line unless the VOM content of the as-applied fountain
solution is 5 percent or less, by weight, and the as-applied fountain solution
contains no alcohol;
3) Cause or allow the operation of any sheet-fed offset
lithographic printing line unless:
A) The VOM content of the as-applied fountain solution is 5
percent or less, by weight; or
B) The VOM content of the as-applied fountain solution is 8.5
percent or less, by weight, and the temperature of the fountain solution is
maintained below 15.6°C (60°F), measured at the reservoir or the fountain tray;
4) Cause or allow the use of a cleaning solution on any
lithographic printing line unless:
A) The VOM content of the as-used cleaning solution is less than
or equal to:
i) 30
percent, by weight; or
ii) On
and after August 1, 2010, for owners or operators of sources that meet the
applicability criteria in Section 219.405(c)(3) and do not certify pursuant to Section
219.411(g)(1)(B) that the source will not make use of any of the exclusions in
Section 219.405(c)(3), 70 percent, by weight; or
B) The VOM composite partial vapor pressure of the as-used
cleaning solution is less than 10 mmHg at 20°C (68°F);
5) Cause or allow VOM containing cleaning materials, including
used cleaning towels, associated with any lithographic printing line to be
kept, stored or disposed of in any manner other than in closed containers,
except when specifically in use.
b) An owner or operator of a heatset web offset lithographic
printing line subject to the requirements of Section 219.407(a)(1)(C) of this
Subpart may use a control device other than an afterburner, if:
1) The control device reduces VOM emissions from the press dryer
exhausts as follows:
A) Prior to August 1, 2010, by at least 90 percent, by weight, or
to a maximum control device exhaust outlet concentration of 20 ppmv (as
carbon); and
B) On and
after August 1, 2010:
i) By
at least 90 percent, by weight, for control devices first constructed at the
source prior to January 1, 2010;
ii) By
at least 95 percent, by weight, for control devices first constructed at the
source on or after January 1, 2010; or
iii) To a
maximum control device exhaust outlet concentration of 20 ppmv (as carbon);
2) The owner or operator submits a plan to the Agency detailing
appropriate monitoring devices, test methods, recordkeeping requirements, and
operating parameters for the control device; and
3) The use of the control device with testing, monitoring, and
recordkeeping in accordance with this plan is approved by the Agency and USEPA
as federally enforceable permit conditions.
(Source: Amended at 34 Ill.
Reg. 9253, effective June 25, 2010)
 | TITLE 35: ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
SUBTITLE B: AIR POLLUTION CHAPTER I: POLLUTION CONTROL BOARD SUBCHAPTER c: EMISSIONS STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS FOR STATIONARY SOURCES
PART 219
ORGANIC MATERIAL EMISSION STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS
FOR THE METRO EAST AREA
SECTION 219.408 COMPLIANCE SCHEDULE FOR LITHOGRAPHIC PRINTING ON AND AFTER MARCH 15, 1996 (REPEALED)
Section 219.408 Compliance
Schedule for Lithographic Printing On and After March 15, 1996 (Repealed)
(Source: Repealed at 34 Ill.
Reg. 9253, effective June 25, 2010)
 | TITLE 35: ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
SUBTITLE B: AIR POLLUTION CHAPTER I: POLLUTION CONTROL BOARD SUBCHAPTER c: EMISSIONS STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS FOR STATIONARY SOURCES
PART 219
ORGANIC MATERIAL EMISSION STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS
FOR THE METRO EAST AREA
SECTION 219.409 TESTING FOR LITHOGRAPHIC PRINTING
Section 219.409 Testing for
Lithographic Printing
a) Testing to demonstrate compliance with the requirements of
Section 219.407 of this Subpart shall be conducted by January 1, 2012, unless
such testing was conducted on or after May 9, 1995, the test was
conducted pursuant to a test method approved by USEPA, the current operating
conditions and operating capacity of the press are consistent with the
operation of the press during such testing, and the test results were submitted
to the Agency. If an owner or operator of a printing line performed such
testing prior to May 9, 1995, the owner or operator shall either retest
pursuant to this Section or submit to the Agency all information necessary to
demonstrate that the prior testing was conducted pursuant to a test method
approved by USEPA, and that the current operating conditions and operating capacity
of the press are consistent with the operation of the press during prior
testing. Thereafter, testing shall be conducted by the owner or operator
within 90 days after a request by the Agency, or as otherwise specified in this
Subpart. Such testing shall be conducted at the expense of the owner or
operator and the owner or operator shall notify the Agency in writing 30 days
in advance of conducting such testing to allow the Agency to be present during
such testing.
b) The methods and procedures of Section 219.105(d) and (f) shall
be used for testing to demonstrate compliance with the requirements of Section
219.407(a)(1)(C) or (b)(1) of this Subpart, as follows:
1) To select the sampling sites, Method 1 or 1A, as appropriate,
40 CFR 60, appendix A, incorporated by reference at Section 219.112 of this
Part. The sampling sites for determining efficiency in reducing VOM from the
dryer exhaust shall be located between the dryer exhaust and the control device
inlet, and between the outlet of the control device and the exhaust to the
atmosphere;
2) To determine the volumetric flow rate of the exhaust stream,
Method 2, 2A, 2C, or 2D, as appropriate, 40 CFR 60, appendix A, incorporated by
reference at Section 219.112 of this Part;
3) To determine the VOM concentration of the exhaust stream
entering and exiting the control device, Method 25 or 25A, as appropriate, 40
CFR 60, appendix A, incorporated by reference at Section 219.112 of this Part.
For thermal and catalytic afterburners, Method 25 must be used except under the
following circumstances, in which case Method 25A must be used:
A) The allowable outlet concentration of VOM from the control
device is less than 50 ppmv, as carbon;
B) The VOM concentration at the inlet of the control device and
the required level of control result in exhaust concentrations of VOM of 50
ppmv, or less, as carbon; and
C) Due to the high efficiency of the control device, the
anticipated VOM concentration at the control device exhaust is 50 ppmv or less,
as carbon, regardless of inlet concentration. If the source elects to use
Method 25A under this option, the exhaust VOM concentration must be 50 ppmv or
less, as carbon, and the required destruction efficiency must be met for the
source to have demonstrated compliance. If the Method 25A test results show
that the required destruction efficiency apparently has been met, but the
exhaust concentration is above 50 ppmv, as carbon, a retest is required. The
retest shall be conducted using either Method 25 or Method 25A. If the retest
is conducted using Method 25A and the test results again show that the required
destruction efficiency apparently has been met, but the exhaust concentration
is above 50 ppmv, as carbon, the source must retest using Method 25;
4) Notwithstanding the criteria or requirements in Method 25 that
specifies a minimum probe temperature of 129ºC (265ºF), the probe must be
heated to at least the gas stream temperature of the dryer exhaust, typically
close to 176.7ºC (350ºF);
5) During testing, the printing lines shall be operated at
representative operating conditions and flow rates; and
6) During testing, an air flow direction indicating device, such
as a smoke stick, shall be used to demonstrate 100 percent emissions capture
efficiency for the dryer in accordance with Section 219.407(a)(1)(B) of this
Subpart.
c) Testing to demonstrate compliance with the VOM content
limitations in Section 219.407(a)(1)(A), (a)(2), (a)(3) and (a)(4)(A) of this
Subpart, and to determine the VOM content of fountain solutions, fountain
solution additives, cleaning solvents, cleaning solutions, and inks (pursuant
to the requirements of Section 219.411(a)(1)(B), (b)(1)(B), or (b)(2)(B) of
this Subpart, as applicable), shall be conducted upon request of the Agency or
as otherwise specified in this Subpart, as follows:
1) The applicable test methods and procedures specified in
Section 219.105(a) of this Part shall be used; provided, however, Method 24,
incorporated by reference at Section 219.112 of this Part, shall be used to
demonstrate compliance; or
2) The manufacturer's specifications for VOM content for fountain
solution additives, cleaning solvents, and inks may be used if such
manufacturer's specifications are based on results of tests of the VOM content
conducted in accordance with methods specified in Section 219.105(a) of this
Part; provided, however, Method 24 shall be used to determine compliance.
d) Testing to demonstrate compliance with the requirements of
Section 219.407(b) of this Subpart shall be conducted as set forth in the owner
or operator's plan approved by the Agency and USEPA as federally enforceable
permit conditions pursuant to Section 219.407(b) of this Subpart.
e) Testing to determine the VOM composite partial vapor pressure
of cleaning solvents, cleaning solvent concentrates, and as-used cleaning
solutions shall be conducted in accordance with the applicable methods and
procedures specified in Section 219.110 of this Part.
(Source: Amended at 35 Ill.
Reg. 13676, effective July 27, 2011)
 | TITLE 35: ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
SUBTITLE B: AIR POLLUTION CHAPTER I: POLLUTION CONTROL BOARD SUBCHAPTER c: EMISSIONS STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS FOR STATIONARY SOURCES
PART 219
ORGANIC MATERIAL EMISSION STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS
FOR THE METRO EAST AREA
SECTION 219.410 MONITORING REQUIREMENTS FOR LITHOGRAPHIC PRINTING
Section 219.410 Monitoring
Requirements for Lithographic Printing
a) Fountain Solution Temperature
1) The owner or operator of any lithographic printing lines relying
on the temperature of the fountain solution to demonstrate compliance shall
install, maintain, and continuously operate a temperature monitor of the
fountain solution in the reservoir or fountain tray, as applicable.
2) The temperature monitor must be capable of reading with an
accuracy of 1°C or 2°F, and must be attached to an automatic, continuous
recording device such as a strip chart, recorder, or computer, with at least
the same accuracy, that is installed, calibrated and maintained in accordance
with the manufacturer's specifications. If the automatic, continuous recording
device malfunctions, the owner or operator shall record the temperature of the
fountain solution at least once every two operating hours. The automatic,
continuous recording device shall be repaired or replaced as soon as
practicable.
b) Fountain Solution VOM Content. The owner or operator of any
lithographic printing lines subject to Section 219.407(a)(1)(A), (a)(2) or
(a)(3) of this Subpart shall:
1) For a fountain solution to which VOM is not added
automatically:
A) Maintain records of the VOM content of the fountain solution in
accordance with Section 219.411(e)(2)(C); or
B) Take a sample of the as-applied fountain solution from the
fountain tray or reservoir, as applicable, each time a fresh batch of fountain
solution is prepared or each time VOM is added to an existing batch of fountain
solution in the fountain tray or reservoir, and shall determine compliance with
the VOM content limitation of the as-applied fountain solution by using one of
the following options:
i) With a refractometer or hydrometer with a visual, analog, or
digital readout and with an accuracy of 0.5 percent. The refractometer or
hydrometer must be calibrated with a standard solution for the type of VOM used
in the fountain solution, in accordance with manufacturer's specifications,
against measurements performed to determine compliance. The refractometer or
hydrometer must be corrected for temperature at least once per 8-hour shift or
once per batch of fountain solution prepared or modified, whichever is longer;
or
ii) With a conductivity meter if it is demonstrated that a
refractometer and hydrometer cannot distinguish between compliant and
noncompliant fountain solution for the type and amount of VOM in the fountain
solution. A source may use a conductivity meter if it demonstrates that both
hydrometers and refractometers fail to provide significantly different
measurements for standard solutions containing 95 percent, 100 percent and 105
percent of the applicable VOM content limit. The conductivity meter reading for
the fountain solution must be referenced to the conductivity of the incoming
water. A standard solution shall be used to calibrate the conductivity meter
for the type of VOM used in the fountain solution, in accordance with
manufacturer's specifications;
2) For fountain solutions to which VOM is added at the source
with automatic feed equipment, determine the VOM content of the as-applied
fountain solution based on the setting of the automatic feed equipment which
makes additions of VOM up to a pre-set level. Records must be retained of the
VOM content of the fountain solution in accordance with Section 219.411(e)(2)(D)
of this Subpart. The equipment used to make automatic additions must be
installed, calibrated, operated and maintained in accordance with
manufacturer's specifications.
c) Afterburners for Heatset Web Offset Lithographic Printing
Lines.
If an
afterburner is used to demonstrate compliance, the owner or operator of a
heatset web offset lithographic printing line subject to Section 219.407(a)(1)(C)
of this Subpart shall:
1) Install, calibrate, maintain, and operate temperature
monitoring devices with an accuracy of 3°C or 5F° on the afterburner in
accordance with Section 219.105(d)(2) of this Part and in accordance with the
manufacturer's specifications. Monitoring shall be performed at all times when
the afterburner is operating; and
2) Install, calibrate, operate and maintain, in accordance with
manufacturer's specifications, a continuous recorder on the temperature
monitoring devices, such as a strip chart, recorder or computer, with at least
the same accuracy as the temperature monitor.
d) Other Control Devices for Heatset Web Offset Lithographic
Printing Lines. If a control device other than an afterburner is used to
demonstrate compliance, the owner or operator of a heatset web offset
lithographic printing line subject to this Subpart shall install, maintain,
calibrate and operate such monitoring equipment as set forth in the owner or
operator's plan approved by the Agency and USEPA pursuant to Section 219.407(b)
of this Subpart.
e) Cleaning Solution
1) The owner or operator of any lithographic printing line
relying on the VOM content of the cleaning solution to comply with Section
219.407(a)(4)(A) of this Subpart must:
A) For cleaning solutions that are prepared at the source with
equipment that automatically mixes cleaning solvent and water (or other
non-VOM):
i) Install, operate, maintain, and calibrate the automatic feed
equipment in accordance with manufacturer's specifications to regulate the
volume of each of the cleaning solvent and water (or other non-VOM), as mixed;
and
ii) Pre-set the automatic feed equipment so that the consumption
rates of the cleaning solvent and water (or other non-VOM), as applied, comply with
Section 219.407(a)(4)(A) of this Subpart;
B) For cleaning solutions that are not prepared at the source with
automatic feed equipment, keep records of the usage of cleaning solvent and
water (or other non-VOM) as set forth in Section 219.411(f)(2) of this Subpart.
2) The owner or operator of any lithographic printing line
relying on the vapor pressure of the cleaning solution to comply with Section
219.407(a)(4)(B) of this Subpart must keep records for such cleaning solutions
used on any such lines as set forth in Section 219.411(f)(2)(C) of this
Subpart.
(Source: Amended at 34 Ill.
Reg. 9253, effective June 25, 2010)
 | TITLE 35: ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
SUBTITLE B: AIR POLLUTION CHAPTER I: POLLUTION CONTROL BOARD SUBCHAPTER c: EMISSIONS STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS FOR STATIONARY SOURCES
PART 219
ORGANIC MATERIAL EMISSION STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS
FOR THE METRO EAST AREA
SECTION 219.411 RECORDKEEPING AND REPORTING FOR LITHOGRAPHIC PRINTING
Section 219.411
Recordkeeping and Reporting for Lithographic Printing
a) Exempt Units prior to August 1, 2010. An owner or operator of
lithographic printing lines exempt from the limitations of Section 219.407 of
this Subpart prior to August 1, 2010, because of the criteria in Section
219.405(b) of this Subpart, shall comply with the following:
1) Upon initial start-up of a new lithographic printing line, and
upon modification of a lithographic printing line, submit a certification to
the Agency that includes:
A) A declaration that the source is exempt from the control
requirements in Section 219.407 of this Part because of the criteria in Section
219.405(b) of this Subpart;
B) Calculations that demonstrate that combined emissions of VOM
from all lithographic printing lines (including inks, fountain solutions, and
solvents used for cleanup operations associated with the lithographic printing
lines) at the source never exceed 45.5 kg/day (100 lbs/day) before the use of
capture systems and control devices, as follows:
i) To calculate daily emissions of VOM, the owner or operator
shall determine the monthly emissions of VOM from all lithographic printing
lines at the source (including solvents used for cleanup operations associated
with the lithographic printing lines) and divide this amount by the number of
days during that calendar month that lithographic printing lines at the source
were in operation;
ii) To determine the VOM content of the inks, fountain solution
additives and cleaning solvents, the tests methods and procedures set forth in
Section 219.409(c) of this Subpart shall be used;
iii) To determine VOM emissions from inks used on lithographic
printing lines at the source, an ink emission adjustment factor of 0.05 shall
be used in calculating emissions from all non-heatset inks except when using an
impervious substrate, and a factor of 0.80 shall be used in calculating
emissions from all heatset inks to account for VOM retention in the substrate
except when using an impervious substrate. For impervious substrates such as
metal or plastic, no emission adjustment factor is used. The VOM content of
the ink, as used, shall be multiplied by this factor to determine the amount of
VOM emissions from the use of ink on the printing lines; and
iv) To determine VOM emissions from fountain solutions and
cleaning solvents used on lithographic printing lines at the source, no
retention factor is used;
C) Either a declaration that the source, through federally
enforceable permit conditions, has limited its maximum theoretical emissions of
VOM from all heatset web offset lithographic printing lines (including solvents
used for cleanup operations associated with heatset web offset printing lines)
at the source to no more than 90.7 Mg (100 tons) per calendar year before the
application of capture systems and control devices or calculations which
demonstrate that the source's total maximum theoretical emissions of VOM do not
exceed 90.7 Mg/yr (100 tons/yr). Total maximum theoretical emissions of VOM
for a heatset web offset lithographic printing source is the sum of maximum
theoretical emissions of VOM from each heatset web offset lithographic printing
line at the source. The following equation shall be used to calculate total
maximum theoretical emissions of VOM per calendar year in the absence of air
pollution control equipment for each heatset web offset lithographic printing
line at the source:

where:
|
Ed
|
=
|
Total
maximum theoretical emissions of VOM from one heatset web offset printing
line in units of kg/yr (lb/yr);
|
|
|
|
A
|
=
|
Weight of
VOM per volume of solids of ink with the highest VOM content as applied each
year on the printing line in units of kg/l (lb/gal) of solids;
|
|
|
|
B
|
=
|
Total
volume of solids for all inks that can potentially be applied each year on
the printing line in units of 1/yr (gal/yr). The method by which the owner
or operator accurately calculated the volume of each ink as applied and the
amount that can potentially be applied each year on the printing line shall
be described in the certification to the Agency;
|
|
|
|
C
|
=
|
Weight of
VOM per volume of fountain solution with the highest VOM content as applied
each year on the printing line in units of kg/l (lb/gal);
|
|
|
|
D
|
=
|
The total
volume of fountain solution that can potentially be used each year on the
printing line in units of 1/yr (gal/yr). The method by which the owner or
operator accurately calculated the volume of each fountain solution used and
the amount that can potentially be used each year on the printing line shall
be described in the certification to the Agency;
|
|
|
|
F
|
=
|
Weight of
VOM per volume of material for the cleanup material or solvent with the
highest VOM content as used each year on the printing line in units of kg/l
(lb/gal) of such material;
|
|
|
|
G
|
=
|
The
greatest volume of cleanup material or solvent used in any 8-hour period;
|
|
|
|
H
|
=
|
The
highest fraction of cleanup material or solvent that is not recycled or
recovered for offsite disposal during any 8-hour period;
|
|
|
|
R
|
=
|
The
multiplier representing the amount of VOM not retained in the substrate being
used. For paper, R = 0.8. For metal, plastic, or other impervious
substrates, R = 1.0;
|
D) A description and the results of all tests used to determine
the VOM content of inks, fountain solution additives, and cleaning solvents,
and a declaration that all such tests have been properly conducted in
accordance with Section 219.409(c)(1) of this Subpart;
2) Notify
the Agency in writing if the combined emissions of VOM from all lithographic
printing lines (including inks, fountain solutions, and solvents used for
cleanup operations associated with the lithographic printing lines) at the
source ever exceed 45.5 kg/day (100 lbs/day), before the use of capture systems
and control devices, within 30 days after the event occurs. Such notification
shall include a copy of all records of such event.
b) Exempt
Units on and after August 1, 2010
1) Lithographic
Printing Lines Exempt pursuant to Section 219.405(c)(2). By August 1, 2010, or
upon initial start-up of a new lithographic printing line, whichever is later,
and upon modification of a lithographic printing line, an owner or operator of
lithographic printing lines exempt from the limitations in Section 219.407 of
this Subpart because of the criteria in Section 219.405(c)(2) of this Subpart
shall submit a certification to the Agency that includes the information
specified in either subsections (b)(1)(A), (b)(1)(B), and (b)(1)(D) of this
Section, or subsections (b)(1)(A) and (b)(1)(C) of this Section, as
applicable. An owner or operator complying with subsection (b)(1)(B) shall
also comply with the requirements in subsection (b)(1)(E) of this Section. An
owner or operator complying with subsection (b)(1)(C) shall also comply with
the requirements in subsection (b)(1)(F) of this Section:
A) A
declaration that the source is exempt from the requirements in Section 219.407
of this Subpart because of the criteria in Section 219.405(c)(2) of this
Subpart;
B) Calculations
that demonstrate that combined emissions of VOM from all lithographic printing
lines (including inks, fountain solutions, and solvents used for cleanup
operations associated with the lithographic printing lines) at the source do
not equal or exceed 6.8 kg/day (15 lbs/day), before the use of capture systems
and control devices, as follows:
i) To
calculate daily emissions of VOM, the owner or operator shall determine the
monthly emissions of VOM from all lithographic printing lines at the source
(including solvents used for cleanup operations associated with the
lithographic printing lines) and divide this amount by the number of days
during that calendar month that lithographic printing lines at the source were
in operation;
ii) To
determine the VOM content of the inks, fountain solution additives and cleaning
solvents, the test methods and procedures set forth in Section 219.409(c) of
this Subpart shall be used;
iii) To
determine VOM emissions from inks used on lithographic printing lines at the
source, an ink emission adjustment factor of 0.05 shall be used in calculating
emissions from all non-heatset inks except when using an impervious substrate,
and a factor of 0.80 shall be used in calculating emissions from all heatset
inks to account for VOM retention in the substrate except when using an
impervious substrate. For impervious substrates such as metal or plastic, no
emission adjustment factor is used. The VOM content of the ink, as used, shall
be multiplied by this factor to determine the amount of VOM emissions from the
use of ink on the printing lines; and
iv) To
determine VOM emissions from cleaning solutions used on lithographic printing
lines at the source, an emission adjustment factor of 0.50 shall be used in
calculating emissions from used shop towels if the VOM composite vapor pressure
of each associated cleaning solution is demonstrated to be less than 10
mmHg measured at 20oC (68oF) and the shop towels are kept
in closed containers. For cleaning solutions with VOM composite vapor
pressures of equal to or greater than 10 mmHg measured at 20oC (68oF)
and for shop towels that are not kept in closed containers, no emission
adjustment factor is used;
C) As an
alternative to the calculations in subsection (b)(1)(B), a statement that the
source uses less than the amount of material specified in subsection
(b)(1)(C)(i) or (ii), as applicable, during each calendar month. A source may
determine that it emits below 6.8 kg/day (15 lbs/day) of VOM based upon
compliance with such material use limitations. If the source exceeds this
amount of material use in a given calendar month, the owner or operator must,
within 15 days after the end of that month, complete the emissions calculations
of subsection (b)(1)(B) to determine daily emissions for applicability
purposes. If the source ever exceeds this amount of material use for six
consecutive calendar months, it is no longer eligible to use this subsection (b)(1)(C)
as an alternative to the calculations in subsection (b)(1)(B). If a source has
both heatset web offset and either nonheatset web offset or sheetfed
lithographic printing operations, or has all three types of printing
operations, the owner or operator may not make use of this alternative and must
use the calculations in subsection (b)(1)(B).
i) The
sum of all sheetfed and nonheatset web offset lithographic printing operations
at the source: 242.3liters (64 gallons) of cleaning solvent and fountain
solution additives, combined; or
ii) The
sum of all heatset web offset lithographic printing operations at the source:
204.1 kg (450 lbs) of ink, cleaning solvent, and fountain solution additives,
combined;
D) A
description and the results of all tests used to determine the VOM content of
inks, fountain solution additives, and cleaning solvents, and a declaration
that all such tests have been properly conducted in accordance with Section
219.409(c)(1) of this Subpart;
E) For
sources complying with subsection (b)(1)(B) of this Section, notify the Agency
in writing if the combined emissions of VOM from all lithographic printing
lines (including inks, fountain solutions, and solvents used for cleanup
operations associated with the lithographic printing lines) at the source ever
equal or exceed 6.8 kg/day (15 lbs/day), before the use of capture systems and
control devices, within 30 days after the event occurs. If such emissions of
VOM at the source equal or exceed 6.8 kg/day (15 lbs/day) but do not exceed
45.5 kg/day (100 lbs/day), the source shall comply with the requirements in subsection
(b)(2) of this Section;
F) For
sources complying with subsection (b)(1)(C) of this Section, comply with the
following:
i) Maintain
material use records showing that the source uses less than the amount of
material specified in subsections (b)(1)(C)(i) and (b)(1)(C)(ii) during each
calendar month, or, if the source exceeds the material use limitations, records
showing that the source exceeded the limitations but did not emit 6.8 kg/day
(15 lbs/day) or more of VOM, and provide such records to the Agency upon
request. On and after January 1, 2012, such records shall include the name,
identification number, and VOM content of each cleaning solvent and fountain
solution additive used per calendar month, the volume of each cleaning solvent
and fountain solution additive used per calendar month for each sheetfed and
nonheatset web offset lithographic printing operation, and the weight of each
cleaning solvent, ink, and fountain solution additive used per calendar month
for each heatset web offset lithographic printing operation;
ii) Notify
the Agency in writing if the source exceeds the material use limitations for
six consecutive calendar months, or if the source changes its method of
compliance from subsection (b)(1)(C) to subsection (b)(1)(B) of this Section,
within 30 days after the event occurs;
2) Heatset
web offset lithographic printing lines exempt pursuant to Section 219.405(c)(1)
but not exempt pursuant to Section 219.405(c)(2). By August 1, 2010, or upon
initial start-up of a new heatset web offset lithographic printing line,
whichever is later, and upon modification of a heatset web offset lithographic
printing line, an owner or operator of heatset web offset lithographic printing
lines that are exempt from the limitations in Section 219.407 of this Subpart
pursuant to the criteria in Section 219.405(c)(1) of this Subpart, but that are
not exempt pursuant to the criteria in Section 219.405(c)(2) of this Subpart,
shall submit a certification to the Agency that includes the information
specified in subsections (b)(2)(A) through (b)(2)(C) of this Section. Such
owner or operator shall also comply with the requirements in subsection
(b)(2)(D) of this Section:
A) A
declaration that the source is exempt from the control requirements in Section
219.407 of this Subpart because of the criteria in Section 219.405(c)(1) of
this Subpart, but is not exempt pursuant to the criteria in Section
219.405(c)(2) of this Subpart;
B) Calculations
that demonstrate that combined emissions of VOM from all lithographic printing
lines (including inks, fountain solutions, and solvents used for cleanup operations
associated with the lithographic printing lines) at the source never exceed
45.5 kg/day (100 lbs/day) before the use of capture systems and control
devices, as follows (the following methodology shall also be used to calculate
whether a source exceeds 45.5 kg/day (100 lbs/day) for purposes of determining
eligibility for the exclusions set forth in Section 219.405(c)(3), in
accordance with Section 219.411(g)(2)(A)(i)):
i) To
calculate daily emissions of VOM, the owner or operator shall determine the
monthly emissions of VOM from all lithographic printing lines at the source
(including solvents used for cleanup operations associated with the
lithographic printing lines) and divide this amount by the number of days
during that calendar month that lithographic printing lines at the source were
in operation;
ii) To
determine the VOM content of the inks, fountain solution additives and cleaning
solvents, the test methods and procedures set forth in Section 219.409(c) of
this Subpart shall be used;
iii) To
determine VOM emissions from inks used on lithographic printing lines at the
source, an ink emission adjustment factor of 0.05 shall be used in calculating
emissions from all non-heatset inks except when using an impervious substrate,
and a factor of 0.80 shall be used in calculating emissions from all heatset
inks to account for VOM retention in the substrate except when using an
impervious substrate. For impervious substrates such as metal or plastic, no
emission adjustment factor is used. The VOM content of the ink, as used, shall
be multiplied by this factor to determine the amount of VOM emissions from the use
of ink on the printing lines;
iv) To
determine VOM emissions from cleaning solvents used on lithographic printing
lines at the source, an emission adjustment factor of 0.50 shall be used in
calculating emissions from cleaning solution in shop towels if the VOM
composite vapor pressure of such cleaning solution is demonstrated to be less
than 10 mmHg measured at 20oC (68oF) and the shop towels
are kept in closed containers. For cleaning solutions with VOM composite vapor
pressures of equal to or greater than 10 mmHg measured at 20oC (68oF)
and for shop towels that are not kept in closed containers, no emission
adjustment factor is used;
C) A description
and the results of all tests used to determine the VOM content of inks,
fountain solution additives, and cleaning solvents, and a declaration that all
such tests have been properly conducted in accordance with Section
219.409(c)(1) of this Subpart;
D) Notify
the Agency in writing if the combined emissions of VOM from all lithographic
printing lines (including inks, fountain solutions, and solvents used for
cleanup operations associated with the lithographic printing lines) at the
source ever exceed 45.5 kg/day (100 lbs/day), before the use of capture systems
and control devices, within 30 days after the event occurs.
c) Unless complying with subsections (b)(1)(C) and (b)(1)(F) of
this Section, an owner or operator of lithographic printing lines subject to
the requirements of subsection (a) or (b) of this Section shall collect and
record either the information specified in subsection (c)(1) or (c)(2) of this
Section for all lithographic printing lines at the source:
1) Standard recordkeeping, including the following:
A) The name and identification of each fountain solution additive,
lithographic ink, and cleaning solvent used on any lithographic printing line,
recorded each month;
B) A daily record which shows whether a lithographic printing line
at the source was in operation on that day;
C) The VOM content and the volume of each fountain solution
additive, lithographic ink, and cleaning solvent used on any lithographic
printing line, recorded each month;
D) The total VOM emissions at the source each month, determined as
the sum of the product of usage and VOM content for each fountain solution
additive, cleaning solvent, and lithographic ink (with the applicable ink VOM
emission adjustment) used at the source, calculated each month; and
E) The VOM emissions in lbs/day for the month, calculated in
accordance with subsection (a)(1)(B), (b)(1)(B), or (b)(2)(B) of this Section,
as applicable;
2) Purchase and inventory recordkeeping, including the following:
A) The name, identification, and VOM content of each fountain
solution additive, lithographic ink, and cleaning solvent used on any
lithographic printing line, recorded each month;
B) Inventory records from the beginning and end of each month
indicating the total volume of each fountain solution additive, lithographic
ink, and cleaning solvent to be used on any lithographic printing line at the
source;
C) Monthly purchase records for each fountain solution additive,
lithographic ink, and cleaning solvent used on any lithographic printing line
at the source;
D) A daily record which shows whether a lithographic printing line
at the source was in operation on that day;
E) The total VOM emissions at the source each month, determined as
the sum of the product of usage and VOM content for each fountain solution
additive, cleaning solvent, and lithographic ink (with the applicable ink VOM
emission adjustment) used at the source, calculated each month based on the
monthly inventory and purchase records required to be maintained pursuant to
subsections (c)(2)(A), (c)(2)(B), and (c)(2)(C) of this Section;
F) The VOM emissions in lbs/day for the month, calculated in
accordance with subsection (a)(1)(B), (b)(1)(B), or (b)(2)(B) of this Section,
as applicable.
d) An owner or operator of a heatset web offset lithographic
printing line subject to the control requirements of Section 219.407(a)(1)(C)
or (b)(1) of this Subpart shall comply with the following:
1) By August 1, 2010, upon initial start-up of a new printing
line, and upon initial start-up of a new control device for a heatset web
offset printing line, submit a certification to the Agency that includes the
following:
A) An identification of each heatset web offset lithographic
printing line at the source;
B) A declaration that each heatset web offset lithographic
printing line is in compliance with the requirements of Section 219.407
(a)(1)(B), (a)(1)(C), (a)(1)(D) and (a)(1)(E) or (b) of this Subpart, as
appropriate;
C) The type of afterburner or other approved control device used
to comply with the requirements of Section 219.407(a)(1)(C) or (b)(1) of this
Subpart and the date that such device was first constructed at the source;
D) The control requirements in Section 219.407(a)(1)(C) or (b)(1)
of this Subpart with which the lithographic printing line is complying;
E) The results of all tests and calculations necessary to
demonstrate compliance with the control requirements of Section
219.407(a)(1)(C) or (b)(1) of this Subpart, as applicable; and
F) A declaration that the monitoring equipment required under
Section 219.407(a)(1)(D) or (b) of this Subpart, as applicable, has been
properly installed and calibrated according to manufacturer's specifications;
2) If testing of the afterburner or other approved control device
is conducted pursuant to Section 219.409(b) of this Subpart, the owner or
operator shall, within 90 days after conducting such testing, submit a copy of
all test results to the Agency and shall submit a certification to the Agency
that includes the following:
A) A declaration that all tests and calculations necessary to
demonstrate whether the lithographic printing lines are in compliance with
Section 219.407(a)(1)(C) or (b)(1) of this Subpart, as applicable, have been
properly performed;
B) A statement whether the lithographic printing lines are or are
not in compliance with Section 219.407(a)(1)(C) or (b)(1) of this Subpart, as
applicable; and
C) The operating parameters of the afterburner or other approved
control device during testing, as monitored in accordance with Section
219.410(c) or (d) of this Subpart, as applicable;
3) Except as provided in subsection (d)(3)(D)(ii) of this Section,
collect and record daily the following information for each heatset web offset
lithographic printing line subject to the requirements of Section
219.407(a)(1)(C) or (b)(1) of this Subpart:
A) Afterburner or other approved control device monitoring data in
accordance with Section 219.410(c) or (d) of this Subpart, as applicable;
B) A log of operating time for the afterburner or other approved
control device, monitoring equipment, and the associated printing line;
C) A maintenance log for the afterburner or other approved control
device and monitoring equipment detailing all routine and non-routine
maintenance performed, including dates and duration of any outages; and
D) A log detailing checks on the air flow direction or air
pressure of the dryer and press room to ensure compliance with the requirements
of Section 219.407(a)(1)(B) of this Subpart as follows:
i) Prior to August 1, 2010, at least once per 24-hour
period while the line is operating; and
ii) On
and after August 1, 2010, at least once per calendar month while the line is
operating;
4) Notify the Agency in writing of any violation of Section
219.407(a)(1)(C) or (b)(1) of this Subpart within 30 days after the occurrence
of such violation. Such notification shall include a copy of all records of
such violation;
5) If changing its method of compliance between subsections
(a)(1)(C) and (b) of Section 219.407 of this Subpart, certify compliance for
the new method of compliance in accordance with subsection (d)(1) of this
Section at least 30 days before making such change, and perform all tests and
calculations necessary to demonstrate that such printing lines will be in
compliance with the requirements of Section 219.407(a)(1)(B), (a)(1)(C),
(a)(1)(D) and (a)(1)(E) of this Subpart, or Section 219.407(b) of this Subpart,
as applicable.
e) An owner or operator of a lithographic printing line subject
to Section 219.407(a)(1)(A), (a)(2), or (a)(3) of this Subpart shall:
1) By August 1, 2010, and upon initial start-up of a new
lithographic printing line, certify to the Agency that fountain solutions used
on each lithographic printing line will be in compliance with the applicable
VOM content limitation. Such certification shall include:
A) Identification of each lithographic printing line at the
source, by type, e.g., heatset web offset, non-heatset web offset, or sheet-fed
offset;
B) Identification of each centralized fountain solution reservoir
and each lithographic printing line that it serves;
C) A statement that the fountain solution will comply with the VOM
content limitations in Section 219.407(a)(1)(A), (a)(2), or (a)(3), as
applicable;
D) Initial documentation that each type of fountain solution will
comply with the applicable VOM content limitations, including copies of
manufacturer's specifications, test results, if any, formulation data and
calculations;
E) Identification of the methods that will be used to demonstrate
continuing compliance with the applicable limitation, e.g., a refractometer,
hydrometer, conductivity meter, or recordkeeping procedures with detailed
description of the compliance methodology; and
F) A sample of the records that will be kept pursuant to subsection
(e)(2) of this Section.
2) Collect and record the following information for each fountain
solution:
A) The name and identification of each batch of fountain solution
prepared for use on one or more lithographic printing lines, the lithographic
printing lines or centralized reservoir using such batch of fountain solution,
and the applicable VOM content limitation for the batch;
B) If an owner or operator uses a hydrometer, refractometer, or
conductivity meter, pursuant to Section 219.410(b)(1)(B), to demonstrate
compliance with the applicable VOM content limit in Section 219.407(a)(1)(A),
(a)(2), or (a)(3) of this Subpart:
i) The date and time of preparation, and each subsequent
modification, of the batch;
ii) The results of each measurement taken in accordance with
Section 219.410(b) of this Subpart;
iii) Documentation of the periodic calibration of the meter in
accordance with the manufacturer's specifications, including date and time of
calibration, personnel conducting, identity of standard solution, and resultant
reading; and
iv) Documentation of the periodic temperature adjustment of the
meter, including date and time of adjustment, personnel conducting and results;
C) If the VOM content of the fountain solution is determined
pursuant to Section 219.410(b)(1)(A) of this Subpart, for each batch of
as-applied fountain solution:
i) Date and time of preparation and each subsequent modification
of the batch;
ii) Volume or weight, as applicable, and VOM content of each
component used in, or subsequently added to, the fountain solution batch;
iii) Calculated VOM content of the as-applied fountain solution;
and
iv) Any other information necessary to demonstrate compliance with
the applicable VOM content limits in Section 219.407(a)(1)(A), (a)(2) and
(a)(3) of this Subpart, as specified in the source's operating permit;
D) If the
VOM content of the fountain solution is determined pursuant to Section
219.410(b)(2) of this Subpart, for each setting:
i) VOM content limit
corresponding to each setting;
ii) Date and time of
initial setting and each subsequent setting;
iii) Documentation
of the periodic calibration of the automatic feed equipment in accordance with
the manufacturer's specifications; and
iv) Any
other information necessary to demonstrate compliance with the applicable VOM
content limits in Section 219.407(a)(1)(A), (a)(2) and (a)(3) of this Subpart,
as specified in the source's operating permit.
E) If the owner or operator relies on the temperature of the
fountain solution to comply with the requirements in Section
219.407(a)(1)(A)(ii) or (a)(3)(B) of this Subpart:
i) The temperature of the fountain solution at each printing
line, as monitored in accordance with Section 219.410(a); and
ii) A maintenance log for the temperature monitoring devices and
automatic, continuous temperature recorders detailing all routine and
non-routine maintenance performed, including dates and duration of any outages.
3) Notify the Agency in writing of any violation of Section
219.407 of this Subpart within 30 days after the occurrence of such violation.
Such notification shall include a copy of all records of such violation.
f) For lithographic printing line cleaning operations, an owner
or operator of a lithographic printing line subject to the requirements of
Section 219.407 of this Subpart shall:
1) By August 1, 2010, and upon initial start-up of a new
lithographic printing line, certify to the Agency that all cleaning solutions, other
than those excluded pursuant to Section 219.405(c)(3)(C), and the handling of all
cleaning materials, will be in compliance with the requirements of Section
219.407(a)(4)(A) or (a)(4)(B) and (a)(5) of this Subpart, and such certification
shall also include:
A) A statement that the cleaning solution will comply with the
limitations in Section 219.407(a)(4);
B) Identification of the methods that will be used to demonstrate
continuing compliance with the applicable limitations;
C) A sample of the records that will be kept pursuant to subsection
(f)(2) of this Section; and
D) A description of the practices that ensure that VOM-containing
cleaning materials are kept in closed containers;
2) Collect and record the following information for each cleaning
solution used on each lithographic printing line:
A) For each cleaning solution for which the owner or operator
relies on the VOM content to demonstrate compliance with Section
219.407(a)(4)(A) of this Subpart and that is prepared at the source with
automatic equipment:
i) The name and identification of each cleaning solution;
ii) The VOM content of each cleaning solvent in the cleaning
solution, as determined in accordance with Section 219.409(c) of this Subpart;
iii) Each change to the setting of the automatic equipment, with
date, time, description of changes in the cleaning solution constituents (e.g.,
cleaning solvents), and a description of changes to the proportion of cleaning
solvent and water (or other non-VOM);
iv) The proportion of each cleaning solvent and water (or other
non-VOM) used to prepare the as-used cleaning solution;
v) The VOM content of the as-used cleaning solution, with
supporting calculations; and
vi) A calibration log for the automatic equipment, detailing
periodic checks;
B) For each batch of cleaning solution for which the owner or
operator relies on the VOM content to demonstrate compliance with Section
219.407(a)(4)(A) of this Subpart, and that is not prepared at the source with
automatic equipment:
i) The name and identification of each cleaning solution;
ii) Date and time of preparation, and each subsequent
modification, of the batch;
iii) The VOM content of each cleaning solvent in the cleaning
solution, as determined in accordance with Section 219.409(c) of this Subpart;
iv) The total amount of each cleaning solvent and water (or other
non-VOM) used to prepare the as-used cleaning solution; and
v) The VOM content of the as-used cleaning solution, with
supporting calculations. For cleaning solutions that are used as purchased,
the manufacturer's specifications for VOM content may be used if such
manufacturer's specifications are based on results of tests of the VOM content
conducted in accordance with methods specified in Section 219.105(a) of this
Part;
C) For each batch of cleaning solution for which the owner or
operator relies on the vapor pressure of the cleaning solution to demonstrate
compliance with Section 219.407(a)(4)(B) of this Subpart:
i) The name and identification of each cleaning solution;
ii) Date and time of preparation, and each subsequent
modification, of the batch;
iii) The molecular weight, density, and VOM composite partial
vapor pressure of each cleaning solvent, as determined in accordance with
Section 219.409(e) of this Subpart. For cleaning solutions that are used as
purchased, the manufacturer's specifications for VOM composite partial vapor
pressure may be used if such manufacturer's specifications are based on results
of tests conducted in accordance with methods specified in Sections 219.105(a)
and 219.110 of this Part;
iv) The total amount of each cleaning solvent used to prepare the
as-used cleaning solution; and
v) The VOM composite partial vapor pressure of each as-used
cleaning solution, as determined in accordance with Section 219.409(e) of this
Subpart. For cleaning solutions that are used as purchased, the manufacturer's
specifications for VOM composite partial vapor pressure may be used if such
manufacturer's specifications are based on results of tests conducted in
accordance with methods specified in Sections 219.105(a) and 219.110 of this
Part;
D) The date, time and duration of scheduled inspections performed
to confirm the proper use of closed containers to control VOM emissions, and
any instances of improper use of closed containers, with descriptions of actual
practice and corrective action taken, if any;
3) Notify the Agency in writing of any violation of Section
219.407 of this Subpart within 30 days after the occurrence of such violation.
Such notification shall include a copy of all records of such violation.
g) The
owner or operator of lithographic printing lines subject to one or more of the
exclusions set forth in Section 219.405(c)(3) shall:
1) By August
1, 2010, or upon initial start-up of a new lithographic printing line that is
subject to one or more of the exclusions set forth in Section 219.405(c)(3),
whichever is later, submit a certification to the Agency that includes either:
A) A
declaration that the source is subject to one or more of the exclusions set
forth in Section 219.405(c)(3) and a statement indicating which such exclusions
apply to the source; or
B) A
declaration that the source will not make use of any of the exclusions set
forth in Section 219.405(c)(3);
2) Unless
the source has certified in accordance with subsection (g)(1)(B) of this
Section that it will not make use of any of the exclusions set forth in Section
219.405(c)(3):
A) Collect
and record the following information for all lithographic printing lines at the
source:
i) Calculations
that demonstrate that combined emissions of VOM from all lithographic printing
lines (including inks, fountain solutions, and solvents used for cleanup
operations associated with the lithographic printing lines) at the source never
exceed 45.5 kg/day (100 lbs/day) before the use of capture systems and control
devices, determined in accordance with the calculations in subsection (b)(2)(B)
of this Section;
ii) The name,
identification, and volume of all cleaning materials used per calendar month on
lithographic printing lines at the source that do not comply with the cleaning
material limitations in Section 219.407(a)(4) of this Subpart;
B) Notify
the Agency in writing if the combined emissions of VOM from all lithographic
printing lines (including inks, fountain solutions, and solvents used for
cleanup operations associated with the lithographic printing lines) at the
source ever exceed 45.5 kg/day (100 lbs/day), before the use of capture systems
and control devices, within 30 days after the event occurs;
3) If
changing from utilization of the exclusions set forth in Section 219.405(c)(3)
to opting out of such exclusions pursuant to subsection (g)(1)(B) of this
Section, or if there is a change at the source such that the exclusions no
longer apply, certify compliance in accordance with subsection (g)(1)(B) of
this Section within 30 days after making such change, and perform all tests and
calculations necessary to demonstrate that such printing lines will be in
compliance with the applicable requirements of Section 219.407 of this Subpart;
4) If
changing from opting out of the exclusions set forth in Section 219.405(c)(3)
pursuant to subsection (g)(1)(B) of this Section to utilization of such
exclusions, certify compliance in accordance with subsection (g)(1)(A) of this
Section within 30 days after making such change.
h) The owner or operator shall maintain all records required by
this Section at the source for a minimum period of three years and shall make
all records available to the Agency upon request.
i) Provisions
for Calculation of Emissions from Heatset Web Offset Lithographic Printing Operations.
To calculate VOM emissions from heatset web offset lithographic printing
operations for purposes other than the applicability thresholds specified in
Section 219.405 of this Subpart, sources may use the following emission
adjustment factors (for Annual Emissions Reports or permit limits, for
example):
1) A
factor of 0.80 may be used in calculating emissions from all heatset inks to
account for VOM retention in the substrate except when using an impervious
substrate. For impervious substrates such as metal or plastic, no emission
adjustment factor is used. The VOM content of the ink, as used, shall be
multiplied by this factor to determine the amount of VOM emissions from the use
of ink on the printing lines;
2) To
determine VOM emissions from fountain solutions that contain no alcohol, an
emission adjustment factor may be used to account for carryover into the dryer,
except when using an impervious substrate.
A) The
VOM emitted from the fountain solution shall be calculated using the following
equation:

where:
|
VOMtot
|
=
|
Total VOM
in the fountain solution;
|
|
|
|
|
|
VOMfs
|
=
|
VOM
emitted from the fountain solution;
|
|
|
|
|
|
DE
|
=
|
Destruction
efficiency of the control device on the associated dryer, in decimal form
(i.e., 95% control is represented as 0.95). If no control device is present,
DE = 0;
|
B) For
fountain solutions that contain alcohol, impervious substrates such as metal or
plastic, or non-heatset lithographic presses, no emission adjustment factor is
used;
3) To
determine VOM emissions from cleaning solutions used on heatset web offset
lithographic printing lines at the source, an emission adjustment factor of
0.50 may be used in calculating emissions from used shop towels if the VOM
composite vapor pressure of each associated cleaning solution is less than 10
mmHg measured at 20oC (68oF) and the shop towels are kept
in closed containers. To determine VOM emissions from automatic blanket wash
solution with a VOM composite vapor pressure of less than 10 mmHg measured at
20oC (68oF), an emission adjustment factor may be used to
account for carryover into the dryer, except when using an impervious
substrate.
A) The
VOM emitted from the automatic blanket wash solution shall be calculated using
the following equation:

where:
|
VOMtot
|
=
|
Total VOM
in the blanket wash;
|
|
|
|
VOMbw
|
=
|
VOM
emitted from the blanket wash;
|
|
|
|
DE
|
=
|
Destruction
efficiency of the control device on the associated dryer, in decimal form
(i.e., 95% control is represented as 0.95). If no control device is present,
DE = 0;
|
B) For
cleaning solutions with VOM composite vapor pressures of equal to or greater
than 10 mmHg measured at 20oC (68oF), for shop towels that
are not kept in closed containers, and for impervious substrates such as metal
or plastic, no emission adjustment factor is used.
(Source: Amended at 35 Ill.
Reg. 13676, effective July 27, 2011)
 | TITLE 35: ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
SUBTITLE B: AIR POLLUTION CHAPTER I: POLLUTION CONTROL BOARD SUBCHAPTER c: EMISSIONS STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS FOR STATIONARY SOURCES
PART 219
ORGANIC MATERIAL EMISSION STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS
FOR THE METRO EAST AREA
SECTION 219.412 LETTERPRESS PRINTING LINES: APPLICABILITY
Section 219.412 Letterpress Printing Lines:
Applicability
a) Except
as provided in subsection (b) of this Section, on and after August
1, 2010, the limitations in Sections 219.413 through 219.416 of this Subpart
shall apply to:
1) All
heatset web letterpress printing lines at a source if all heatset web
letterpress printing lines (including solvents used for cleanup operations
associated with heatset web letterpress printing lines) at the source have a
total potential to emit 22.7 Mg (25 tons) or more of VOM per year; and
2) All
letterpress printing lines at a source where the combined emissions of VOM from
all letterpress printing lines at the source (including solvents used for
cleanup operations associated with the letterpress printing lines) ever equal
or exceed 6.8 kg/day (15 lbs/day), in the absence of air pollution control
equipment, calculated in accordance with Section 219.417(b)(1)(B).
b) Notwithstanding
subsection (a) of this Section, the requirements of Section 219.413(a)(2) of
this Subpart shall not apply to up to 416.3 liters (110 gallons) per year of
cleaning materials used on letterpress printing lines at a subject source.
c) On
and after August 1, 2010, the recordkeeping and reporting requirements in
Section 219.417 of this Subpart shall apply to all owners or operators of
letterpress printing lines.
d) If a
letterpress printing line at a source is or becomes subject to one or more of
the limitations in Section 219.413 of this Subpart, the letterpress printing
lines at the source are always subject to the applicable provisions of this
Subpart.
(Source: Added at 34 Ill.
Reg. 9253, effective June 25, 2010)
 | TITLE 35: ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
SUBTITLE B: AIR POLLUTION CHAPTER I: POLLUTION CONTROL BOARD SUBCHAPTER c: EMISSIONS STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS FOR STATIONARY SOURCES
PART 219
ORGANIC MATERIAL EMISSION STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS
FOR THE METRO EAST AREA
SECTION 219.413 EMISSION LIMITATIONS AND CONTROL REQUIREMENTS FOR LETTERPRESS PRINTING LINES
Section 219.413 Emission Limitations and Control
Requirements for Letterpress Printing Lines
a) No
owner or operator of letterpress printing lines subject to the requirements of
this Subpart shall:
1) Cause
or allow the operation of any heatset web letterpress printing line that meets
the applicability requirements of Section 219.412(a)(1) unless:
A) The
air pressure in the dryer is maintained lower than the air pressure of the
press room, such that air flow through all openings in the dryer, other than
the exhaust, is into the dryer at all times when the printing line is
operating;
B) An
afterburner is installed and operated so that VOM emissions (excluding methane
and ethane) from the press dryer exhausts are reduced as follows:
i) By
90 percent, by weight, for afterburners first constructed at the source prior
to January 1, 2010;
ii) By
95 percent, by weight, for afterburners first constructed at the source on or
after January 1, 2010; or
iii) To a
maximum afterburner exhaust outlet concentration of 20 ppmv (as carbon);
C) The
afterburner complies with all monitoring provisions specified in Section
219.416(a) of this Subpart; and
D) The
afterburner is operated at all times when the printing line is in operation,
except the afterburner may be shut down between November 1 and April 1 as
provided in Section 219.107 of this Part;
2) Cause
or allow the use of a cleaning solution on any letterpress printing line
unless:
A) The
VOM content of the as-used cleaning solution is less than or equal to 70
percent, by weight; or
B) The
VOM composite partial vapor pressure of the as-used cleaning solution is less
than 10 mmHg at 20oC (68oF);
3) Cause
or allow VOM-containing cleaning materials, including used cleaning towels,
associated with any letterpress printing line to be kept, stored, or disposed
of in any manner other than in closed containers, except when specifically in
use.
b) An
owner or operator of a heatset web letterpress printing line subject to the
requirements of subsection (a)(1)(B) of this Section may use a control device
other than an afterburner, if:
1) The
control device reduces VOM emissions from the press dryer exhausts as follows:
A) By 90
percent, by weight, for control devices first constructed at the source prior
to January 1, 2010;
B) By 95
percent, by weight, for control devices first constructed at the source on or
after January 1, 2010; or
C) To a
maximum control device exhaust outlet concentration of 20 ppmv (as carbon);
2) The
owner or operator submits a plan to the Agency detailing appropriate monitoring
devices, test methods, recordkeeping requirements, and operating parameters for
the control device; and
3) The
use of the control device in accordance with this plan is approved by the
Agency and USEPA as federally enforceable permit conditions.
(Source: Added at 34 Ill.
Reg. 9253, effective June 25, 2010)
 | TITLE 35: ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
SUBTITLE B: AIR POLLUTION CHAPTER I: POLLUTION CONTROL BOARD SUBCHAPTER c: EMISSIONS STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS FOR STATIONARY SOURCES
PART 219
ORGANIC MATERIAL EMISSION STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS
FOR THE METRO EAST AREA
SECTION 219.415 TESTING FOR LETTERPRESS PRINTING LINES
Section 219.415 Testing for Letterpress Printing Lines
a) Testing
to demonstrate compliance with the requirements of Section 219.413 of this
Subpart shall be conducted by the owner or operator by January 1, 2012, unless
such testing has been conducted within the two years immediately preceding
January 1, 2012. Thereafter, testing shall be conducted by the owner or
operator within 90 days after a request by the Agency, or as otherwise
specified in this Subpart. Such testing shall be conducted at the expense of
the owner or operator, and the owner or operator shall notify the Agency in
writing 30 days in advance of conducting such testing to allow the Agency to be
present during such testing.
b) The
methods and procedures of Section 219.105(d) and (f) shall be used for testing
to demonstrate compliance with the requirements of Section 219.413(a)(1)(B) or
(b)(1) of this Subpart, as follows:
1) To
select the sampling sites, Method 1 or 1A, as appropriate, 40 CFR 60, appendix
A, incorporated by reference in Section 219.112 of this Part. The sampling
sites for determining efficiency in reducing VOM from the dryer exhaust shall
be located between the dryer exhaust and the control device inlet, and between
the outlet of the control device and the exhaust to the atmosphere;
2) To
determine the volumetric flow rate of the exhaust stream, Method 2, 2A, 2C, or
2D, as appropriate, 40 CFR 60, appendix A, incorporated by reference in Section
219.112 of this Part;
3) To
determine the VOM concentration of the exhaust stream entering and exiting the
control device, Method 25 or 25A, as appropriate, 40 CFR 60, appendix A,
incorporated by reference in Section 219.112 of this Part. For thermal and
catalytic afterburners, Method 25 must be used except under the following
circumstances, in which case Method 25A must be used:
A) The allowable
outlet concentration of VOM from the control device is less than 50 ppmv, as
carbon;
B) The
VOM concentration at the inlet of the control device and the required level of
control result in exhaust concentrations of VOM of 50 ppmv, or less, as carbon;
and
C) Due to
the high efficiency of the control device, the anticipated VOM concentration at
the control device exhaust is 50 ppmv or less, as carbon, regardless of inlet
concentration. If the source elects to use Method 25A under this option, the
exhaust VOM concentration must be 50 ppmv or less, as carbon, and the required
destruction efficiency must be met for the source to have demonstrated
compliance. If the Method 25A test results show that the required destruction
efficiency apparently has been met, but the exhaust concentration is above 50
ppmv, as carbon, a retest is required. The retest shall be conducted using
either Method 25 or Method 25A. If the retest is conducted using Method 25A
and the test results again show that the required destruction efficiency
apparently has been met, but the exhaust concentration is above 50 ppmv, as
carbon, the source must retest using Method 25;
4) Notwithstanding
the criteria or requirements in Method 25 which specifies a minimum probe
temperature of 129°C (265oF),
the probe must be heated to at least the gas stream temperature of the dryer
exhaust, typically close to 176.7oC (350oF);
5) During
testing, the printing lines shall be operated at representative operating
conditions and flow rates; and
6) During
testing, an air flow direction indicating device, such as a smoke stick, shall
be used to demonstrate 100 percent emissions capture efficiency for the dryer
in accordance with Section 219.413(a)(1)(A) of this Subpart.
c) Testing
to demonstrate compliance with the VOM content limitations in Section
219.413(a)(2)(A) of this Subpart, and to determine the VOM content of cleaning
solvents, cleaning solutions, and inks (pursuant to the requirements of Section
219.417(b)(1)(B) of this Subpart), shall be conducted upon request of the
Agency, or as otherwise specified in this Subpart, as follows:
1) The
applicable test methods and procedures specified in Section 219.105(a) of this
Part shall be used; provided, however, Method 24, incorporated by reference in
Section 219.112 of this Part, shall be used to demonstrate compliance; or
2) The
manufacturer's specifications for VOM content for cleaning solvents and inks
may be used if such manufacturer's specifications are based on results of tests
of the VOM content conducted in accordance with methods specified in Section
219.105(a) of this Part; provided, however, Method 24 shall be used to
determine compliance.
d) Testing
to demonstrate compliance with the requirements of Section 219.413(b) of this
Subpart shall be conducted as set forth in the owner or operator's plan
approved by the Agency and USEPA as federally enforceable permit conditions
pursuant to Section 219.413(b) of this Subpart.
e) Testing
to determine the VOM composite partial vapor pressure of cleaning solvents,
cleaning solvent concentrates, and as-used cleaning solutions shall be
conducted in accordance with the applicable methods and procedures specified in
Section 219.110 of this Part.
(Source: Amended at 35 Ill.
Reg. 13676, effective July 27, 2011)
 | TITLE 35: ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
SUBTITLE B: AIR POLLUTION CHAPTER I: POLLUTION CONTROL BOARD SUBCHAPTER c: EMISSIONS STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS FOR STATIONARY SOURCES
PART 219
ORGANIC MATERIAL EMISSION STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS
FOR THE METRO EAST AREA
SECTION 219.416 MONITORING REQUIREMENTS FOR LETTERPRESS PRINTING LINES
Section 219.416 Monitoring Requirements for Letterpress
Printing Lines
a) Afterburners
for Heatset Web Letterpress Printing Lines. If an afterburner is used to
demonstrate compliance, the owner or operator of a heatset web letterpress
printing line subject to Section 219.413(a)(1)(B) of this Subpart shall:
1) Install,
calibrate, maintain, and operate temperature monitoring devices with an
accuracy of 3oC or 5oF on the afterburner in accordance
with Section 219.105(d)(2) of this Part and in accordance with the
manufacturer's specifications. Monitoring shall be performed at all times when
the afterburner is operating; and
2) Install,
calibrate, operate, and maintain, in accordance with manufacturer's
specifications, a continuous recorder on the temperature monitoring devices,
such as a strip chart, recorder or computer, with at least the same accuracy as
the temperature monitor.
b) Other
Control Devices for Heatset Web Letterpress Printing Lines. If a control
device other than an afterburner is used to demonstrate compliance, the owner
or operator of a heatset web letterpress printing line subject to this Subpart
shall install, maintain, calibrate, and operate such monitoring equipment as
set forth in the owner or operator's plan approved by the Agency and USEPA
pursuant to Section 219.413(b) of this Subpart.
c) Cleaning Solution
1) The
owner or operator of any letterpress printing line relying on the VOM content
of the cleaning solution to comply with Section 219.413(a)(2)(A) of this
Subpart must:
A) For
cleaning solutions that are prepared at the source with equipment that
automatically mixes cleaning solvent and water (or other non-VOM):
i) Install,
operate, maintain, and calibrate the automatic feed equipment in accordance
with manufacturer's specifications to regulate the volume of each of the
cleaning solvent and water (or other non-VOM), as mixed; and
ii) Pre-set
the automatic feed equipment so that the consumption rates of the cleaning
solvent and water (or other non-VOM), as applied, comply with Section
219.413(a)(2)(A) of this Subpart;
B) For
cleaning solutions that are not prepared at the source with automatic feed
equipment, keep records of the usage of cleaning solvent and water (or other
non-VOM) as set forth in Section 219.417(c)(2) of this Subpart.
2) The
owner or operator of any letterpress printing line relying on the vapor
pressure of the cleaning solution to comply with Section 219.413(a)(2)(B) of
this Subpart must keep records for such cleaning solutions used on any such
lines as set forth in Section 219.417(e)(2)(C) of this Subpart.
(Source: Added at 34 Ill.
Reg. 9253, effective June 25, 2010)
 | TITLE 35: ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
SUBTITLE B: AIR POLLUTION CHAPTER I: POLLUTION CONTROL BOARD SUBCHAPTER c: EMISSIONS STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS FOR STATIONARY SOURCES
PART 219
ORGANIC MATERIAL EMISSION STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS
FOR THE METRO EAST AREA
SECTION 219.417 RECORDKEEPING AND REPORTING FOR LETTERPRESS PRINTING LINES
Section 219.417 Recordkeeping and Reporting for
Letterpress Printing Lines
a) By August
1, 2010, or upon initial start-up of a new heatset web letterpress printing
line, whichever is later, and upon modification of a heatset web letterpress
printing line, an owner or operator of a heatset web letterpress printing line
exempt from any of the limitations of Section 219.413 of this Subpart because
of the criteria in Section 219.412(a)(1) shall submit a certification to the
Agency that includes:
1) A
declaration that the source is exempt from the requirements in Section 219.413
of this Subpart because of the criteria in Section 219.412(a)(1) of this
Subpart;
2) Calculations
which demonstrate that the source's total potential to emit VOM does not equal
or exceed 22.7 Mg (25 tons) per year.
b) An
owner or operator of a letterpress printing line exempt from any of the
limitations of Section 219.413 of this Subpart because of the criteria in
Section 219.412(a)(2) shall:
1) By August
1, 2010, or upon initial start-up of a new letterpress printing line,
whichever is later, and upon modification of a letterpress printing line,
submit a certification to the Agency that includes the information specified in
either subsections (b)(1)(A) through (b)(1)(C) of this Section, or subsections
(b)(1)(A) and (b)(1)(D) of this Section, as applicable:
A) A
declaration that the source is exempt from the control requirements in Section 219.413
of this Part because of the criteria in Section 219.412(a)(2) of this Subpart;
B) Calculations
that demonstrate that combined emissions of VOM from all letterpress printing
lines (including inks and solvents used for cleanup operations associated with
the letterpress printing lines) at the source never equal or exceed 6.8 kg/day
(15 lbs/day), in the absence of air pollution control equipment, as follows:
i) To
calculate daily emissions of VOM, the owner or operator shall determine the
monthly emissions of VOM from all letterpress printing lines at the source
(including solvents used for cleanup operations associated with the letterpress
printing lines) and divide this amount by the number of days during that
calendar month that letterpress printing lines at the source were in operation;
ii) To
determine the VOM content of the inks and cleaning solvents, the tests methods
and procedures set forth in Section 219.415(c) of this Subpart shall be used;
iii) To
determine VOM emissions from inks used on letterpress printing lines at the
source, an ink emission adjustment factor of 0.05 shall be used in calculating
emissions from all non-heatset inks except when using an impervious substrate,
and a factor of 0.80 shall be used in calculating emissions from all heatset
inks to account for VOM retention in the substrate except when using an
impervious substrate. For impervious substrates such as metal or plastic, no
emission adjustment factor is used. The VOM content of the ink, as used, shall
be multiplied by this factor to determine the amount of VOM emissions from the
use of ink on the printing lines; and
iv) To
determine VOM emissions from cleaning solutions used on letterpress printing
lines at the source, an emission adjustment factor of 0.50 shall be used in
calculating emissions from used shop towels if the VOM composite vapor pressure
of each associated cleaning solution is less than 10 mmHg measured at 20oC
(68oF) and the shop towels are kept in closed containers.
Otherwise, no retention factor is used;
C) A
description and the results of all tests used to determine the VOM content of
inks and cleaning solvents, and a declaration that all such tests have been
properly conducted in accordance with Section 219.415(c)(1) of this Subpart;
D) As an
alternative to the calculations in subsection (b)(1)(B), a statement that the
source uses less than the amount of material specified in subsection
(b)(1)(D)(i) or (b)(1)(D)(ii), as applicable, during each calendar month. A
source may determine that it emits below 6.8 kg/day (15 lbs/day) of VOM based
upon compliance with such material use limitations. If the source exceeds this
amount of material use in a given calendar month, the owner or operator must,
within 15 days of the end of that month, complete the emissions calculations of
subsection (b)(1)(B) to determine daily emissions for applicability purposes.
If the source ever exceeds this amount of material use for six consecutive
calendar months, it is no longer eligible to use this subsection as an
alternative to the calculations in subsection (b)(1)(B). If a source has both
heatset web and either nonheatset web or sheetfed letterpress printing
operations, or has all three types of printing operations, the owner or
operator may not make use of this alternative and must use the calculations in
subsection (b)(1)(B).
i) The
sum of all sheetfed and nonheatset web letterpress printing operations at the
source: 242.3 liters (64 gallons) of cleaning solvent; or
ii) The
sum of all heatset web letterpress printing operations at the source: 204.1 kg
(450 lbs) of ink and cleaning solvent;
2) For
sources complying with subsection (b)(1)(B) of this Section, notify the Agency
in writing if the combined emissions of VOM from all letterpress printing lines
(including inks and solvents used for cleanup operations associated with the
letterpress printing lines) at the source ever equal or exceed 6.8 kg/day (15
lbs/day), in the absence of air pollution control equipment, within 30 days
after the event occurs;
3) For
sources complying with subsection (b)(1)(D) of this Section, comply with the
following:
A) Maintain
material use records showing that the source uses less than the amount of
material specified in subsections (b)(1)(D)(i) and (b)(1)(D)(ii) during each
calendar month, or, if the source exceeds the material use limitations, records
showing that the source exceeded the limitations but did not emit 6.8 kg/day
(15 lbs/day) or more of VOM. On and after January 1, 2012, such records shall
include the name, identification number, and VOM content of each cleaning
solvent and ink used per calendar month, the volume of each cleaning solvent
used per calendar month for each sheetfed and nonheatset web letterpress
printing operation, and the weight of each cleaning solvent and ink used per
calendar month for each heatset web letterpress printing operation;
B) Notify
the Agency in writing if the source exceeds the material use limitations for
six consecutive calendar months, or if the source changes its method of
compliance from subsection (b)(1)(D) to subsection (b)(1)(B) of this Section,
within 30 days after the event occurs.
c) Unless
complying with subsections (b)(1)(D) and (b)(3) of this Section, on and after August
1, 2010, an owner or operator of a letterpress printing line exempt from any
of the limitations in Section 219.413 of this Subpart because of the criteria
in Section 219.412(a)(1) or (a)(2) shall collect and record either the
information specified in subsection (c)(1) or (c)(2) of this Section for all
letterpress printing lines at the source:
1) Standard
recordkeeping, including the following:
A) The
name and identification of each letterpress ink and cleaning solvent used on
any letterpress printing line, recorded each month;
B) A
daily record that shows whether a letterpress printing line at the source was
in operation on that day;
C) The
VOM content and the volume of each letterpress ink and cleaning solvent used on
any letterpress printing line, recorded each month;
D) The
total VOM emissions at the source each month, determined as the sum of the
product of usage and VOM content for each cleaning solvent and letterpress ink
(with the applicable ink VOM emission adjustment) used at the source,
calculated each month; and
E) The
VOM emissions in lbs/day for the month, calculated in accordance with subsection
(b)(1)(B) of this Section;
2) Purchase
and inventory recordkeeping, including the following:
A) The
name, identification, and VOM content of each letterpress ink and cleaning
solvent used on any letterpress printing line, recorded each month;
B) Inventory
records from the beginning and end of each month indicating the total volume of
each letterpress ink, and cleaning solvent to be used on any letterpress
printing line at the source;
C) Monthly
purchase records for each letterpress ink and cleaning solvent used on any
letterpress printing line at the source;
D) A
daily record that shows whether a letterpress printing line at the source was
in operation on that day;
E) The
total VOM emissions at the source each month, determined as the sum of the
product of usage and VOM content for each cleaning solvent and letterpress ink
(with the applicable ink VOM emission adjustment factor) used at the source,
calculated each month based on the monthly inventory and purchase records
required to be maintained pursuant to subsections (c)(2)(A), (c)(2)(B), and
(c)(2)(C) of this Section; and
F) The
VOM emissions in lbs/day for the month, calculated in accordance with subsection
(b)(1)(B) of this Section.
d) An
owner or operator of a heatset web letterpress printing lines subject to the control
requirements of Section 219.413(a)(1)(B) or (b)(1) of this Subpart shall comply
with the following:
1) By August
1, 2010, or upon initial start-up of a new printing line, whichever is later,
and upon initial start-up of a new control device for a heatset web printing
line, submit a certification to the Agency that includes the following:
A) An
identification of each heatset web letterpress printing line at the source;
B) A
declaration that each heatset web letterpress printing line is in compliance
with the requirements of Section 219.413(a)(1) or (b) of this Subpart, as
appropriate;
C) The
type of afterburner or other approved control device used to comply with the
requirements of Section 219.413(a)(1)(B) or (b)(1) of this Subpart, and the
date that such device was first constructed at the subject source;
D) The
control requirements in Section 219.413(a)(1)(B) or (b)(1) of this Subpart with
which the letterpress printing line is complying;
E) The
results of all tests and calculations necessary to demonstrate compliance with
the control requirements of Section 219.413(a)(1)(B) or (b)(1) of this Subpart,
as applicable; and
F) A
declaration that the monitoring equipment required under Section 219.413(a)(1)(C)
or (b) of this Subpart, as applicable, has been properly installed and
calibrated according to manufacturer's specifications;
2) If
testing of the afterburner or other approved control device is conducted
pursuant to Section 219.415(b) of this Subpart, the owner or operator shall,
within 90 days after conducting such testing, submit a copy of all test results
to the Agency and shall submit a certification to the Agency that includes the
following:
A) A
declaration that all tests and calculations necessary to demonstrate whether
the letterpress printing lines is in compliance with Section 219.413(a)(1)(B)
or (b)(1) of this Subpart, as applicable, have been properly performed;
B) A
statement whether the heatset web letterpress printing lines are or are not in
compliance with Section 219.413(a)(1)(B) or (b)(1) of this Subpart, as
applicable; and
C) The
operating parameters of the afterburner or other approved control device during
testing, as monitored in accordance with Section 219.416(a) or (b) of this
Subpart, as applicable;
3) Except
as provided in subsection (d)(3)(D) of this Section, collect and record daily
the following information for each heatset web letterpress printing line
subject to the requirements of Section 219.413(a)(1)(B) or (b)(1) of this
Subpart:
A) Afterburner
or other approved control device monitoring data in accordance with Section 219.416(a)
or (b) of this Subpart, as applicable;
B) A log
of operating time for the afterburner or other approved control device,
monitoring equipment, and the associated printing line;
C) A
maintenance log for the afterburner or other approved control device and
monitoring equipment detailing all routine and non-routine maintenance
performed, including dates and duration of any outages; and
D) A log
detailing checks on the air flow direction or air pressure of the dryer and
press room to ensure compliance with the requirements of Section 219.413(a)(1)(A)
of this Subpart at least once per calendar month while the line is operating;
4) Notify
the Agency in writing of any violation of Section 219.413(a)(1)(B) or (b)(1) of
this Subpart within 30 days after the occurrence of such violation. Such
notification shall include a copy of all records of such violation;
5) If
changing the method of compliance between Sections 219.413(a)(1)(B) and 219.413(b)
of this Subpart, certify compliance for the new method of compliance in
accordance with Section 219.413(b) at least 30 days before making such change,
and perform all tests and calculations necessary to demonstrate that such
printing lines will be in compliance with the requirements of Section 219.413(a)(1)
of this Subpart, or Section 219.413(b) of this Subpart, as applicable.
e) For
letterpress printing line cleaning operations, an owner or operator of a
letterpress printing line subject to the requirements of Section 219.413 of
this Subpart shall:
1) By August
1, 2010, or upon initial start-up of a new letterpress printing line, whichever
is later, certify to the Agency that all cleaning solutions, other than those
excluded pursuant to Section 219.412(b), and the handling of all cleaning
materials will be in compliance with the requirements of Section 219.413(a)(2)(A)
or (a)(2)(B) and (a)(3) of this Subpart. Such certification shall include:
A) A
statement that the cleaning solution will comply with the limitations in
Section 219.413(a)(2);
B) Identification
of the methods that will be used to demonstrate continuing compliance with the
applicable limitations;
C) A
sample of the records that will be kept pursuant to subsection (e)(2) of this Section;
and
D) A
description of the practices that ensure that VOM-containing cleaning materials
are kept in closed containers;
2) Collect
and record the following information for each cleaning solution used on each
letterpress printing line:
A) For
each cleaning solution for which the owner or operator relies on the VOM
content to demonstrate compliance with Section 219.413(a)(2)(A) of this Subpart
and that is prepared at the source with automatic equipment:
i) The name and
identification of each cleaning solution;
ii) The
VOM content of each cleaning solvent in the cleaning solution, as determined in
accordance with Section 219.415(c) of this Subpart;
iii) Each
change to the setting of the automatic equipment, with date, time, description
of changes in the cleaning solution constituents (e.g., cleaning solvents), and
a description of changes to the proportion of cleaning solvent and water (or
other non-VOM);
iv) The
proportion of each cleaning solvent and water (or other non-VOM) used to
prepare the as-used cleaning solution;
v) The
VOM content of the as-used cleaning solution, with supporting calculations; and
vi) A
calibration log for the automatic equipment, detailing periodic checks;
B) For
each batch of cleaning solution for which the owner or operator relies on the
VOM content to demonstrate compliance with Section 219.413(a)(2)(A) of this
Subpart, and that is not prepared at the source with automatic equipment:
i) The name and
identification of each cleaning solution;
ii) Date
and time of preparation, and each subsequent modification, of the batch;
iii) The
VOM content of each cleaning solvent in the cleaning solution, as determined in
accordance with Section 219.415(c) of this Subpart;
iv) The
total amount of each cleaning solvent and water (or other non-VOM) used to
prepare the as-used cleaning solution; and
v) The
VOM content of the as-used cleaning solution, with supporting calculations. For
cleaning solutions that are used as purchased, the manufacturer's
specifications for VOM content may be used if such manufacturer's
specifications are based on results of tests of the VOM content conducted in
accordance with methods specified in Section 219.105(a) of this Part;
C) For
each batch of cleaning solution for which the owner or operator relies on the
vapor pressure of the cleaning solution to demonstrate compliance with Section 219.413(a)(2)(B)
of this Subpart:
i) The name and
identification of each cleaning solution;
ii) Date
and time of preparation, and each subsequent modification, of the batch;
iii) The
molecular weight, density, and VOM composite partial vapor pressure of each
cleaning solvent, as determined in accordance with Section 219.415(e) of this
Subpart. For cleaning solutions that are used as purchased, the manufacturer's
specifications for VOM composite partial vapor pressure may be used if such
manufacturer's specifications are based on results of tests conducted in
accordance with methods specified in Sections 219.105(a) and 219.110 of this
Part;
iv) The
total amount of each cleaning solvent used to prepare the as-used cleaning
solution; and
v) The
VOM composite partial vapor pressure of each as-used cleaning solution, as
determined in accordance with Section 219.415(e) of this Subpart. For cleaning
solutions that are used as purchased, the manufacturer's specifications for VOM
composite partial vapor pressure may be used if such manufacturer's
specifications are based on results of tests conducted in accordance with
methods specified in Sections 219.105(a) and 219.110 of this Part;
D) The
date, time, and duration of scheduled inspections performed to confirm the
proper use of closed containers to control VOM emissions, and any instances of
improper use of closed containers, with descriptions of actual practice and
corrective action taken, if any;
E) The amount
of cleaning materials used on letterpress printing lines at the source that do
not comply with the cleaning material limitations set forth in Section 219.413(a)(2)
of this Subpart;
3) Notify
the Agency in writing of any violation of Section 219.413 of this Subpart
within 30 days after the occurrence of such violation. Such notification shall
include a copy of all records of such violation.
f) The
owner or operator shall maintain all records required by this Section at the
source for a minimum period of three years and shall make all records available
to the Agency upon request.
(Source: Amended at 35 Ill.
Reg. 13676, effective July 27, 2011)
SUBPART Q: LEAKS FROM SYNTHETIC ORGANIC CHEMICAL AND POLYMER MANUFACTURING PLANT
 | TITLE 35: ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
SUBTITLE B: AIR POLLUTION CHAPTER I: POLLUTION CONTROL BOARD SUBCHAPTER c: EMISSIONS STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS FOR STATIONARY SOURCES
PART 219
ORGANIC MATERIAL EMISSION STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS
FOR THE METRO EAST AREA
SECTION 219.421 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
Section 219.421 General
Requirements
The owner or operator of a plant
which processes more than 3660 mg/yr (4033 tons/year) gaseous and light liquid
VOM, and whose components are used to manufacture the synthetic organic
chemicals or polymers listed in Appendix A, shall comply with this Subpart.
The provisions of this Subpart are applicable to components containing 10
percent or more by weight VOM as determined by ASTM method E-168, E-169 and
E-260, incorporated by reference in Section 219.112 of this Part. Those
components that are not process unit components are exempt from this Subpart. A
component shall be considered to be leaking if the VOM is equal to, or is
greater than 10,000 ppmv as methane or hexane as determined by USEPA Referenced
Method 21, as specified at 40 CFR 60, Appendix A, incorporated by reference in
Section 219.112 of this Part, indication of liquids dripping, or indication by
a sensor that a seal or barrier fluid system has failed. The provisions of
this Subpart are not applicable if the equipment components are used to produce
heavy liquid chemicals only from heavy liquid feed or raw materials.
(Source: Amended at 17 Ill. Reg. 16918, effective September 27, 1993)
 | TITLE 35: ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
SUBTITLE B: AIR POLLUTION CHAPTER I: POLLUTION CONTROL BOARD SUBCHAPTER c: EMISSIONS STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS FOR STATIONARY SOURCES
PART 219
ORGANIC MATERIAL EMISSION STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS
FOR THE METRO EAST AREA
SECTION 219.422 INSPECTION PROGRAM PLAN FOR LEAKS
Section 219.422 Inspection
Program Plan for Leaks
The owner or operator of a
synthetic organic chemical or polymer manufacturing plant subject to Section
219.421 of this Part shall prepare an inspection program plan which contains,
at a minimum:
a) An identification of all components and the period in which
each will be monitored pursuant to Section 219.423 of this Part.
b) The format for the monitoring log required by Section 219.425
of this Part.
c) A description of the monitoring equipment to be used when
complying with Section 219.423 of this Part, and
d) A description of the methods to be used to identify all
pipeline valves, pressure relief valves in gaseous service, all leaking
components, and components exempted under Section 219.423(j) of this Part such
that they are obvious and can be located by both plant personnel performing
monitoring and Agency personnel performing inspections.
(Source: Amended at 17 Ill. Reg. 16918, effective September 27, 1993)
 | TITLE 35: ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
SUBTITLE B: AIR POLLUTION CHAPTER I: POLLUTION CONTROL BOARD SUBCHAPTER c: EMISSIONS STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS FOR STATIONARY SOURCES
PART 219
ORGANIC MATERIAL EMISSION STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS
FOR THE METRO EAST AREA
SECTION 219.423 INSPECTION PROGRAM FOR LEAKS
Section 219.423 Inspection
Program for Leaks
The owner or operator of a
synthetic organic chemical or polymer manufacturing plant subject to this
subpart shall, for the purpose of detecting leaks, conduct a component
inspection program using the test methods specified in method 21, 40 CFR 60,
Appendix A (1986), incorporated by reference in Section 219.112 of this Part,
consistent with the following provisions:
a) Test annually those components operated near extreme
temperature or pressure such that they would be unsafe to routinely monitor and
those components which would require the elevation of monitoring personnel
higher than two meters above permanent worker access structures or surfaces.
b) Test quarterly all other pressure relief valves in gas
service, pumps in light liquid service, valves in light liquid service and in
gas service, and compressors.
c) If less than or equal to 2 percent of the valves in light
liquid service and in gas service tested pursuant to subsection (b) of this
Section are found to leak for five consecutive quarters, no leak tests shall be
required for three consecutive quarters. Thereafter, leak tests shall resume
for the next quarter. If that test shows less than or equal to 2 percent of
the valves in light liquid service and in gas service are leaking, then no tests
are required for the next three quarters. If more than 2 percent are leaking,
then tests are required for the next five quarters.
d) Observe visually all pump seals weekly.
e) Test immediately any pump seal from which liquids are observed
dripping.
f) Test any relief valve within 24 hours after it has vented to
the atmosphere.
g) Routine instrument monitoring of valves which are not
externally regulated, flanges, and equipment in heavy liquid service, is not
required. However, any valve which is not externally regulated, flange or piece
of equipment in heavy liquid service that is found to be leaking on the basis
of sight, smell or sound shall be repaired as soon as practicable but no later
than 30 days after the leak is found.
h) Test immediately after repair any component that was found
leaking.
i) Within one hour of its detection, a weatherproof, readily
visible tag, in bright colors such as red or yellow, bearing an identification
number and the date on which the leak was detected must be affixed on the
leaking component and remain in place until the leaking component is repaired.
j) The following components are exempt from the monitoring
requirements in this Section:
1) Any component that is in vacuum service, and
2) Any pressure relief valve that is connected to an operating
flare header or vapor recovery device.
(Source: Amended at 17 Ill. Reg. 16918, effective September 27, 1993)
 | TITLE 35: ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
SUBTITLE B: AIR POLLUTION CHAPTER I: POLLUTION CONTROL BOARD SUBCHAPTER c: EMISSIONS STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS FOR STATIONARY SOURCES
PART 219
ORGANIC MATERIAL EMISSION STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS
FOR THE METRO EAST AREA
SECTION 219.424 REPAIRING LEAKS
Section 219.424 Repairing
Leaks
All leaking components must be
repaired and retested as soon as practicable but no later than 15 days after
the leak is found unless the leaking component cannot be repaired until the
process unit is shut down. Records of repairing and retesting must be maintained
in accordance with Section 219.425 and 219.426 of this Part.
(Source: Amended at 17 Ill. Reg. 16918, effective September 27, 1993)
 | TITLE 35: ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
SUBTITLE B: AIR POLLUTION CHAPTER I: POLLUTION CONTROL BOARD SUBCHAPTER c: EMISSIONS STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS FOR STATIONARY SOURCES
PART 219
ORGANIC MATERIAL EMISSION STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS
FOR THE METRO EAST AREA
SECTION 219.425 RECORDKEEPING FOR LEAKS
Section 219.425
Recordkeeping for Leaks
a) The owner or operator of a synthetic organic chemical or
polymer manufacturing plant shall maintain a leaking components monitoring log
which shall contain, at a minimum, the following information:
1) The name of the process unit where the component is located;
2) The type of component (e.g., valve, seal);
3) The identification number of the component;
4) The date on which a leaking component is discovered;
5) The date on which a leaking component is repaired;
6) The date and instrument reading of the recheck procedure after
a leaking component is repaired;
7) A record of the calibration of the monitoring instrument;
8) The identification number of leaking components which cannot
be repaired until process unit shutdown; and
9) The total number of valves in light liquid service and in gas
service inspected; the total number and the percentage of these valves found
leaking during the monitoring period.
b) Copies of the monitoring log shall be retained by the owner or
operator for a minimum of two years after the date on which the record was made
or the report was prepared.
c) Copies of the monitoring log shall be made available to the
Agency, upon verbal or written request, prior to or at the time of inspection
pursuant to Section 4(d) of the Environmental Protection Act (Act) (Ill. Rev.
Stat. 1991, ch. 111½, pars. 1001 et seq.) [415 ILCS 5/1 et seq.] at any
reasonable time.
(Source: Amended at 17 Ill. Reg. 16918, effective September 27, 1993)
 | TITLE 35: ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
SUBTITLE B: AIR POLLUTION CHAPTER I: POLLUTION CONTROL BOARD SUBCHAPTER c: EMISSIONS STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS FOR STATIONARY SOURCES
PART 219
ORGANIC MATERIAL EMISSION STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS
FOR THE METRO EAST AREA
SECTION 219.426 REPORT FOR LEAKS
Section 219.426 Report for
Leaks
The owner or operator of a
synthetic organic chemical or polymer manufacturing plant subject to Section
219.421 through 219.430 of this Part shall:
a) Submit quarterly reports to the Agency on or before March 31,
June 30, September 30, and December 31 of each year, listing all leaking
components identified pursuant to Section 219.423 of this Part but not repaired
within 15 days, all leaking components awaiting process unit shutdown, the
total number of components inspected, the type of components inspected, and the
total number of components found leaking, the total number of valves in light
liquid service and in gas service inspected and the number and percentage of
valves in light liquid service and in gas service found leaking.
b) Submit a signed statement with the report attesting that all
monitoring and repairs were performed as required under Section 219.421 through
219.427 of this Part.
(Source: Amended at 17 Ill. Reg. 16918, effective September 27, 1993)
 | TITLE 35: ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
SUBTITLE B: AIR POLLUTION CHAPTER I: POLLUTION CONTROL BOARD SUBCHAPTER c: EMISSIONS STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS FOR STATIONARY SOURCES
PART 219
ORGANIC MATERIAL EMISSION STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS
FOR THE METRO EAST AREA
SECTION 219.427 ALTERNATIVE PROGRAM FOR LEAKS
Section 219.427 Alternative
Program for Leaks
The Agency shall approve an
alternative program of monitoring, recordkeeping, or reporting to that
prescribed in this Subpart upon a demonstration by the owner or operator of
such plant that the alternative program will provide source personnel and Agency
personnel with an equivalent ability to identify and repair leaking
components. Any alternative program can be allowed when approved by the Agency
and approved by the USEPA as a SIP revision.
(Source: Amended at 17 Ill. Reg. 16918, effective September 27, 1993)
 | TITLE 35: ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
SUBTITLE B: AIR POLLUTION CHAPTER I: POLLUTION CONTROL BOARD SUBCHAPTER c: EMISSIONS STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS FOR STATIONARY SOURCES
PART 219
ORGANIC MATERIAL EMISSION STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS
FOR THE METRO EAST AREA
SECTION 219.428 OPEN-ENDED VALVES
Section 219.428 Open-Ended
Valves
a) Each open-ended valve shall be equipped with a cap, blind
flange, plug, or a second valve, except during operations requiring fluid flow
through the open-ended valve.
b) Each open-ended valve equipped with a second valve shall be
operated in a manner such that the valve on the process fluid end is closed
before the second valve is closed.
c) Components which are open-ended valves and which serve as a
sampling connection shall be controlled such that they comply with subsection
(c)(1), (c)(2) or (c)(3) below. This requirement does not apply to in-situ
sampling systems.
1) A closed purge system or closed vent system shall return
purged process fluid to the process line with no detectable volatile organic
material emissions to the atmosphere, or
2) A closed purge system or closed vent system shall collect and
recycle purged process fluid to the process line with no detectable volatile
organic material emissions to the atmosphere, or
3) Purged process fluid shall be transported to a control device
that complies with the requirements of Section 219.429 of this Part. If a
container is used to transport purged process fluid to the control device, the
container shall be a closed container designed and used to reduce the VOM
emissions vented from purged process fluid after transfer to no detectable VOM
emissions as determined by USEPA Reference Method 21, as specified in 40 CFR
60, Appendix A (1990 or 1991) incorporated by reference in Section 219.112 of
this Part. For purposes of this Section, the phrase "after transfer"
shall refer to the time at which the entire amount of purged process fluid
resulting from a flushing or cleaning of the sample line enters the container,
provided, however, that purged process fluid may be transferred from the initial
container to another closed container prior to disposal, e.g., to a bulk waste
storage container.
(Source: Amended at 17 Ill. Reg. 16918, effective September 27, 1993)
 | TITLE 35: ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
SUBTITLE B: AIR POLLUTION CHAPTER I: POLLUTION CONTROL BOARD SUBCHAPTER c: EMISSIONS STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS FOR STATIONARY SOURCES
PART 219
ORGANIC MATERIAL EMISSION STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS
FOR THE METRO EAST AREA
SECTION 219.429 STANDARDS FOR CONTROL DEVICES
Section 219.429 Standards
for Control Devices
Control devices used to comply
with Section 219.428(c) of this Part shall comply with the following:
a) If the control device is a vapor recovery system (for example,
condensers and adsorbers), it shall be designed and operated to recover the
volatile organic material emissions vented to it with an efficiency of 95
percent or greater.
b) If the control device is an enclosed combustion device, it
shall be designed and operated to reduce the volatile organic material
emissions vented to it with an efficiency of 95 percent or greater, or to
provide a minimum residence time of 0.75 seconds at a minimum temperature of
816°C.
c) If the control device is a flare, it shall:
1) Be designed for and operated with no visible emissions as
determined by USEPA Reference Method 22, 40 CFR 60, Appendix A (1986),
incorporated by reference in Section 219.112 of this Part, except for periods
not to exceed a total of 5 minutes during any 2 consecutive hours.
2) Be operated with a pilot flame present at all times and shall
be monitored with a thermocouple or any other equivalent device to detect the
presence of the pilot flame.
3) Be steam-assisted, air-assisted, or nonassisted.
4) Be used only with the net heating value of the gas being
combusted being 11.2 MJ/scm (300 Btu/scf) or greater if the flare is
steam-assisted or air-assisted; or with the net heating value of the gas being
combusted being 7.45 MJ/scm or greater if the flare is nonassisted. The net
heating value of the gas being combusted shall be calculated using the
following equation:

Where:
|
Hi
|
=
|
Net heating value of the
sample in MJ/scm; where the net enthalpy per mole of offgas is based on
combustion at 25°C and 760 mm Hg, but the standard temperature for
determining the volume corresponding to one more is 20°C;
|
|
|
|
|
|
K
|
=
|
Constant, 1.740 x 10-7
(1/ppm) (g-mole/scm) MJ/Kcal)
|
where
standard temperature for (g-mole/scm) is 20°C;
|
Ci
|
=
|
Concentration of sample
component I, in ppm, as measured by USEPA Reference Method 18, 40 CFR 60,
Appendix A (1986), and ASTM D 2504-83, both incorporated by reference in
Section 219.112 of this Part;
|
|
|
|
|
|
Hi
|
=
|
Net heat of combustion of
sample component I, kcal/g mole. The heats of combustion may be determined
using ASTM D 2382-83, incorporated by reference in Section 219.112 of this
Part, if published values are not available or cannot be calculated.
|
5) Steam-assisted and nonassisted flares shall be designed and
operated with an exit velocity, as determined by dividing the volumetric
flowrate (in units of standard temperature and pressure), as determined by
USEPA Reference Method 2 or 2A, 40 CFR 60, Appendix A (1986) incorporated by
reference in Section 219.112 of this Part, as appropriate; by the unobstructed
(free) cross sectional area of the flare tip, less than 18 m/sec (60 ft/sec).
6) Air-assisted flares shall be designed and operated with an
exit velocity less than the maximum permitted velocity, Vmax, as
determined by the following equation:
|
Vmax
|
=
|
8.706 + 0.7084(Hr);
|
|
Vmax
|
=
|
Maximum permitted velocity,
m/sec;
|
|
|
|
|
|
8.706
|
=
|
Constant;
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.7084
|
=
|
Constant;
|
|
|
|
|
|
Hr
|
=
|
The net heating value as
determined in subsection (c)(4) of this section.
|
d) The following information pertaining to closed vent systems
and control devices subject to Section 219.429 shall be maintained by the owner
or operator. These records shall be updated as necessary to describe current
operation and equipment. The records shall be retained at a readily accessible
location at the source for a minimum to two years after the control device is
permanently shutdown.
1) Detailed schematics, design specifications, and piping and
instrumentation diagrams;
2) The dates and description of any changes in design
specifications;
3) A description of the parameter or parameters monitored and
recorded as required in subsection (f)(1) to ensure that the control devices
are operated and maintained in conformance with their design and an explanation
why that parameter (or parameters) was selected for monitoring.
e) The control device shall be operated at all times when
emissions may be vented to it.
f) Owners and operators of control devices used to comply with
this Subpart shall monitor each control device to ensure that the control
device is operated and maintained in conformance with its designs at all times
that emissions may be vented to it. This monitoring shall be conducted in
accordance with Section 219.429(d)(3). The records prepared as part of this
monitoring activity shall include the dates of startup and shutdown of control
devices and identify periods when the devices are not operated as designed,
including periods when a flare pilot light does not have a flame.
g) The requirements of subsections (d), (e) and (f) shall not
apply to a combustion device located at the source used for disposal of purged
process fluid which is subject to the Burning of Hazardous Waste in Boilers and
Industrials Furnaces (BIF) rules, 40 CFR 260, 261, 264, 265, 266 and 270, or
which is subject to the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA) rules 35
Ill. Adm. Code Parts 703, 720, 721, 724, 725 and 726. The owner or operator of
such combustion device shall satisfy applicable provisions of the RCRA or BIF
rules.
(Source:
Amended at 17 Ill. Reg. 16918, effective September 27, 1993)
 | TITLE 35: ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
SUBTITLE B: AIR POLLUTION CHAPTER I: POLLUTION CONTROL BOARD SUBCHAPTER c: EMISSIONS STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS FOR STATIONARY SOURCES
PART 219
ORGANIC MATERIAL EMISSION STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS
FOR THE METRO EAST AREA
SECTION 219.430 COMPLIANCE DATE (REPEALED)
Section 219.430 Compliance
Date (Repealed)
(Source: Repealed at 17 Ill. Reg. 16918, effective September 27, 1993)
 | TITLE 35: ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
SUBTITLE B: AIR POLLUTION CHAPTER I: POLLUTION CONTROL BOARD SUBCHAPTER c: EMISSIONS STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS FOR STATIONARY SOURCES
PART 219
ORGANIC MATERIAL EMISSION STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS
FOR THE METRO EAST AREA
SECTION 219.431 APPLICABILITY
Section 219.431
Applicability
a) The provisions of Sections 219.431 through 219.436 of this
Subpart shall apply to every owner or operator of any chemical manufacturing
process unit that manufactures, as a primary product, one or more of the
chemicals listed in Appendix A of this Part and that chemical manufacturing
process unit causes or allows any reactor or distillation unit, either
individually or in tandem, to discharge one or more process vent streams either
directly to the atmosphere or to a recovery system.
b) Notwithstanding subsection (a) of this Section, the control
requirements set forth within Section 219.432 of this Subpart shall not apply
to the following:
1) Any process vent stream with a total resource effectiveness
(TRE) index value greater than 1.0. However, such process vent stream remains
subject to the performance testing requirements contained in Section 219.433 of
this Subpart and the reporting and recordkeeping requirements contained in
Section 219.435 of this Subpart;
2) Any reactor or distillation unit that is designed and operated
as a batch operation;
3) Any reactor or distillation unit that is part of a polymer
manufacturing operation;
4) Any reactor or distillation unit that is part of the chemical
manufacturing process unit with a total design capacity of less than 1 gigagram
(1,100 tons) per year for all chemicals produced, as a primary product, within
that process unit. However, such operations remain subject to the reporting and
recordkeeping requirements contained in Section 219.435(d) of this Subpart;
5) Any vent stream with a flow rate less than 0.0085 scm/min or a
total VOM concentration, less methane and ethane, of less than 500 ppmv as
measured by Method 18, or a concentration of VOM of less than 250 ppmv as
measured by Method 25A. However, such operations remain subject to the
performance testing requirement listed in Section 219.433 of this Subpart, as
well as the reporting and recordkeeping requirements contained in Section
219.435 of this Subpart; or
6) Any reactor or distillation unit included within an Early
Reduction Program, as specified in 40 CFR 63, and published in 57 Fed. Reg.
61970 (December 29, 1992), evidenced by a timely enforceable commitment
approved by USEPA.
(Source: Amended at 20 Ill. Reg. 14462, effective October 28, 1996)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|